Franco Archibugi

ERRATA CORRIGE Table of correspondent corrections to the printed volumes by Palgrave Macmillan:

The Programming Approach and the Demise of (Trilogy)

In the production of the books composing the Trilogy: The Programming Approach and the Demise of Economics the Author has encountered serious difficulties in the phase of correction of adequate ‘proofs’ that created many errors in the printed and Ebook versions of the three volumes, affecting the layout to a larger extent than the content of the texts. This happened because of a change of the staff of the publishing house tasked with guiding my personal staff or copywriter used to an old system of corrections. Given the defects of the published version, it is necessary to preserve the integrity of this work by make public an accurate document relative to the Errata Corrige for the three volumes. The following document is the result of this work of correction that the Author offers to the unprepared reader, strongly apologizing for the damage that was caused by two publishing houses apparently incapable of dealing with the situation of ownership change. As Macmillan has been a tabernacle for more a century of the most prestigious publication of the best British and international literature in Economics, and as Springer International is a new powerful company that publishes many of the best journals in the world that present some of the most important natural and scientific production in English language, we should not be too severed with regard to the mistakes committed. (Franco Archibugi)

Contents

Errata Corrige to the Titles to the whole Trilogy 3 Errata Corrige to the Text of the whole Trilogy 33 Errata Corrige to the Headings in the printed volumes 39 Index to the Appendices of the whole Trilogy 41 Index to the Tables and Figures of the whole Trilogy 43 A new complete list of Bibliographical References to the whole Trilogy 45 A new General Index of Key-Concepts to the whole Trilogy 117 Errata Corrige to the Titles to the printed Volume I 3

Errata Corrige to the Titles to the printed Volume I

ERRATA CORRIGE Page (To be deleted) (To be added) v-xx Preface Preface To the Three Volumes of the Trilogy To the printed Three Volumes of the Trilogy

(Franco Archibugi) xxi-xxviii Note for the reader: Contents The section of the Contents here will be replaced by a General Index of the Whole Trilogy, to get a glance of the entire opera, of all three volumes, and is published at the end of Volume III; so it is there that the A. begs the reader to go and acquire such glance to all three volumes. xxix Note for the reader: List of Figures and Tables Here the reader will find a list of all Figures and Tables present in the whole Trilogy. Volume I Table 7.1, Condensed table of types of econometric models 354 Table 7.2, The basic theoretic-decisional scheme 394 Table 7.3, Econometric works by R. Frisch 408 Table 8.1, Econometric works by J. Tinbergen 469

Volume II Figure 9.1, Strategic Planning Cycle Process 320

Volume III Table 1.1, Median model interflow table 11 Table 2.1, Regional interflow table in technical units 49 Table 2.2, Single region interflow table 56 Figure 3.1, The System of Models: diagrammatic proposal between models 68 Figure 4.1, Cycle of the plan verification facing the reality 166 Conclusive Considerations, Map of the disciplinary roots of Planology 184 Errata Corrige to the Titles to the printed Volume I 4

ERRATA CORRIGE Page (To be deleted) (To be added) xxx Blank Page Page Numeration Note for the reader: Having changed from the published book the numeration of the pages from roman to arab the A. prefers to place the number of each page at the beginning of each page xxxi (page 1) General Introduction on the General Introduction on the ‘Programming Approach’ to the Whole ‘Programming Approach’ to the Trilogy (A radical recapitalizing of a redirection of the development and Whole Trilogy income of economic policies at world level)

by Franco Archibugi

Note for the reader: The General Introduction of Franco Archibugi has been considered not a side of the General Index but only an introduction to the entire Trilogy and it will be not included in the General Index that you can find among the other indexes of the Vol. I not differently that the index of the Vol. II and III will be located at the end of the Vol. II and III. cxxvi (p. 96) Blank page cxxvi A Programming approach for the Social (p. 97) Sciences Part I (Revival of , , A Programming Approach for the Social Sciences , Leif Johansen and Wassily (Revival of Gunnar Myrdal, Ragnar Frisch, Leontief) Jan Tinbergen, Leif Johansen and ) cxxvi (p. 98) Blank page Errata Corrige to the Titles to the printed Volume I 5

ERRATA CORRIGE Page (To be deleted) (To be added) cxxvii Brief Introductory Note Note for the reader: to the Chapters of Vol. I We have continued with the roman numeration of the pages merging the text of the Preface with the Brief (the title should be deleted, read the following note) Introductory Note, making necessary modification. page 1 1 Chapter 1 How Scientific Are the Social How scientific Are the Social Sciences? Sciences? (The Myrdal Premises) (p. 117) page 41 2 Chapter 2 Toward New Scientific Paradigms Toward New Scientific Paradigms for the Social Sciences for the Social Sciences (According to Myrdal) (According to Myrdal) (p. 157) page 83 3 Chapter 3 Planning and Planning Theory: Planning and Planning Theory: The Difficult Legacy of Ragnar (The Difficult Legacy of Ragnar Frisch) (p. 199) Frisch page 155 4 Chapter 4 Basic Requirements Basic Requirements for the Programming Approach for the Programming Approach (According Frisch) (p. 271) 5 Chapter 5 The ‘Programming Approach’ The ‘Programming Approach’ (According Frisch) (p. 299) Errata Corrige to the Titles to the printed Volume I 6

ERRATA CORRIGE Page (To be deleted) (To be added) page 207 6 Chapter 6 The Political Preference Function The Political Preference Function (According Frisch) (p. 323) page 235 7 Chapter 7 The Impact of the Programming The Impact of the Programming Approach on Socio Economic Approach on Socio Economic Modelling Modelling (According Frisch and Johansen) (p. 351) page 293 8 Chapter 8 The methodology of the ‘Central The methodology of the ‘Central planning’ for the implementation of planning’ for the implementation the ‘Programming Approach’ of the ‘Programming Approach’ (The great role of Jan Tinbergen) (The great role of Jan Tinbergen) (p. 409) page 355 9 Chapter 9 The Pitfalls of Implicit Theorising The Pitfalls of Implicit Theorising and the Abuse of Indirect Statistical and the Abuse of Indirect Inference: Leontief’s Criticism Statistical Inference: Leontief’s Criticism (p. 471) page 417 Bibliography Bibliographical References to the whole Vol. I (p. 533) page 431 General Index of the Kee-Concepts Index of the Key-Concepts Volume I of Volume I (p. 547) Errata Corrige to the Titles to the printed Volume II 7

Errata Corrige to the Titles to the printed Volume II

ERRATA CORRIGE Page (To be deleted) (To be added) v Preface Preface to the Second Volume of the to the Second Volume of the Trilogy on the ‘Programming Approach’ Trilogy on the ‘Programming (by Franco Archibugi) Approach’ ix-xvii Note for the reader: The section of the Contents here will be replaced by a General Index of the Whole Trilogy, to get a glance of the Contents entire opera, of all three volumes, and is published at the end of Volume III; so it is there that the A. begs the reader to go and acquire such glance to all three volumes. xvii Blank page xix Brief Introductory Note Note for the reader: to the Chapters of Vol. II We have continued with the roman numeration of the pages merging the text of the Preface with the Brief (the title should be deleted, read the following note) Introductory Note, making necessary modification. page xx Note for the reader: The Need for ‘Realism’ in the Traditional Approach of Mainstream Economics these two titles will be merged with the Preface and Performance Revolution in the Economic and Political Thinking their size will be changed from 14 to 12, as a title of a subchapter should be. xix Note for the reader: Volume II here will be added the following Frontspiece. Part II The Pragmatic and Programming approach in the Social Sciences (Selected testimonies on the Epistomological Overturning of Economic Theory and Policy) Errata Corrige to the Titles to the printed Volume II 8

ERRATA CORRIGE Page (To be deleted) (To be added) page 1 1 Chapter 1 The Programming Approach: The Programming Approach: As Epistemologically Based, As Epistemologically Based, Futuristic Futuristic Decision and ‘Rational Decision and ‘Rational Utopia’ Utopia’ (p. 15) page 3 1.2 The Epistomological Basis of 1.2 The Epistomological Basis of Economics Economics (According to ) (According to Ludwig von Mises) (p. 17) page 10 1.3 Programming Versus Forecasting, 1.3 Programming Versus Forecasting, the the Crucial Point of the Overturning Crucial Point of the Overturning Approach to the Future Approach to the Future (According to (According to Jan Tinbergen) Jan Tinbergen) (p. 23) page 35 2 Chapter 2 The Programming Approach The Programming Approach and the Old, Unresolved Debate and the Old, Unresolved Debate on ‘Decision Theory’ on ‘Decision Theory’ (p. 45) page 69 3 Chapter 3 The Programming Approach in The Programming Approach in the Collective Decision and ‘Action- the Collective Decision and Centred’ Analysis ‘Action-Centred’ Analysis (p. 79) Errata Corrige to the Titles to the printed Volume II 9

ERRATA CORRIGE Page (To be deleted) (To be added) page 131 4 Chapter 4 The Programming Approach and The Programming Approach and the Mainstream ‘Economic General the Mainstream Economic Theory’ General Theory (from the Isard’s ‘General Theory’) (from the Isard’s ‘General Theory’) (p. 121) page 151 5 Chapter 5 The Programming Approach The ‘Programming Approach’ and the Management Sciences and the Management Sciences (p. 151) page 179 6 The Programming Approach, the Chapter 6 Crisis of Traditional Economics The Programming Approach, the Crisis of Traditional Economics and and the Unavoidable ‘Post- the Unavoidable ‘Post-’, Leading to a ‘Global Sovereignty’ Capitalism’, Leading to a ‘Global (A Peculiar Analysis of George Soros) Sovereignty’ (A Peculiar Analysis of (p. 179) George Soros) page 192 6.6.2. Does reflexivity oblige us to accept 6.6.2. Does reflexivity oblige us to accept ‘indeterminacy’? ‘indeterminacy’ page 229 7 A project for a New Worldwide, Chapter 7 Strategic Methodology for A project for a New Worldwide, Strategic Methodology for Planning Planning (Under the Sponsorship of a Renovated University of the United Naitons) (p. 229) Errata Corrige to the Titles to the printed Volume II 10

ERRATA CORRIGE Page (To be deleted) (To be added) page 271 8 Chapter 8 The Economics as Tool for Measuring The Economics as Tool for Measuring and and Improving the Communities’ Improving the Communities’ Performance Performance Towards a New Social Accountability Towards a New Social Accountability (in Public and Private; Economic and (in Public and Private; Economic and Social; National and Global) (p. 271)

Social; National and Global) page 297 9 Chapter 9 Improving Human Activities and Values Improving Human Activities and Values as a Strategy to Save and as a Strategy to Save Economic Obtain Economic Performance and Improvements Performance and Improvements (p. 297) page 337 Note to the reader: Appendices here we would like to add a Frontspice to the Appendices. (From the United Nations Organization) 1. United Approach to Planning 1.1. Style of Development: Definitions and Criteria, p. 339 1.2. Strategies, p. 349 2. The UNPAN – The Porgram in Public Administration and Development 2.1. Strenghtening the Administrative Capacity of the State, p. 372 2.2. Building Cognitive Capacity in the Face of Globalization, p. 379 2.3. Purposes of Performance Measures, p. 383 2.4. Transparency: A Generalised Demand, p. 391 2.5. Managing Diversity, p. 392 2.6. Information Technology: Its Promise and Potential for Reform, p. 401 page 407 Bibliography General Bibliographical References to the whole Vol. II (p. 407) 1 * page 441 Index General Index of the Key Concepts of Vol. II (p. 441)

* The author prefers to call it index of the key-concepts in repsect to the key terms Errata Corrige to the Titles to the printed Volume III 11

Errata Corrige to the Titles to the printed Volume III

ERRATA CORRIGE Page (To be canceled) (To be added) vii Preface Preface to the Volume III of the Trilogy on to the Volume III of the Trilogy on the ‘Programming Approach’ the ‘Programming Approach’ (by Franco Archibugi) ix Note for the reader: The section of the Contents here will be replaced by a General Index of the Whole Trilogy, to get a glance of the entire Content opera, of all three volumes, and is published at the end of Volume III; so it is there that the A. begs the reader to go and acquire such glance to all three volumes. xix Brief Introductory Note Note for the reader: to the Chapters of Vol. III We have continued with the roman numeration of the pages merging the text of the Preface with the Brief (the title should be deleted, please read the following note Introductory Note, making necessary modification, to pages and notes. xv List of Figures and of Tables Note for the reader: Here we have removed the List of Figures and Tables and placed them after the Preface of Vol. I, there the reader will find a complete list of all Figures and Tables of every Volume. page 1-44 1 Chapter 1 The Planning Accounting Frame The Planning Accounting Frame (PAF) (PAF) (p. 1) page 45- 2 Chapter 2 60 Spatial Dimensions of the PAF Spatial Dimensions of the PAF (p. 45) Errata Corrige to the Titles to the printed Volume III 12

ERRATA CORRIGE Page (To be canceled) (To be added) page 61- 3 Chapter 3 112 A ‘System of Models’ for A ‘System of Models’ for Elaborating Elaborating the PAF on Various the PAF on Various Scales Scales (From the Worldly to the (From the Worldly to the National Scale) National Scale) (p. 61) page 113- 4 Chapter 4 174 The Political and Practical Use of The Political and Practical Use of the PAF the PAF (p. 113) page 175- Conclusive Considerations to the Conclusive Considerations to the Whole Trilogy 222 Whole Trilogy (Franco Archibugi) (p. 175) page 223 Note for the reader: Appendices here we would like to add a Frontspice to the Appendices. 1. ‘Progetto Quadro I’ (by the Italian Government, 1971-1972) 2. The First Worldwide Conference on Planning Science (Palermo, Sicily 8-11 September 1992) page 295- Bibliography General Bibliographical References from Vol. III 304 (p. 295) page 305- General Index of the Kee-Concepts General Index of the Key Concepts* of Vol. III 308 (p. 305)

* The author prefers to call it index of the key-concepts in repsect to the key terms Errata Corrige to the Titles to the printed Volume III 13

ERRATA CORRIGE Page (To be canceled) (To be added) page 309 Note to the reader: General Index of the whole Trilogy here we report a general exhibition of the Trilogy, by means of its succession of its text from the starting to the whole three volumes of the Trilogy, just to clearly develop its parkour and its consequentiality part by part, Volume I chapter by chapter, section by section and subsection. A normal way of indicization that we have called ‘General 1. Sense and Significance of this Trilogy Index of the whole Trilogy’. 2. Origins of Traditional ‘Political Economy’ 2.1. The evolution of the ‘Tiers Etat’ and the Demise of the ‘Ancien Regime’ 2.2. The formation of the New Class, the ‘Bourgeoisie’, and the Role of the Classical and Neo-classical economy 3. The ‘Democratic Revolution’: Historical Break in the History of Mankind and Its Restoration Period in the Nineteeth Century 4. The Historical Roots of the Crises and Failures of Economics 5. The inevitable Starting Mistakes of Economics: the Improper Influence of the ‘Natural Sciences’ 5.1. The Economics from a Science of Being (‘Positivist’) to a Science of Doing and a Science of How to Do (Programming) 5.2. Irrelevance and Risk of ‘Aggregation’ in Political Economy 5.3. The ‘Original Sin’ of Economics: Its Self-Delegitimation 5.4. The Classical and Neo-Classical Conservative Function of a System Already Operating to Be Protected: and to be Helped in Its Development 6. The Alternative Idea: The ‘Programming Approach’ (After More than a Bicentenary of Classic or Neon-Classical Predominant ‘Positivist’ Approach in Economics) 6.1. The difficult Road of the Programming Approach (from Classical to Neo-classical Liberism) 6.2. The Erronous Historical Roots and Directions of Economic Policy 6.3. Results: in Their Turn, Should Be Considered Consistent with the Programs Ex Ante discussed and selected publicly with great prudence in respect to means and the knowledge available for their implementation 6.4. Results: Should be evaluated through methods and monitoring systems Ad Hoc, connected with Errata Corrige to the Titles to the printed Volume III 14

ERRATA CORRIGE Page (To be canceled) (To be added) page 310 Note to the reader: an Ex Ante planning time (Yearly or medium or long term horizon) assuring the ordinate here we report a general exhibition of the Trilogy, by renovation’s evolution of themselves Ex Post, by time means of its succession of its text from the starting to the 7. The late Advent of a ‘Programming Approach’ within the Economics: The most theoretical and whole three volumes of the Trilogy, just to clearly meaningful examples develop its parkour and its consequentiality part by part, 7.1 Gunnar Myrdal chapter by chapter, section by section and subsection. A 7.2 Ragnar Frisch normal way of indicization that we have called ‘General 7.3 Jan Tinbergen Index of the whole Trilogy’. 7.4 Leif Johansen 7.5 Wassily Leontief 8. The main political and espistemological principles of the ‘Programming Approach’ 8.1. The Overturning of the Epistemological Approach 8.2. The Political Values of the Programming Approach 8.3. The essential conditions of the Programming Processes, (at Every Rational Political-Spatial Unit and at every decisional system of Reference) 8.4. The lack of metological integration between ‘Problem Areas’ in Social Life and in Planning Process 8.5. How the Approach’s ‘Overturning’ takes form 8.6. First steps towards implementing Overturning 8.7. The Three directions through which to achieve the full understanding of the ‘Programming Approach’ 9. ‘Globalisation’: As the construction of a Planning Account Framework (PAF) Starting from single planning units to the universal (or planetary) scale 9.1. The great primary goals of Globalisation are not satisfactory and not improvable without a Programming Approach 9.2. Historical Political-Economic crises are the consequence of the Impotence of the Economic Policies that result from them 9.3. A crucial knot still to untie: the lack of transparent and rightly calibrated relations and negotiations between Technical-Plannners (Academic) and Political Decision-Makers (or Elected Professionals) 10. Development and Methological Consistency of this Trilogy 10.1. An economic policy completly turned toward alternatives offered and limited by an Effective ‘Compatible’ PAF 10.2. Three requirements for the development of this Trilogy Errata Corrige to the Titles to the printed Volume III 15

ERRATA CORRIGE Page (To be canceled) (To be added) page 311 Note to the reader: 10.3. Perspective of Community Agreements within the United Nations Organization (UNO) (Complete here we report a general exhibition of the Trilogy, by revision of the Concept of National Sovrereignty in the Political and Systemic World Relationship) means of its succession of its text from the starting to the whole three volumes of the Trilogy, just to clearly develop its parkour and its consequentiality part by part, chapter by chapter, section by section and subsection. A Part I normal way of indicization that we have called ‘General The Pragmatic and Programming Approach in the Social Sciences Index of the whole Trilogy’. (Revival of Gunnar Myrdal, Ragnar Frisch, Jan Tinbergen, Leif Johansen, Wassili Leontief, and others)

Brief Introductory Note to the Chapters of the Vol. I 01. The Alternative Methodology to the Traditional Approach of Economic Policy 02. Chapters Concerning Myrdal 03. Five Chapters Centred on Frisch 04. Two Important Frisch’s Essays on ‘Planning Methodology’. 05. The Final Core of the Programmatic Approach to Applied in the Public Administration Effectiveness. 06. One important Tinbergen’s essay on the role of the ‘Central Planning Bureau’ of a modern democracy 07. A Chapter by Leontief and the Importance of the Positivistic Approach’s Overtaking 08. The Revival of these Authors and their Inter-connexion 1. How Scientific Are the Social Sciences? 1.1. The Starting Point of the Reasoning 1.2. The Roots of the Deterministic Error 1.3. The Anti-Positivist, but Misleading, Contribution by Ludwig von Mises to the ‘Praxeological’ Approach, 1.4. The Scientific Impasse of the Missed Praxeological Approach 1.5. Myrdal’s Comparison Between Natural and Social Sciences 1.6. Unresolved Implications of the Differences Between Approaches 1.7. Incorrect Emulation of the Natural Sciences Errata Corrige to the Titles to the printed Volume III 16

ERRATA CORRIGE Page (To be canceled) (To be added) page 312 Note to the reader: 1.8. The ‘Explicit-Making’ of Values here we report a general exhibition of the Trilogy, by 1.9. The ‘Scientificity’ in Social Sciences? means of its succession of its text from the starting to the 1.10. Myrdal as Founder of the ‘Programming Approach’ and of his wide horizon. whole three volumes of the Trilogy, just to clearly 1.11. How much ‘scientific’ are, the social sciences? develop its parkour and its consequentiality part by part, 1.12. The Myrdal Personal Involvement in his own ‘Scientificity Case’ chapter by chapter, section by section and subsection. A 2. Toward a New Scientific Paradigm for the Social Sciences, (following Myrdal) normal way of indicization that we have called ‘General 2.1.Theories and Facts Index of the whole Trilogy’. 2.2. The Inherent ‘Transversality’ in the Social Sciences 2.3. The ‘Crucial Logical Point’ for any Science 2.4. A ‘Re-direction’ in ‘Economic Science’? (Myrdal’s last Message) 2.5. Obsolete Disciplinarity and the New Role of the ‘Economist’ 2.6. From Interdisciplinarity to Transdisciplinarity: The ‘Problem Areas’ 2.7. Beyond Myrdal? 2.8. Beyond the Positivismusstreit in Nineteenth-Century German Sociology 2.8.1. The ‘Vienna Circle’ and the ‘Epistemological Overturning’ 2.8.2. Karl Mannheim and the ‘Sociology of Knowledge’ 2.8.3. The ‘Frankfurt School’ Versus 2.9. The Return to a Clear and Simple Socio-Economic Pragmatism? 3. Planning and Planning Theory: (The Difficult Legacy of Ragnar Frisch) 3.1. Econometrics and Planning 3.1.1 The Oblivion of Frisch’s ‘ Studies’ 3.1.2. Econometrics versus ‘Playometrics’? 3.1.3. Econometric Analysis as a Function of Planning 3.1.4. Frisch’s Internal Critique of the Western Planning Systems 3.2. A ‘Return’ to Frisch? 3.3. A General Ethical Vision Within Which to Frame Frisch’s Legacy 3.3.1. A Better Economic System Against the ‘Egoistic Ghost of Human Nature’ 3.3.2. How to Dissolve the ‘Ghost’ of Human Egoism? 3.3.3. A Seafaring Metaphor for Planning 3.4. A Diriment Edge: ‘Decisional’ Modelling 3.5. A Short Excursus of Frischian Scientific and Ethical Philosophy Errata Corrige to the Titles to the printed Volume III 17

ERRATA CORRIGE Page (To be canceled) (To be added) page 313 Note to the reader: 3.5.1. The Lures of ‘Unsolvable Problems’ here we report a general exhibition of the Trilogy, by 3.5.2. Research of the ‘Ultimate Reality’’ and the Philosophy of Chaos means of its succession of its text from the starting to the 3.6. Universal Humanitarian Ethics whole three volumes of the Trilogy, just to clearly 3.7. A Useful Historic-Schematic Reconstruction of Economics (According to Frisch) develop its parkour and its consequentiality part by part, 3.8. Quantification of Concepts and Reality Modelling chapter by chapter, section by section and subsection. A 3.9. The Critical Contribution of Wassily Leontief normal way of indicization that we have called ‘General 3.10. Towards Another of Frisch’s Implicit ‘Breakthroughs’: The ‘Demise’ of Economics? Index of the whole Trilogy’. 3.11. The Course of This Book 4. Basic Requirements for the Programming Approach 4.1. The Basic Logical Setting 4.2. The Proper and Improper Use of the Term ‘Planning’ 4.3. Policy Decision and Technical Analysis 4.4. Thinking in Real Terms Rather Than in Tonetary Terms 4.5. The ‘Operational’ Character of Planning 4.6. The Question of the ‘Objectives’ and the ‘Strategic’ Nature of Planning 4.7. The ‘Optimal Plan Framework’ Approach to Planning 4.8. Three Planning ‘Stages’ and Other Connected Questions 4.8.1. Further Considerations About the Distinction Between ‘Selection Problem’ and ‘Implementation Problem’ 4.8.2. The Plan ‘structuring’ as a preliminary stage of the planning process 4.8.3. Conflict Among Objectives 4.8.4. The Quanti-qualitative Assessment Question 4.9. Other Requisites for a Correct Approach to Planning 4.9.1. The Essential Acknowledgement of the ‘Human Factor’ 4.9.2. The Pareto ‘Optimality’ 4.10. The Various Phases of the Planning Work 5. The ‘Programming Approach’ 5.1. Principal Characters of Frisch’s ‘Programming Approach’ 5.2. The Programming Approach Implications 5.3. The Programming Approach Limitations 5.4. The Programming Approach in Respect to the Other ‘Pre-programming’ Approaches of Planning Errata Corrige to the Titles to the printed Volume III 18

ERRATA CORRIGE Page (To be canceled) (To be added) page 314 Note to the reader: 5.4.1. The Savings Rate of Growth Question here we report a general exhibition of the Trilogy, by 5.4.2. The ‘Rate of Growth’ Question (GNP) means of its succession of its text from the starting to the 5.4.3. The Question of ‘Balanced Growth’ whole three volumes of the Trilogy, just to clearly 5.5. The Accounting Instrument to Implement the Programming Approach develop its parkour and its consequentiality part by part, 5.6. The Steps Towards a ‘True’ Programming Approach chapter by chapter, section by section and subsection. A 5.6.1. The Ad-Hoc Instrument Approach normal way of indicization that we have called ‘General 5.6.2. The Feasible Instrument Approach Index of the whole Trilogy’. 5.7. The ‘Half Logic’ Inconsistencies 5.8. The ‘Optimalization’ Approach 5.9. The Political Preference Function and its Instruments 6. The Political Preference Function 6.1. A new Season of Cooperation Between Politicians and Econometricians 6.2. The Institutional and Political Aspects of the Political Preference Function 6.3. Some Disagreement Over the Issue of the Formulation of Political Preference Function 6.3.1. The Approach of Separation Between the Selection Phase and the Implementation Phase (According Frisch) 6.3.2. The ‘ Fixed Targets’ Approach (According Tinbergen) 6.3.3. Multiple ‘Preference Systems’? 6.4. Some Procedural Aspects 6.5. The Construction of the Political Preference Function 6.6. The Formalization of the Political Preference 6.7. Further Steps in Our Analysis 7. The Impact of the Programming Approach on Socio-Economic Modeling 7.1. The Modelling of Quantitative Phenomena 7.2. The Impact of Programming Approach on Modelling 7.2.1. The Importance of ‘Decisional Parameters’ 7.2.2. From Typological Catalogue of the Descriptive Models to the Political Preference Formalization 7.3. Some Further Technical Considerations on the Selection (Decisional) Models. 7.3.1. The Disaggregation of Phenomena and the ‘Pyramidation’ Problem 7.3.2. The Sub-Division Problem of Plans Errata Corrige to the Titles to the printed Volume III 19

ERRATA CORRIGE Page (To be canceled) (To be added) page 315 Note to the reader: 7.3.3. The Multilevel Plans Coordination ‘Criteria’ and the ‘Pyramidation’ Problem in Decisional here we report a general exhibition of the Trilogy, by Structure means of its succession of its text from the starting to the 7.3.4. Further Examination of the ‘Pyramidation Problem’ whole three volumes of the Trilogy, just to clearly 7.3.5. The Dynamic of Planning and of Timing Coordination develop its parkour and its consequentiality part by part, 7.3.6. The Linearity or Non-linearity in Selection Models chapter by chapter, section by section and subsection. A 7.3.7. The Choice of Variables in the Selection Process normal way of indicization that we have called ‘General 7.3.8. The Structure of the Economy and the Formulation of the Political Preference in Index of the whole Trilogy’. Decisional Models 7.4.‘Deterministic Relations’ and ‘Deterministic Bounds’ as Mathematical Instruments 7.4.1. The Stochastic Viewpoint 7.4.2. ‘Definitional’ Relations 7.4.3. ‘Technical’ Relations 7.4.4. ‘Behavioural’ Relations 7.5. Political Equations and the Constraints 7.5.1. ‘Definitional’ Constraints 7.5.2. ‘Capacity’ Constraints 7.5.3. ‘External’ Constraints 7.5.4. ‘Formalization’ Constraints 7.5.5. ‘Bluntness’ Constraints 7.5.6. Political and Humanitarian Constraints (Part of the Preferences) 7.6. Other Technical-Mathematical Issues for the Use of the Preference Function in the Decisional Model 7.7. Using Mathematical Method as an Instrument for ‘Problems Solving’, (During Selection Stage and Any Kind of Collective Bargaining, at National or Supra-national or Global Scale)

7.8. Leif Johansen’s Contribution to Decisional Model Theorizing

7.9. Some Conclusions

7.10. An Opportune Re-Definition of the Methodology in Planning Models (according to Johansen)

8. The World Wide and by ‘Central Planning’ methodology’(The Jan Tinbergen’s experience’)

8.1. A general Operational Contribution for the Application of the Programming Approach at

Government Level

8.2. The economic Planning as central part of the Economics. Errata Corrige to the Titles to the printed Volume III 20

ERRATA CORRIGE Page (To be canceled) (To be added) page 316 Note to the reader: 8.2.1. Planning as a Natural Approach of the Economic Vision of the Social Welfare. here we report a general exhibition of the Trilogy, by 8.2.2. Actors and their tasks in planning means of its succession of its text from the starting to the 8.2.3. Activities in Each of the Phases whole three volumes of the Trilogy, just to clearly 8.2.4. Procedures develop its parkour and its consequentiality part by part, 8.2.5. Planning Timetable chapter by chapter, section by section and subsection. A 8.2.6. Organization normal way of indicization that we have called ‘General 8.3. Methodology and Modeling Index of the whole Trilogy’. 8.4. Tinbergen , Frisch and the Leontief ‘input-output analysis’ 8.5. Further Remarks on the Relations of the General Economic Process 8.5.1. From Unplanned to Planned Policy 8.5.2 About the Contents of Plans 8.5.3. Some interesting Comments on a Theoretical Analysis of the Influence of Planning (according Jan Tinbergen) 8.6. A different Way by Tinbergen to Conceive ‘Optimal Planning’ 8.6.1. The unknowns of the problem 8.6.2. The optimum Regime: Choices to Be Made 8.6.3. Criteria for Optimum Planning 8.7. Some Remarks on Optimum Methods: What Must Be Planned? 8.7.1. Some Remarks on Optimum Methods: Planning in Stages? 8.7.2. Some Remarks on Optimum Procedures 8.8. The RIO Project, 1978, for the Reshaping the International Order 8.9. Other efforts to suggest same global measurements on National Programmes 8.10 Philosophical and historical images of world development 8.11 An evaluation of the state advancement of scientific and technical steps, after the RIO project,. (The ‘Globus Model’ methodology) 9. The Pitfalls of ‘Implicit Theorizing’ and the Abuse of ‘Indirect Statistical Inference’: Leontief’s Criticism (to what in the twenties he was calling the ‘Cambridge School, based on the ‘implicit Theorizing’). 9.1. From the Myrdal and Frisch’s Epistemology to the Leontiefian ‘Internal Criticism’ of Economic Theorizing 9.2. The Neglected Contribution by Leontief on the Criticism of Implicit Economic Theorizing Errata Corrige to the Titles to the printed Volume III 21

ERRATA CORRIGE Page (To be canceled) (To be added) page 317 Note to the reader: 9.2.1. The Fallible Logic of ‘Implicit Theorizing’ here we report a general exhibition of the Trilogy, by 9.2.2. Implicit Solutions Versus Explicit Solutions. The Mistake of the ‘Method’ of Implicit means of its succession of its text from the starting to the Solutions whole three volumes of the Trilogy, just to clearly 9.2.3. The Historical References of Leontief’s Criticism (Robinson, Kahn, Hicks, Keynes and develop its parkour and its consequentiality part by part, others) chapter by chapter, section by section and subsection. A 9.3. A Permanent Frame of Empirical Observation Ex Ante as Basis for the Reliability of Theoretical normal way of indicization that we have called ‘General Postulates Index of the whole Trilogy’. 9.3.1. The ‘Implicit Theorizing’, the ‘Half-Logic’ and the Programming Approach 9.3.2. Benefits and Risks About Mathematics in the Progress of Economics 9.4. The Abuse of Statistical ‘Indirect Inference’, (Second-Part of Leontief’s Criticism) 9.5. The Poor Outcome of Economic Theorizing, (According Leontief) 9.5.1. The ‘Futile Use’ of mathematical language in Modelling 9.5.2. Academic Responsibilities in Self-Referencing Approach and in its Practice 9.6. For the Research of an ‘Analytical System’ and a ‘Steady Flow of New Data’ Capable of Including the Entire Range of Programming Perspective Flows 9.6.1. The Meta-economic or ‘Unified’ Approach 9.6.2. From ‘Casual ’ to the ‘Analytic System’ 9.6.3. Towards Classification Systems of Uniform Coordination 9.7. Planning and Policy-Centred System Analysis and the Planning Accounting Framework (PAF), in the Leontief vision

Volume II

Part II Selected testimonies

of the ‘Epistemological ‘Overturning’ in the Economic Theory and Policy

A brief introductive Note to the Chapters of Vol. II 01. The Need for ‘Realism’ in the Traditional ‘Approaches of ‘Mainstream Economics’. 02. ‘Performance Revolution’ in the Economic and Political Thinking

Errata Corrige to the Titles to the printed Volume III 22

ERRATA CORRIGE Page (To be canceled) (To be added) page 318 Note to the reader: 1. The Programming Approach, as Epistemologically Based, Futuristic Decision and ‘Rational here we report a general exhibition of the Trilogy, by Utopia’ means of its succession of its text from the starting to the 1.1.The Logical Foundations of the Decisional Models whole three volumes of the Trilogy, just to clearly 1.2. The Epistemological Basis of Economics (According to Ludwig von Mises) develop its parkour and its consequentiality part by part, 1.2.1. The Activistic Basis of Knowledge chapter by chapter, section by section and subsection. A 1.2.2. The logical Structure of the Human Mind and of History normal way of indicization that we have called ‘General 1.3. Programming versus Forecasting, the Crucial Point of the Overturning Approach to the Future Index of the whole Trilogy’. (According to Jan Tinbergen)

1.4. The ‘Utopia’Role as ‘Requirement’ in Economic Theory(Viewpoints by Bruno de Finetti) 1.4.1. Risk of Misleading Conceptualisation 1.4.2. Critique of Over-Semplification in the Abuse of the Language of Mathematics 1.5. Economic Theory as ‘Fiction’ 1.5.1. ‘Four Bridges Towards Reality’ 1.5.2. An Impasse 1.5.3. Rationality or Time? 1.5.4. An ‘Interpretative’ Economic Theory (According to Daniel Bell) 1.6. A pragmatic ‘Realism’ as Way out from the Impasse 2. The Programming Approach and the Old, Unresolved Debate on ‘Decision Theory’ 2.1. The Traditional ‘Methodological’ Debate on Economic Decision and Its Inconclusiveness 2.2. How Descriptive Versus Normative Dichotomy Is Raised? 2.2.1. The ‘Logical Confusion’ Concerning ‘Value-free’ Judgments and ‘Scientific’ Propositions 2.2.2. Methodological Judgements Versus Value Judgements (according to Ernest Nagel) 2.2.3. Others steady attempts to bypass controversial terms (The trial) 2.2.4. Last Trial by Myrdal 2.3. Descriptive and Normative Approach in Modern ‘Decision Theory’ 2.4. A New Trichotomy in the Modern ‘Decision Theory’; Its inner inter-actions (and, again, its tribulations) 2.4.1. The Ambiguities of the Dichotomy Between the ‘Descriptive’ and ‘Normative’ Approaches 2.4.2. Again on the Illogicity of the ‘Realistic’ Validity of Behavioural Projection 2.5. Conclusions: The Common Pragmatic bases of the ‘Prescriptive’ and ‘Programming’ Approach Errata Corrige to the Titles to the printed Volume III 23

ERRATA CORRIGE Page (To be canceled) (To be added) page 319 Note to the reader: 3. The Programming Approach in the Collective Decision-and-Action’s ‘Centred’ Analysis (the here we report a general exhibition of the Trilogy, by ‘Planning theory’ movement) means of its succession of its text from the starting to the 3.1. Programming and the Knowledge: Action Nexus whole three volumes of the Trilogy, just to clearly 3.1.1. ‘Positive’ Knowledge and ‘Programming’ Knowledge develop its parkour and its consequentiality part by part, 3.1.2. The damage done by the ‘positivist’ approach chapter by chapter, section by section and subsection. A 3.2. The Unexpected, but Significant, Contribution of land and Urban Planning (the ‘planning theory’ normal way of indicization that we have called ‘General movement) Index of the whole Trilogy’. 3.2.1. The DNA of ‘Planning Theorists’ 3.2.2. A look at the ‘ Gestion period’ of ‘Planning Theory’ (the 1960) 3.2.3. A List of Planning Theorist Authors Deserving of More Attention 3.2.4. Limits and Carelessness in the Community of the‘Planning Theorists’ 3.2.5. Which Hope for the Future of the ‘Planning Theorists’ 3.2.6. The Need for the Integration of ‘Proceduralism’ and ‘Substantivism’ in a Unique - Methodology 3.3. Toward a methodology of the Rational Planning (Faludi’s original contribution) 3.3.1. From ‘Planning Theory’ to the ‘Planning Methodology’ 3.3.2. Some Previews of Planning Methodological Definitions: the Concept of ‘Effectiveness’ 3.3.3. From ‘Decisions’ to Programmes and Plans 3.3.4. The Achievement of an Advanced Vision of Consequences: From Decision to plan. (Frisch’s ‘Pyramid’ Question) 3.3.5. A Indispensable- Ingredient of Rationality in the Planning Methodology:Collective Bargaining’ 3.3.6. A cogent-Approach to Flexibility 3.3.7. A final Summary of Planning Methodology , in the Spirit of critical rationalism (according Faludi) 3.4. Further Steps Toward a new Methodology of Planning 3.4.1. The Main Requirements of a New Planning Methodology 3.4.2. A Plain Memory again of Some Critical Points and Postulates of the Programming Approach Errata Corrige to the Titles to the printed Volume III 24

ERRATA CORRIGE Page (To be canceled) (To be added) page 320 Note to the reader: 3.4.3. A Basic Postulate in the Restarting: the Programming Approach as ‘Action-Oriented here we report a general exhibition of the Trilogy, by Analysis’ means of its succession of its text from the starting to the 3.4.4. The Operational Requirement of Planning: the Quantification whole three volumes of the Trilogy, just to clearly 3.4.5. Evaluation Ex Ante and Evaluation Ex-Post , in the Planning Metodology develop its parkour and its consequentiality part by part, 4. The Programming Approach and the ‘Mainstream’ Economic ‘General Theory’ (from the Isard’s chapter by chapter, section by section and subsection. A ‘General Theory’) normal way of indicization that we have called ‘General 4.1.Some Needs of ‘Realism’ in the Economic ‘Neo-Classical School’ of Thinking Index of the whole Trilogy’. 4.2. Isard’s ‘General Theory’: generalia 4.2.1. In Search of the ‘Concept of More Realism’ 4.2.2. The ‘Relaxation’ of Assumptions and the Multiplication of ‘Casuistics’ 4.2.3. The Extension of the Objective-Function to ‘non-Economic Commodities’ 4.3. ‘Non –Economic Commodities’, (from Walter Isard) 4.3.1. Borrowing the ‘Social Acts’, (according to Talcott Parson) 4.3.2. From Social Acts to the ‘non-Economic Commodities’ 4.4. The Isard’ ‘General Theory’ and the Planning Accounting Frame (PAF) 4.5. Isard’s ‘General Theory’ , Between a ‘Positivist’ Methodological and the Programming Approach (Other interesting proposals by Isard for a still more General Theory) 5. The ‘Programming approach’and the Management Sciences 5.1. Programming approach and the administrative Sciences: neglected interrelations 5.1.1. Management Sciences as Context 5.1.2. Organisational ‘science’ as a ‘result-based’ science 5.2. The ‘Cultural Origins’ of Managerial Planning in the Public Sector 5.2.1. The Role of the ‘Systemic’ Approach 5.2.2. Management Sciences; Between Rationality and Romanticism 5.3.The Political and Administrative Sciences and the Concept of ‘Bounded Rationality’ 5.3.1. The Imprecision and Relativity of the Concept of ‘Bounded Rationality’ 5.3.2. The Concept of Bounded Rationality in the Case of the Programming Approach 5.3.3. The Optimisation Principle and the Programming Approach 5.4. Conclusion the Political and Administrative Sciences and the Programming Approach

6. The Programming Approach, the Crisis of Traditional Economics and the Unavoidable ‘Post-

Capitalism’, leading to a ‘Global Sovereignity’ (A peculiar analysis of George Soros and other Errata Corrige to the Titles to the printed Volume III 25

ERRATA CORRIGE Page (To be canceled) (To be added) page 321 Note to the reader: analysts of a new model of development and society) here we report a general exhibition of the Trilogy, by 6.1. ‘Crisis’? For Who and About What? (of the business trends? of the economic theory? of means of its succession of its text from the starting to the ‘Capitalism’ or its ‘globalization’? or other?) whole three volumes of the Trilogy, just to clearly 6.2. The Global System of Capitalism (in the tenacious interpretation by Immanuel Wallerstein and develop its parkour and its consequentiality part by part, his associated) chapter by chapter, section by section and subsection. A 6.3. Questions about the capacity of Economics to provide appropriate means and instruments for normal way of indicization that we have called ‘General the management of economic crises Index of the whole Trilogy’. 6.4. A New ‘Tabula Rasa’? 6.5. From ‘Logical Positivism’ to a ‘Theory of Reflexivity’ 6.5.1. Again: social phenomena and natural phenomena (the separation from Popper) 6.5.2. Thinking and reality 6.6. The ‘theory of reflexivity’, (according to George Soros) 6.6.1. . The sense of History 6.6.2. Does reflexivity oblige us to accept ‘indeterminacy 6.6.3. Does ‘Reflexivity’ Oblige Us to Revise Our Confidence in a Continuous Capacity and Effectiveness of Public Planning? 6.7. Design and Political Participation 6.7.1. Reflexive Concept of Truth (according to George Soros) 6.8. An Interactive View of Reality 6.9. Fallibility and Recognized Reflexivity 6.10. The ‘Feasibility of the Plans’ 6.10.1. The ‘feasibility of plans’ as a pivot around which to rebuild the Programming approach and the methodology of planning 6.10.2. A reflexive concept of the truth, but with an interactive vision of reality 6.10.3. The program’s feasibility and its relationship with the Logical positivism 6.11. From the ‘Fallibility’ to the ‘Feasibility’ 6.12. A radical criticism of the Economics, as studied and practiced 6.13. The criticism to the Global Capitalism without Public Planning, and criticism of the ‘Market Fundamentalism’ which supports it. 6.14. The Global Capitalist System: as Incomplete Regime 6.15. The Future of Global Capitalist System Errata Corrige to the Titles to the printed Volume III 26

ERRATA CORRIGE Page (To be canceled) (To be added) page 322 Note to the reader: 7. A Project for a New Worldwide, Strategic, Methodology for Planning (under the sponsorship of of here we report a general exhibition of the Trilogy, by a renovated University of the United Nations) means of its succession of its text from the starting to the 7.1. The Construction of the Planning Accounting Framework (PAF) whole three volumes of the Trilogy, just to clearly 7.1.1. Insufficiency of purely ‘Methodological’ Criticism develop its parkour and its consequentiality part by part, 7.1.2. A new Political Decisional System Consistent with the strategic approach, (and – in the chapter by chapter, section by section and subsection. A same time – fully ‘systemic’, spatially and multi-structurally) normal way of indicization that we have called ‘General 7.2. The ridiculous incapacity of the current national and international Economic Policies (and the Index of the whole Trilogy’. irresponsability of governments in ‘navigating in the fog’). 7.3. Organizing a Political Consensus on the Planning Process and in respect of the practical impossibility of current economic policies to govern the situation 7.3.1. The role of the PAF 7.3.2. Using Knowledge to Plan Political Action

7.4. New Forms of capital formation

7.5. A New, Universal, Incomes Policy?

7.5.1. The Income Policy from Endogenous to Exogenous Concept.

7.5.2. Connecting income to Better Job Evaluation

7.6. Towards a ‘new’ Economic Paradigms?

7.6.1. The Dispute Between the ‘Growth Models’ and the decisional models

7.6.2 The issue of ‘expections in trditional economic policy, more or less followed by the competents operators. 7.6.3. So, what may we intend – then – with ‘new paradigms’? 7.7. New results re-discovering operational theorems of economic policy (based on Frischian and Tinbergenian methodology) 7.7.1. The essence of the Lucas critique 7.7.2. Deep parameters and rational expectations: a re-solution? 7.7.3. Overcoming the critique 8. The Economics as Tool for Measuring and Improving the Communities Performance. Towards a new Social Accountability (in public and private, economic and social, national and global, accountability). 8.1. Public and Private Performance, a New Economic Language? 8.1.1. The ‘Un-Priced Value’ Question Errata Corrige to the Titles to the printed Volume III 27

ERRATA CORRIGE Page (To be canceled) (To be added) page 323 Note to the reader: 8.1.2. Other directions in the social accounting progress. An interesting proposal, not yet here we report a general exhibition of the Trilogy, by adequately assessed (by Karl Fox) means of its succession of its text from the starting to the 8.2. Performance Measuring and Monitoring as the Main Implementation Factors in the whole three volumes of the Trilogy, just to clearly Programming Approach develop its parkour and its consequentiality part by part, 8.3. The return to strategic planning chapter by chapter, section by section and subsection. A 8.4. An Overview of the Steps Ahead in the Researches of Social Accounting normal way of indicization that we have called ‘General 9. Improving Human Activities, and Values as a Strategy to Save Economics Performances and Index of the whole Trilogy’. Improvements 9.1. A great opportunity: ‘Reinventing Government ‘in the USA 9.1.1. The USA’s ‘GPRA’ Federal Law 9.1.2. The Starting ‘Universal’ Glossary of the GPRA 9.1.3. Importance and Feasibility of the GPRA 9.1.4. The public Support to the Reform of GPRA 9.2. The Successful Federal ‘Performance Budgeting’ 9.2.1. What is a ‘Performance Budget’? 9.2.2. Which Data Must be Included in the Performance Budget 9.2.3. What is the Relationship Between the Performance Budget and the Strategic Plan? 9.2.4. Improving the Evaluation Within the ‘Performance Budgeting’ 9.3. A Glance at Current Success and Failure of Strategic Planning 9.3.1. The Unhappy Case of the British and French Experience, 9.3.2. Other OECD Countries 9.3.3. The ‘American Reinventing of Government’

9.4. The Increase Role of the United Nations and its role in the Strategic Planning

9.5. The Essentials Contents of the Strategic Planning Process: General Principles

9.5.1. The Strategic Planning process: Phases or Cycles

9.5.2. Uncertainty in the Planning Process

9.5.3. Flexibility in the Planning Process

9.5.4. Iteration in the Planning Process

9.5.5. Planning and Evaluation

9.5.6. Conditions and General Limits of Strategic Evaluation

Errata Corrige to the Titles to the printed Volume III 28

ERRATA CORRIGE Page (To be canceled) (To be added) page 324 Note to the reader: Volume III here we report a general exhibition of the Trilogy, by means of its succession of its text from the starting to the Part III whole three volumes of the Trilogy, just to clearly A short Preface to the Volume III of the Trilogy develop its parkour and its consequentiality part by part, chapter by chapter, section by section and subsection. A dedicated to the construction of the (Frischian) Planning Accounting normal way of indicization that we have called ‘General Framework (PAF) Index of the whole Trilogy’. The Planning Accounting Framework (PAF) as an instrument of the Programming approach

Brief introductory Note to the Chapters of the part III

1. The ‘Planning Accounting Frame’(PAF), 1.1. The PAF as ‘reference frame’: what is it? 1.1.1. Frisch’s ‘plan-frame’ will be referred to as the ‘Planning Accounting Frame’ (PAF), in order to be more precise, emphasizing its quantitative aspect and nature. 1.2. The PAF and its Models 1.2.1. Temporal Flexibility of the PAF 1.2.2. Flexibility of the PAF,(according Johansen) 1.2.3. Temporal Flexibility of the PAF 1.2.4. Flexibility of the PAF (according to Johansen 1.2.5 Permanent PAF Monitoring (ex-ante) with actual ‘reality’ (ex post 1.2.6. The Necessary Threshold of Disaggregation 1.3. Distinguishing between the Problem of Configuring the Optimal Selection of PAF and of Implementing such Configuration 1.4. Phenomena to beIncluded and Defined Quantitatively in the PAF 1.4.1. ‘Basic’ Socio-economic Phenomena of the PAF 1.4.2. The Numerical Quantification of the Economic Interflows Matrix 1.5. The Investment Framework 1.6. Prices as One of ‘Implementation’ Instruments of the PAF Errata Corrige to the Titles to the printed Volume III 29

ERRATA CORRIGE Page (To be canceled) (To be added) page 325 Note to the reader: 1.7. The Expansion of the PAF Information System into the entirety of the ‘Non-economic’ and here we report a general exhibition of the Trilogy, by ‘Economic’ (but not only monetary) Ambit means of its succession of its text from the starting to the 1.8. Towards an in-depth Discussion on the use of Models for Planning (and the contribution of Leif whole three volumes of the Trilogy, just to clearly Johansen) develop its parkour and its consequentiality part by part, 2. Spatial Dimension of the PAF chapter by chapter, section by section and subsection. A 2.1. The Spatial Dimensions of the PAF and the Model: from‘Descriptivism’ to ‘Normativeness’ normal way of indicization that we have called ‘General 2.2. A Systemic Vision of the Spatial Interdependence Index of the whole Trilogy’. 2.3. Structure of the Interregional Flows of Goods, Energy and Transport 2.4. Optimal Selection of Flows Between ‘Centres’ 2.5. The ‘Pyramidation Problem’ in the Decisional Structure and in the Systemic Space 2.6. The Possible Simplification in terms of Monetary Values and the Decisional Model for a ‘Single region’ 3. A ‘System of’Models’ for Elaborating the PAF on Various Scales (from the worldly to the national scale) 3.1. Decisional Models, in Respect to Descriptive Ones, Need Further Coordination 3.2. Building of a ‘System of Models’ for planning 3.3. A ‘System of Models’ and Alternative (Future) Scenarios 3.4. The Articulation of said System of Models 3.4.1. The Central Model (IOM) 3.4.2. The Model of Technology) (TEC) 3.4.3. The Import-Export Model (IM-EX) 3.4.4. The Final Use of Resources Models 3.4.5. Primary Production of Factors Models 3.4.6. Final Demand and Social Indicators 3.4.7. Regional and Institutional Articulation 3.4.8. Optimisation and Sub-Optimization. Mobile and Fixed Objectives 3.4.9. The Labour Model 3.4.10. The Territory and Environment Model (TEM) 3.4.11. Final Use versus Primary Availability 3.5. The System of Models utilization and Their Quantification 3.5.1 ‘Transitional Tables’ Usage Errata Corrige to the Titles to the printed Volume III 30

ERRATA CORRIGE Page (To be canceled) (To be added) page 326 Note to the reader: 3.5.2. Building and Using/Quantifyg Models of the Final Use of Resources here we report a general exhibition of the Trilogy, by 3.5.3. The Evaluation of the Socio-demographic Factor means of its succession of its text from the starting to the 3.5.4. The Evaluation of the Territory (or Environment) Supply whole three volumes of the Trilogy, just to clearly 3.5.5. The Evaluation of the Labor Supply develop its parkour and its consequentiality part by part, 3.6. Various Interactions in Utilization the Models chapter by chapter, section by section and subsection. A 3.7. General Characteristics and Limits of the System of Models Described normal way of indicization that we have called ‘General 3.7.1. The Relative Prices System Index of the whole Trilogy’. 3.7.2. The Income Distribution System 3.7.3. The Financial Flows System 3.8. Further Limits and Warnings about the PAF 3.9. The Case of the GLOBUS Model 3.10. A Cybernetic Conception of Behavior 3.11. A Governmental Perspective (According to Karl W. Deutsch) 3.12. Overview of GLOBUS Model as Synthesis of Model Parts 3.12.1. Domestic Economic Processes of GLOBUS Model 3.12.2. Domestic Political Processes of GLOBUS Model 3.12.3. The Demographic Processes of GLOBUS Model 3.12.4. Government Budget Processes of GLOBUS Model 3.12.5. International Economic Processes of GLOBUS Model 3.12.6. International Political Processes of GLOBUS Model 3.13. Conclusion: Evaluating GLOBUS Model 3.14. The 25 Nations Which the GLOBUS Computer Has Designed in Its Model 3.15. The GLOBUS Project 4. The Political and Practical use of the PAF 4.1. The Political Use of the PAF 4.2. On the Computation Problems of the PAF Optimal Solution 4.3. The Programming Approach, and the Fallacious Approaches of the Traditional ‘Economic Policy’ 4.4. Implementation and continuity problems in the planning process 4.5. Some Difficulties, Objections, Dangers, in the Connection Between ‘Selection’ and ‘Implementation’ in the Planning Process Errata Corrige to the Titles to the printed Volume III 31

ERRATA CORRIGE Page (To be canceled) (To be added) page 327 Note to the reader: 4.5.1. Structural and Administrative Aspects in Planning here we report a general exhibition of the Trilogy, by 4.5.2. Different Operational Conditioning for Structural and Administrative means of its succession of its text from the starting to the Actions whole three volumes of the Trilogy, just to clearly 4.6. ‘Political Preference’: From the Theory to Political Practice develop its parkour and its consequentiality part by part, 4.6.1. Extension of the Effects to Be Known for the Political and Practical Choices chapter by chapter, section by section and subsection. A 4.6.2.The Best Way of Taking Account of the System’s Complexity normal way of indicization that we have called ‘General 4.7.‘Political Preference’: Unavoidable Matching with Compromising and Consistency Index of the whole Trilogy’. 4.7.1. Agreements in the Dark or Agreements in the Awareness 4.7.2. Partisan Preferences and partial Settlements 4.7.3. Compromise Among the ‘Preferences’ of Different Political Parties 4.8. Why the Optimal Solution on the Administrative Plane is Different from that Structural Plane (according to Frisch)? 4.9. Phases in Building the PAF and the Plan’s Documents 4.9.1. General Advertising and the Principal Organization 4.9.2. Collecting of Projects 4.9.3. ‘Technical Description Notes’ 4.9.4. The ‘Planning Chart’ 4.9.5. The ‘Top Level Goals’ 4.9.6. Basic Equations and the Optimal Solution 4.10. Critical Surveying of the PAF 4.11. Institutional Procedures (Government, Parliament and Other Normative Performances) 4.12. Planning and Its Details 4.13. Again about the PAF ‘Implementation’ 4.14. Monitoring the PAF as ‘Standing Watch’ 4.14.1. Current Reporting 4.14.2. Rapid Processing of Incoming Information 4.14.3. Counter-Measures 4.15. Monitoring and Cybernetics 4.16. Monitoring and Cyclical Process in the Management of the PAF (according to Johansen) 4.17. General Conclusions on the Problems Concerning the Political and Practical Use of the PAF

Errata Corrige to the Titles to the printed Volume III 32

ERRATA CORRIGE Page (To be canceled) (To be added) page 328 Note to the reader: Conclusive considerations here we report a general exhibition of the Trilogy, by means of its succession of its text from the starting to the 1. Theories and Facts: Economic and Non-economic? whole three volumes of the Trilogy, just to clearly 2. Rationality Ex Post Versus Rationality Ex Ante develop its parkour and its consequentiality part by part, 3. Which Future for ‘Economics’? The Consequences of its Praxeological ‘Integration’ into chapter by chapter, section by section and subsection. A other Social Sciences normal way of indicization that we have called ‘General 4. Two Different Aspects of Scientificity:’ 'Knowing to Decide’ or ‘deciding to Know’? Index of the whole Trilogy’. 5. A ‘Science’ Integrated and Targeted to Decision and Action, at Any Scale. A ‘Planology’? 6. Collective or Social Bargaining as Necessary Tool for the Effectiveness of Programming Approach 7. The Renewal of Social Organization and of Governmental Management (the so called ‘governance’) 8. From absolute to evolutionary Values 9. The ‘Political Preference’ (i.e. Collective) as Indispensable for Humankind’s , Much More than Anarchy and Randomness of the ‘Mystified’ Market 10. Double Logical Approach to Knowledge: the Positive Logic and the Programming Logic 11. Individuality and Sociality in the History of Mankind 12. The problems of problems: the Management of Resources 13. A Different Way of Counting Resources 14. How to Connect the Individual, Intended as ‘Social’ Man, with the Democratic Management of Society 15. The New Organization of Participation 16. The Revolutionary and Strategic Role of the ‘Planning Accounting Frame’ (PAF) 17. A ‘Planning’ (and not ‘Planned’) Society as a Tool of Improvement and implementation of Democracy, Equality and Participation 18. ‘Post-Economicism’ and ‘Post-capitalism’: Towards a ‘Planological Perspective’ 19. The Historical Implications of Planology 20. Beyond This Book

Errata Corrige to the Text 33

Errata Corrige to the Text of Volume I

ERRATA CORRIGE Page (To be deleted) (To be added) Page xxviii Note for the reader: 3. Praxeology is a term (Greek etym) often used at the end of the XIX century, in referring to the ‘science of human action’, the Notes of the Brief Introductory Note will be merged variously employed in its history. It was widespread in some scientific works of classification (Louis Bourdeau, Théorie des with the Notes of the Preface and will follow its order of sciences: Plan de Science intégrale 1882; and others). However, the most intense and known use was by some authors of the numeration. Economic School of Vienna in order to distinguish the sciences of nature and those of ‘human action’. 4. See Geoffrey M. Hodgson, Can Economics Start from the Individual Alone’ in Edward Fullbrook ed., 2005.

5. Ludwig von Mises (and his followers) overall, made use of such argument, not devoid of big ambiguities and misunderstandings, which we will mention later in this book, whether in Chapter 1 and 2 of the Vol. I, dedicated to Myrdal’s works,¸ or also in Chapter 1. Vol. II, dedicated exactly to the work by von Mises, Grundprobleme der Nationaloekonomie, (1933); [translated into English: Epistemological Problems of Economics (1960)]. as well as in Chap. 4, dedicated to the ‘decision-based analysis’. 6. The linguistic oxymoron was coined by Karl Menger and – used constantly by von Mises and von Hayek and others – that became a brand of the ‘Austrian economics’. Von Hayek, was, however, more moderate than von Mises in his radical . Furthermore I always wonder if this had a role in the fact that the first was prized with a Nobel and the second was not. 7. Bruno de Finetti (1906-1985), an internationally well-known Italian mathematician (who has been very critical about the

mathematics applied to the positivist approach in economics). Bruno de Finetti has been friend and supporter of the ‘programming approach’ introduced by Ragnar Frisch. 8. Daniel Bell (1911-2011), well-known American sociologist, one of the first anticipators of the ‘post-industrial’ society analysis. 9. The associative movements raised within this kind of attention, were the American ACSP (Association of Collegiate School of Planning), the AESOP (Association of European Schools of Planning) and other world-regional associations of Planning Schools, connected in a GPEAN (Global Planning Education Association Network). The main basin of such movement was at the College of Architecture and City Planning. 10. A critical analysis of the ‘planning theory’ school (of which nevertheless I consider myself a fellow) was developed in one of my recent books ad hoc (Planning theory: from the political debate to the methodological reconstruction, Springer 2008). In this

work, I outlined a methodology that, in my opinion, could lead the school again towards a useful technical-scientific operativity after an ‘orgy’ of polity, borrowed by Sociology, with scarce critical sense. I presented my criticism regarding this enormous quantity of papers, simil ‘positivistic’, at the first World Congress of those Planning Schools, in Shangai (China) 2001. 11. An expression very much used by Frisch and Leontief some decades ago, when they wanted to affirm how useless and dangerous it would be to the economists to venture in public action decisions without these evaluation instruments, such as in the designing of ‘decisional models’, of a holistic nature, better for organizing the agreement and the cohesion, - at the highest information level between political and social parties,- and at making known, with concrete ‘effectiveness,’ the expected and Errata Corrige to the Text 34

ERRATA CORRIGE Page (To be deleted) (To be added) page xxviii Note for the reader: shared results, direct and indirect, as feasible; for every decision to be taken. (see many quotations of the texts by the authors the Notes of the Brief Introductory Note will be merged indicated above, and see also one essay of mine of 1957 (!) on Economic planning and collective bargaining (in ‘Studi with the Notes of the Preface and will follow its order of economici’ (‘Economic Studies’), 1957). In that essay the benefits of a collective bargaining based on a wider framework of numeration. structural interdependencies of a national economy were already examined. 12. Frankly, it is difficult for me to find understandable reasons or motivations here. 13. I recommend to the reader that, in Vol. II, if he may find it more suitable and useful to go directly to the reading of each author and each argument (as closer to his own study interests), so that he does not lose sight of the connection between authors and arguments covered, because they are essential to the understanding of the characteristics of the citations and references for the entire thesis of the Trilogy, and not sufficiently significant for the general work of each author put in the field. page 286 A reference to the Table 7.2 has been added 1. The Table 7.2 which we have created is born to give an ordered chronological view of the contribution of writings to the Note n°1 of Chapter 7 (Vol. I) by Ragnar Frisch (vedi Tavola 7.2). Frisch presented this advanced viewpoint (...)

Errata Corrige to the Text of Volume II

ERRATA CORRIGE Page (To be deleted) (To be added) page 4-10 Sources of the quotations Here the A. provides the full source to the quotations from page 18 to 23, from the same principal book of L. von Mises, where is sufficent to consider that with an ibidem. [Source: von Mises L. (1962), The Ultimate Foundation of Economic Science. An Essay on Method. Van Nostrand, (Princeton, etc, 1962)] page 260 Changes to the size of the font of the following text. Note for the reader: In the paragraph 7.7.3. (Overcoming the Critique) page 260 the following text will no longer be a citation but part of my text: (...) In Summary, the evolution of economic of economic systems, while making public intervention more necessary, may also impose some restriction on the range of effective policies. Acocella explains:

The Importance of financial markets (...) pages 260- In pages 260-262 we have deleted a mere repetition of the 262 text in the published book. Errata Corrige to the Text 35

ERRATA CORRIGE Page (To be canceled) (To be added) page 286 Insertion of a new note (Note n° 9) in the section of 9. I believe opportune to keep in memory of the chronological list of the other works by Karl Fox along its ‘Notes to Chapter 8’ (Vol. II) researcher life: Fox K.A. (1967). “Functional Economic Areas and Consolidated Urban Regions of the .” Social Sciences Research Council (21). Fox K.A. (1971). Combining Economic and Non-Economic Objectives in Development Planning: Problems of Concepts and Measurement. Economic Development and Planning: Essays in Honour of Jan Tinbergen. W. Sellekaerts. London, Macmillan. Fox K.A. and Van Moeseke, P. (1973). Derivation and Implications of a Scalar Measure of Social Income. Economic Structure and Development: Essays in Honor of J. Tinbergen,. B. H. e. alii. New York, American Elsevier. Fox K.A.et alii, S. J. K., et al. (1973). Economic Policy Models for Development Planning. The theory of Quantitative Economic Policy with applications to Economic Growth Stabilization and Planning. Fox K.a., Sengupta J.K. and Thorbecke E. Amsterdam, North-Holland: Chap 13 (chap ex liber). Fox K.A. (1973). Delimitations of Regions for Transportation Planning. Perspectives on Regional Trasportation Planning. J. S. De Salvo. Lexington Books, Lexington, Mass. Fox A.Karl (1974). Social Indicators and Social Theroy. Elements of an Operational System, Wiley & Sons, New York. Fox K.A. “Elements of an Operational System III: National and World Models and Data.”. Fox K.A. (1974). Cities and regions. Social indicators and Social theory: Elements of an Operational System. F. K. A. New York, Wiley: Chap. 12 (chap ex liber). Fox K.A. (1974). Accounts and Indicators for the Higher Education Sector. Social indicators and Social theory: Elements of an Operational System. F. K. A. New York, Wiley. Fox K.A. (1974). National Goals Accounting and Policy Models. Social indicators and Social theory: Elements of an Operational System. F. K.a. New York, Wiley: Chap. 7 (chap ex liber). Fox K.A. (1974). Social Science Concepts Relevant to a System of Social Accounts. Social indicators and Social theory: Elements of an Operational System. F. K.a. New York, Wiley: /Chap. 2 (chap ex liber). Fox K.A. (1974). Elements of an Operational System. II: Cities and Regions. Social Indicators and Social Theory. New York, Wiley. Fox K.A. (1980). “Philosophical Implications of a System of Social Accounts Based on Roger Barker's Ecological Psychology and a Scalar Measure of Total Income.” Philosophica 25: 33-54. Errata Corrige to the Text 36

ERRATA CORRIGE Page (To be canceled) (To be added) page 286 Insertion of a new note (Note n° 9) in the section of Fox K.A. and Gosh, S. (1981). A Behavior Setting Approach to Social Accounts Combining Concepts and Data ‘Notes to Chapter 8’ (Vol. II) from Ecological, Psychology, Economics, and Studies of Time Use. Social Accounting Systems. F. T. Juster and K. C. Land. New York, Academic Press. Fox K.A. (1983). “The Eco-Behavioral View of Human Societies and Its Implications for Systems Science.” International Journal of Systems Science 14(8): 895-914. Fox K.A. (1984). “Behavior Settings and Eco-Behavioral Science: A New Arena for Mathematical Social Science Permitting a Richer and More Coherent View of Human Activities in Social Systems.” Mathematical Social Sciences 7: 117- 65. Fox K.A. (1985a). The Classification of Behavior Settings in Social System Accounts. Social System accounts. F. K. A. Dordrecht, Reidel. Fox K.A. (1985b). The Classification of Stocks of Physical Capital and Consumer Durables in Social System Accounts. Dordrecht, Reidel. Fox K.A. (1985c). Some Broader Implications of Behavior Settings for the Social Sciences. Social System accounts. F. K. A. Dordrecht, Reidel. Fox K.A. (1985d). Behavior Settings and Objective Social Indicators. Social System Accounts: Linking Social and Economic Indicators Through Tangible Behaviour Settings. F. K. A. Dordrecht, Reidel. Fox K.A. (1985e). The Usefulness of Behavior Settings for Classifying and Describing Human Activities in a Community. Social System accounts. F. K. A. Dordrecht, Reidel. Fox K.A. (1985f). Social System Accounts Based on Behavior Settings: Some Next Steps. Social System Accounts. F. K. A. Dordrecht, Reidel. Fox K.A. (1985g). Social System Accounts: Linking Social and Economic Indicators Through Tangible Behaviour Settings. F. K. A. Dordrecht, Reidel. Fox K.A. (1985h). The Classification of Roles in Social System Accounts. Social System accounts. F. K. A. Dordrecht, Reidel. Fox K.A. (1985i). The Classification and Delineation of Communities and Regions in Social System Accounts. Social System accounts. F. K. A. Dordrecht, Reidel. Fox K.A. (1986). An Eco-Behavioral Approach to Social Systems Accounting, Time Allocation Matrices and Measures of the Quality of Life. Economic Psycology: Intersections in Theory and Application. A. J. MacFadyen and H. W. FacFadyen. Amsterdam, Elsevier Science Publishers. Fox K.A. and Miles, G. D. (1987). Systems Economics: Concepts, Models and Multidisciplinary Perspectives. Ames, Iowa State University Press. Errata Corrige to the Text 37

ERRATA CORRIGE Page (To be canceled) (To be added) page 286 Insertion of a new note (Note n° 9) in the section of Fox K.A. (1987). The Eco-Behavioral View of Human Societies: Behavior Settings, Time Allocation Matrices ‘Notes to Chapter 8’ (Vol. II) and Social System Accounts. Systems Economics, Concepts, Models, and Multidisciplinary Perspectives. F. K. A. and M. D. G. Ames, Iowa, Iowa State University Press: 118-142. Fox K.A. (1987). Some Classic Examples of Systems Thinking in Several Sciences: Comment and Recommended Readings. Systems Economics, Concepts, Models, and Multidisciplinary Perspectives. F. K. A. and M. D. G. Ames, Iowa, Iowa State University Press: 207-237. Fox K A. (1990). The Eco - Behavioral approach to surveys and social accounts for rural communities. Ames, IOWA, Department of Economics, Iowa State University. Fox K.A. (1992). Describing and Measuring Socioeconomic Systems: Prerequisites to Planning. Paper prepared for the Palermo Conference Volume from the Conference on Planning Science, Palermo, , 8-12 Sept. 1992.

Errata Corrige to the Text of Volume III

ERRATA CORRIGE Page (To be deleted) (To be added) xix As simply explained in the ‘General Introduction to the Trilogy’ (see Vol. I), (...) As explained before (see Vol. I), (...) 38 39

Errata Corrige of the Headings in the printed volumes

In all three volumes of the Trilogy, the Author prefer to put at the top of every page some headings concerning the arguments of the section of the text pertinent to the page in question. So the headers can be repeated for each of the following sections of the text for the three volumes, divided from page of the left side and the page of the right side for each volume.

Volume I

Page Left heading Right heading V-XX The Programming Approach and the Demise of economics Preface to the Three Volumes of the Trilogy 1-95 The Programming Approach and the Demise of economics General Introduction to the whole Trilogy (F. Archibugi) 99-116 Volume I. The Programming approach in the social sciences Brief Introductory Note to the Chapters of Volume I 117-155 Volume I. The Prasseological and Programming Approach Chapter 1. How Scientific Are Social Sciences? 157-198 Volume I. The Prasseological and Programming Approach Chapter 2. Toward New Scientific Paradigm for the Social Sciences(...) 199-269 Volume I. The Prasseological and Programming Approach Chapter 3. Planning and Planning Theory(...) 271-298 Volume I. The Prasseological and Programming Approach Chapter 4. Basic Requirements for the Programming Approach 299-322 Volume I. The Prasseological and Programming Approach Chapter 5. The Programming Approach (According Frisch) 323-350 Volume I. The Prasseological and Programming Approach Chapter 6. The Political Preference Function (According Frisch) 351-408 Volume I. The Prasseological and Programming Approach Chapter 7. The Impact of the Programming Approach on Socio-Economic Modelling(...) 409-469 Volume I. The Prasseological and Programming Approach Chapter 8. The methodology of the ‘Central Planning’(...) 471-505 Volume I. The Prasseological and Programming Approach Chapter 9. The Pitfalls of Implicing Theorising and the Abuse of Indirect Inference 507-531 The ‘Programming Approach’ and the demise of economics Appendix to Vol. I (Memoir on Personal Relations) 533-546 The ‘Programming Approach’ and the demise of economics General Bibliographical References to the whole Vol. I 547-551 The ‘Programming Approach’ and the demise of economics General Index of the Key-Concepts of Vol. I

40

Volume II Page Left heading Right heading V-VIII The ‘Programming Approach’ and the demise of economics Preface of Vol. II of the Trilogy concerning the ‘Programming Approach’ 1-34 Volume II. Selected testimonies of the Epistemological ‘overturning’ Chapter 1. The Programming Approach as Epistemologically Based, Futuristic Decision and ‘Rational Utopia’ 35-68 Volume II. Selected testimonies of the Epistemological ‘overturning’ Chapter 2. The Programming Approach and the Old, Unresolved Debate (...) 69-129 Volume II. Selected testimonies of the Epistemological ‘overturning’ Chapter 3. The Programming Approach in the Collective Decision (...) 121-149 Volume II. Selected testimonies of the Epistemological ‘overturning’ Chapter 4. The Programming Approach and the Mainstream Economic General (...) 151-178 Volume II. Selected testimonies of the Epistemological ‘overturning’ Chapter 5. The ‘Programming Approach’ and the Management Sciences 179-228 Volume II. Selected testimonies of the Epistemological ‘overturning’ Chapter 6. The Programming Approach, the Crisis of Traditional Economics 229-270 Volume II. Selected testimonies of the Epistemological ‘overturning’ Chapter 7. A project for a New Worldwide, Strategic Methodology for Planning 271-296 Volume II. Selected testimonies of the Epistemological ‘overturning’ Chapter 8. The Economics as Tool for Measuring (...) 297-336 Volume II. Selected testimonies of the Epistemological ‘overturning’ Chapter 9. Improving Human Activities and Values as a Strategy 337-371 Appendices from the United Nations Organization A Unified Approach to Planning 372-406 Appendices from the United Nations Organization The UNPAM The program in Public Administration and Development 407-440 Volume II. Selected testimonies of the Epistemological ‘overturning’ General Bibliographical References to the whole Vol. II 441-458 Volume II. Selected testimonies of the Epistemological ‘overturning’ General Index of the Key Concepts of Vol. II

Volume III Page Left heading Right heading VII-VIII The ‘Programming Approach’ and the demise of economics Short preface to the Volume III of the Trilogy (...) 1-44 Volume III. The Planning Accounting Framework (PAF) (...) Chapter 1. The ‘Planning Accounting Frame’. (PAF) 45-60 Volume III. The Planning Accounting Framework (PAF) (...) Chapter 2. The Spatial Dimension of the Planning Accounting Framework 61-112 Volume III. The Planning Accounting Framework (PAF) (...) Chapter 3. A ‘System of models’ for the PAF elaboration (...) 113-174 Volume III. The Planning Accounting Framework (PAF) (...) Chapter 4. The Political and Practical Use of the PAF 175-221 The ‘Programming Approach’ and the demise of economics Conclusive considerations to the whole Trilogy 223-227 Appendix n. 1 to the Vol. III of the Trilogy “Progetto Quadro I” by the Italian Government (1971-72) 229-294 Appendix n. 2 to the Vol. III of the Trilogy The First World-wide Conference on Planning Science (...) 295-304 Volume III. The Planning Accounting Framework (PAF) (...) General Bibliographical References to the whole Vol. III 305-308 Volume III. The Planning Accounting Framework (PAF) (...) General Index of the Key Concepts of Vol. III 41

Index to the Appendices of the whole Trilogy

Volume I

Memoire on the personal relations with some economists which had an important role in the maturation of the basic thesis of this Trilogy, page 507

Volume II

Appendices from the United Nations Organization

1. United Approach to Planning 1.3. Style of Development: Definitions and Criteria, page 339 1.4. Strategies, page 349 2. The UNPAN – The Program in Public Administration and Development 2.1. Strenghtening the Administrative Capacity of the State, page 372 2.2. Building Cognitive Capacity in the Face of Globalization, page 379 2.3. Purposes of Performance Measures, page 383 2.4. Transparency: A Generalised Demand, page 391 2.5. Managing Diversity, page 392 2.6. Information Technology: Its Promise and Potential for Reform, page 401

Volume III

1. ‘Progetto Quadro I’ (by the Italian Government, 1971-1972), page 223 2. The First Worldwide Conference on Planning Science (Palermo, Sicily 8-11 September 1992), page 229 42

43

Index to the Tables and Figures of the whole Trilogy

Volume I

Table 7.1, Condensed table of types of econometric models 354 Table 7.2, The basic theoretic-decisional scheme 394 Table 7.3, Econometric works by R. Frisch 408 Table 8.1, Econometric works by J. Tinbergen 469

Volume II

Figure 9.1, Strategic Planning Cycle Process 320

Volume III

Table 1.1, Median model interflow table, 11 Table 2.1, Regional interflow table in technical units 49 Table 2.2, Single region interflow table 56 Figure 3.1, The System of Models 68 Figure 4.1, Cycle of the plan verification facing the reality 166 Conclusive Considerations, Map of the disciplinary roots of Planology 184 44 45

A new complete list of the Bibliographical References to the whole Trilogy

The need of Errata Corrige is born from the fact that in the published book are printed lists of an incomplete Bibliographical References. Here following the reader will find the complete list of Bibliographical References including the References already existing in the published book.

Bibliographical References to the printed Volume I

Bibliographical References to the Preface (of F. Archibugi) Archibugi Franco (2000). The Associative Economy: Insights Beyond the Welfare State and into Post-Capitalism. London and New York, Macmillan. Archibugi Franco (2003). Teoria della pianificazione: dalla critica politologica alla ricostruzione metodologica. Firenze, Alinea editrice. Archibugi Franco (2005). Introduzione alla pianificazione strategica in ambito pubblico. Firenze, Alinea editrice. Archibugi Franco (2005). Compendio di programmazione strategica in ambito pubblico. Firenze, Alinea editrice.

Bibliographical References to the General Introduction Acocella Nicola et alii (2016). Rediscovering Economic Policy a Discipline. Cambridge, Cambridge University Press. Archibugi Daniele, M. K. Archibugi and Marchetti F., Eds, Introduction: mapping global democracy. In same authors: Global Democracy Normative and Empirical Perspectives, Cambridge University Press (2012). Archibugi Daniele (1998), Principles of Cosmopolitan Democracy, In Archibugi D., Held D. and Köhler M., Eds (1998), Re-imagining Political Community etc. Archibugi Daniele, Held David and Köhler Martin Eds. (1998), Re-imagining Political Community. Studies in Cosmopolitan Democracy, Polity Press (1998). Archibugi Daniele Ed. (2003), Debating Cosmopolitics, Verso (2003). Archibugi Daniele and Lundvall Bengt-Ake eds., Ed. (2001). The Globalizing Learning Economy. Oxford, Oxford University Press. Archibugi Daniele and Filipetti A. Ed. (2015), The Handbook of Global Science, Technology and Innovations, Wiley Blackwell. Archibugi Daniele et alii (2012). Global Democracy. In: Introduction: mapping global democracy, Models of global democracy, Towards the metamorphosis of the United Nations: a proposal for establishing global democracy, The promise and perils of global democracy. Cambridge, Cambridge University Press. Archibugi Franco (2002). L'economia associativa: sguardi oltre il Welfare State e nel post- capitalismo. Torino, Edizioni di Comunità. Archibugi Franco (2002). Planning Theory: Reconstruction or Requiem? Rome, Planning Studies Centre. Archibugi Franco (2008). Planning Theory, From Political Debate to the Methodological Reconstruction.Heidelberg-Berlin-Milan-NewYork,Springer. 46 Bibliographical References to the Volume I

Atkinson A. B. (2002), Globalization and the European welfare state at the opening and the closing of the Twentieth Century, In H. Kierzkowski, ed, Europe and Globalisation. London: Palgrave Macmillan, chap. 12, pp 249-73. Atkinson A. B. (2013), Reducing income inequality in Europe, IZA Journal of European Labor Studies, 2 : 12, available at www.izajoels.com/content/2/1/12. Bjerkoldt Olav, Ed. (1995). Foundations of Modern Econometrics. The Selected Essays of Ragnar Frisch. Aldershot, Edward Elgar Pub. Bjerkoldt O. (2005), Markets, models and planning: the Norwegian experience, Department of Economics, University of Oslo, Memorandum no. 14. Bjerkoldt O. (2008), Ragnar Frisch on scientific economics, paper prepared for seminar in the Research Department of Banca d’Italia, 3 November. Caffè F. (1962) La political economica nel sistema degli economisti classici, In Giornale degli Economisti, May-June (1962). Caffè F. (1966) Political Economica: Sistematica e tecniche di analisi, Vol. I, Torino Boringhieri. Caffè F. (1970) Political Economica: Problemi economici interni, Vol. I, Torino, Boringhieri. Elster Jon and Slagstad Rune, Ed. (1988). Constitutionalism and Democracy. Cambridge, Cambridge University Press. Falk Richard The United Nations and Cosmopolitan Democracy: Bad Dream, Utopian Fantasy, Political Project In Archibugi D., Held D. and Köhler M., Eds (1998), Re-imagining Political Community etc. Falk Richard The promise and perils of global democracy In Archibugi D., M.König Archibugi and Marchetti R., Ed, Global Democracy Normative and Empirical Perspectives, Cambridge University Press (2012). Frisch Ragnar (1976). Economic Planning Studies. A Collection of Essays edited by Frank Long. Dordrecht Holland, D. Reidel Publishing Company. Fuà G., P. Sylos-Labini (1963), Idee per la programmazione economica. Bari: Laterza Hausman Daniel M., Ed. (1994). The Philosophy of Economics. An Anthology. Cambridge, Cambridge University Press. Held David and Mathias Koenig-Archibugi Eds. (2003). Taming Globalization. Frontiers of Governance, Polity. Held David (1998) Democracy and Globalization, In Archibugi D., Held D. and Köhler M., Eds (1998), Re-imagining Political Community etc. Held David From Executive to Cosmopolitan Multilateralism (2003), In Held D. and M.K. Archibugi (2003) Taming Globalization etc. Held David and Mathias König-Archibugi (2004). American Power In the 21st Century, Polity Press. Held David and Mathias König-Archibugi (2005). Global Governance and Public Accountability, In: Is there a ‘Democratic Deficit in World Politics?’, Democratic Accountability amd Political Effectiveness from Cosmopolitan Perspective. Blackwell. Held David ‘Democratic and Accountability and Political Effectiveness from a Cosmopolitan Perspective’, In In Held D. and M. K. Archibugi Global Governance and Public Accountability etc. (2005). Hicks John, A theory of economic history, 1969. London, Oxford University Press. Holden Barry (2000). Global Democracy. Key Debates. London, Routledge. Lawson Tony (1997), Economics and Reality, London, Routledge. Lawson Tony (2003). Reorienting economics. London, Routledge. Kapp K.W. (1950), The Social Cost of Private Enterprise. Cambridge, MA: Harvard Uniersity Press. Keohane O. Robert. (2003). Global Governance and Democratic Accountability. In Held D. and M.K. Archibugi (2003) Taming Globalization etc. Kleine L.R. (1998), Ragnar Frisch’s conception of the business cycle, chap. 15 in S. Strom, ed., Econometrics and Economic Theory in the 20th Century (The Ragnar Frisch Centennial Symposium). Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, pp 483-98. Marchetti Raffaele Models of global democracy: in defence of cosmo-federalism. In Global Democracy Normative and Empirical Perspectives, Cambridge University Press (2012). Bibliographical References to the Volume I 47

Moore Mark H. (1995). Creating Public Value. Strategic Management in Government. Cambridge Massachusetts, Harvard University Press. Moravcsik Andrew. Is there a ‘Democratic Deficit’ in World Politics? A Framework for Analysis. In Held D. and M. K. Archibugi Global Governance and Public Accountability etc. Petty, Sir William. (1662). A Treatise of Taxes and Contributions. Reprinted in C. H. Hull., The Economic Writings of Sir William Petty, Vol. I, Cambridge: University Press, 1899, pp. 1-97. Petty, Sir William. (1665). Verburn Sapienti, or an Account of the Wealth and Expenses of England, and the Method of raising Taxes in the most Equal Manner. (1899) Petty, Sir William. (1682). Sir William Petty’s Quantulumcunque Concerning Money,Cambridge University Press (1899). Pinker Steven (2018), Englightenment now. Stiglitz Joseph, (2003), Globalization and Development. (2003) In Held D. and M.K. Archibugi Taming Globalization etc. Thurow Lester (1996), The Future of Capitalism. How today’s economic forces will shape tomorrow’s world. Nicholas Brealy Publishing, London. Urbinati Nadia, Can Cosmopolitical Democracy Be Democratic?, In Archibugi D. Ed. (2003), Debating Cosmopolitics, Verso (2003). Veblen Thorstein (1934), Essays In Our Changing Order, Ed. Ardzrooni L., (1998) Transaction Publishers, New Brunswick. Veblen Thorstein (1998), Kant’s Critique of Judgement, In Essays In Our Changing Order, Ed. Ardzrooni L. (1998) Warsh David (2006). Knowledge and the Wealth of Nations. a Story of Economic Discovery. New York London, Norton.

Bibliographical References to the Chapter 1 (Vol. I) Archibugi, Franco. (1980). Principi di pianificazione regionale. Milano, Franco Angeli. Archibugi, Franco. (2005). Introduction to Strategic Planning in the Public Domain, Planning Studies Centre. Archibugi, Franco (2006), Introduction to the Planology. Towards a New Scientific Paradigm in the Social Sciences, Rome: Planning Studies Centre. Archibugi Franco (2008). Planning Theory, From Political Debate to the Methodological Reconstruction. Heidelberg-Berlin-Milan-New York, Springer. Carnap Rudolph (2002). The Logical Syntax of Language, Open Court Publishing. Churchman C. West (1961). Prediction and Optimal Decision: Philosophical Issues of a Science of Values. Englewood Cliffs, N.J., Prentice-Hall. Giddens, A. ed. Positivism and Sociology, 1974 (including essays by Max Weber, Alfred Schutz, Harold Garfinkel, Alain Touraine, Jurgen Habermas, and Herbert Marcuse. Fueuerbach, L. (1848). The Essence of Christianity. Lakatos I. & A. Musgrave, Ed. (1970). Criticism and Growth of Knowledge. Cambridge, Cambridge University Press. Kant, Immanuel. (1785). Grundlegung of the Metaphysics of Moral, Preface Mises, L. (von) (1962), The ultimate foundations of economic science, Van Nostrand , publ. Marczewski J., Ed. (1961). Historie quantitative de l'économie francaise (1,2 ) in: Cahiers de L'institut de science économique appliquée. Paris, I.S.E.A. Marx K. and Engels, F. (1956). The German (or. 1848). Moscow, Edn. Marx, K. (1932). “Thesis on Feuerbach.”, Marx–Engels–Lenin Institute. Menger Carl (1883). Untersuchungen über die Methode der Sozialwissenschaften, und der politischen Oekonomie insbesondere. Leipzig, Tubingen. Myrdal Gunnar (1944). An American Dilemma: the Negro Problem and Modern Democracy. New York, Harper & Brothers. Myrdal Gunnar (1953). The Political Element in the Development of Economic Theory. London, Routledge & Kegan Paul Ltd. Myrdal, Gunnar. (1957). Economic Theory and Underdeveloped Regions. London. Myrdal’s (1958), Value in social theories: a selection of essays on methodology, ) edited by Paul Streeten, Harper & Brothers, New York. 48 Bibliographical References to the Volume I

Myrdal G, (1958) Beyond the Welfare State. Economic Planning in the Welfare States and international Implications, Macmillan. Myrdal, Gunnar. (1972). ‘How Scientific are the Social Sciences?’ Cahiers de l’ISEA, Serie H.S. 14. [republished in Against the Stream, etc. (1973)]. Myrdal G. (1973) Against the stream. Critical Essays on Economics, Macmillan. Neurath M. (1973). Empiricism and Sociology, Springer Netherlands. Nader Vossoughian and Otto Neurath (1990). The language of the Global Polis. O'Neill John (2003). "Unified Science as Political Philosophy: Positivism, Pluralism and Liberalism.". Oxford:, Pergamon. Robbins Lionel (1932). Essay on the Nature and Significance of Economic Science, MacMillan & Co. Limited. Schmoller Gustav (1888). Zur Literaturgeschichte der Staats- und Sozialwissenschaften. Duncker & Humblot. Streeten, P. (ed). Value in Social Theories: A selection of essays on Methodology, Harper & Brothers, New York (1958). Tinbergen Jan (1969). Gunnar Myrdal on Planning Models. Bangkok, UN Asian Institute for Economic Development and Planning. Zolo Danilo (1990). ‘Reflexive Epistemology and Social Complexity. The Philosophical Legacy of Otto Neurath.’

Bibliographical References to the Chapter 2 (Vol. I) Adorno T.W.(1964),’Zur Metacritik der Erkenntnisttheorie [Ital.version: Sulla metacritica della gnoseologia (Milano, Sugar 1964)] Adorno T.W. (1969). ‘On the logic of social sciences’. In: The positivist dispute in german sociology. AdornoAdorno. T. W. e. a. eds. New York, Harper 1978 Adorno. T. W. et. alii eds, 1972, The positivist dispute in german sociology. New York, Harper 1978. Adorno Th.W. (1985). Against Epistemology. A Metacritique. Studies in Husserl and the Phenominological Antinomies. Cambridge, Mass., The MIT Press. Adorno T.W, (1970),”Negative Dialectik”, in Gesammelte Schriften (1973) Adorno Th.W. et alii, eds, (1978) The Positivist Dispute in German Sociology. New York: Harper & Row, (see here single papers under single name ref.]. Archibugi Franco (1980). Principi di pianificazione regionale. Milano, Franco Angeli. Archibugi, F. (1992),‘The resetting of planning studies’, in: A. Kuklinski, ed., Society, Science, Government, Warsaw: KBN. Archibugi, Franco. (2005). Introduction to Strategic Planning in the Public Domain, Planning Studies Centre. Archibugi F. (2006), Introduction to the Planology. Towards a New Scientific Paradigme in the Social Sciences, Rome: Planning Studies Centre. Archibugi F. (2007) Planning Theory : “From the Political Debate to the Methodological Reconstruction “, Springer 2007 Benli, O.S., The Current State of Methods and Process of Planning: How Plans are Made, Socio- Economic Planning Science, 2004 Bjerkholt Olav. (1995). ‘When Input-Output Analysis Came to Norway’. In: Structural Change and Economics Dynamics Elsevier 6 (3). pp.319-330 Block Fred (1985). “Postindustrial Development and the Obsolescence of Economic Categories.” Politics and Society 14(1): 71-104. Block Fred (1990). Postindustrial possibilities. A critique of economic discourse. University of California Press, Berkeley. Block Fred and Hirschhorn Larry (1979). “New Productive Forces and the Contradictions of Contemporary Capitalism.” Theory and Society 7: 363-395. Bourgine, P. & Nadal. J.P. (eds.) Cognitive Economics: an Interdisciplinary Approach, 2004. Caldwell B. The Philosophy and Methodology of Economics, 1993 Caldwell, B., Beyond Positivism: Economic Methodology in the Twentienth Century, 1982 Carnap, Rudolf, (1937) , The Logical Syntax of Language. (Eng. tr.Kegan Paul, 1937). Bibliographical References to the Volume I 49

Carnap R. and Morris F. W., (1939) Foundations of the Unity of Science, an International Enciclopedia of Unified Science. Foundations of the Unity of Science, in preparation of the International Enciclopedia of Unified Science. University of Chicago Press (1944). Dewey John. Kuhn, Morris Charles, Neurath Otto (1882–1945), Russel Bertrand, Santillana de, George. Churchman C. West (1961). Prediction and Optimal Decision: Philosophical Issues of a Science of Values. Englewood Cliffs, N.J., Prentice-Hall. Cohen, R.S. and M. Neurath (eds.), (1983). Otto Neurath: Philosophical Papers, Reidel. Friedman, Michael. (1999). Reconsidering Logical Positivism. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press. Kahler Miles Defining Accountability Up : the Global Economic Multilaterals, In Held D. and M.K. Archibugi etc. (2005). Lakatos I. & A. Musgrave, Ed. (1970). Criticism and Growth of Knowledge. Cambridge, Cambridge University Press. Mannheim Karl (1936). Ideology and Utopia. New York, Harvest Books. Mannheim, K. (1940). Man and Society in an Age of Reconstruction. London: Routledge. Mannheim, K. (1950). Freedom, Power & Democratic Planning. London: Routledge & Kegan. Marcuse, H. (1937). Philosophie und Kritische Theory [tr.it. Filosofia e Teoria critica, dal vol. Kultur and Gesellschaft. (1965), [tr.it. Cultura e Società, Torino, Einaudi 1969]. Meja, V. and Stehr, N. (2001). Modern Societies as Knowledge Societies in Luigi Tomasi (ed.), New Horizons in Sociological Theory and Research. The Frontiers of Sociology at the Beginning of the Twenty-First Century. Aldershot: Ashgate, 2001, pp 127–146. Menger Carl (1883). Untersuchungen über die Methode der Sozialwissenschaften, und der politischen Oekonomie insbesondere. Leipzig, Tubingen. Myrdal Gunnar (1944). An American Dilemma: the Negro Problem and Modern Democracy. New York, Harper & Brothers. Myrdal Gunnar (1957). Value in Social Theory, Harper. Myrdal, Gunnar. (1958). ‘The Logical Crux’ in Value in Social Theory, A Selection of Essays on Methodology, Edited with Introduction, very important on the contribution of G. Myrdal, by Paul Streten (pp. ix–xivi), Harper, New York. Nader Vossoughian and Otto Neurath (1990). The language of the Global Polis. Myrdal, Gunnar. (1972). ‘How Scientific are the Social Sciences?’ Cahiers de l’ISEA, Serie H.S. 14. [republished in Against the Stream, etc. (1973)]. Myrdal, Gunnar. (1973a). Against the Stream: Critical Essays on Economics. London: Macmillan 1973. Myrdal, Gunnar. (1973b). ‘Crisis and Cycles in the Development of Economics’, In G. Myrdal: Against the Stream, etc. pp. 1–16. Neurath, O. (1944). ‘Foundations of the Social Sciences’. In International Encyclopedia of Unified Science. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. Neurath, O., Rudolf Carnap and Charles Morris. (1939–1970). Foundations of the Unity of Science: Toward an International Encyclopedia of Unified Science, Chicago: University of Chicago Press. Neurath M. (1973). Empiricism and Sociology, Springer Netherlands. O’Neill John (1974) ed. Modes of Individualism and Collectivism. London, Heinemann. O'Neill John (2003). "Unified Science as Political Philosophy: Positivism, Pluralism and Liberalism.". Oxford:, Pergamon. Pearce, Williams. (1970). ‘Normal Science Scientific Revolutions and the History of Science’, in: Lakatos & Musgrave, eds. Criticism and the Growth of knowledge (see). Robbins Lionel (1932). Essay on the Nature and Significance of Economic Science, MacMillan & Co. Limited. Stark, W. (1958). The Sociology of Knowledge. London: Routledge & Kegan. Tinbergen Jan (1969). Gunnar Myrdal on Planning Models. Bangkok, UN Asian Institute for Economic Development and Planning. Warren-Rempel, F. (1965). The Role of Value in Karl Mannheim’s Sociology of Knowledge, Mouton & Co. London. 50 Bibliographical References to the Volume I

Watkins, J. W. N. (1973). ‘Historical Explanation in the Social Science’, in: J. O’Neill ed.. Modes of Individualism and Collectivism. London, Heinemann. Zolo Danilo (1990). “Reflexive Epistemology and Social Complexity. The Philosophical Legacy of Otto Neurath.”.

Bibliographical References to the Chapter 3 (Vol. I) Archer Margaret et alii, R. B. A. C. T. L. a. A. N., Ed. (1998). Critical realism: Essential readings. Oxon/NY, Routledge. Archibugi Franco (1980). Principi di pianificazione regionale. Milano, Franco Angeli. Archibugi, F. (1992). ‘The resetting of planning studies’, in: A. Kuklinski, ed., Society, Science, Government, Warsaw: KBN. Andvig Jens C. and Thonstad Tore (1998). ‘Ragnar Frisch at the University of Oslo’. In: S. Strom ed., Econometrics and EconomicTheory in the 20th Century (The Ragnar Frisch Centennial Symposium). Cambridge: Cambridge University Press: pp. 3-25. Ames Edward & Egon Neuberger: ‘Frisch and Tinbergen on economic planning: A review article’. 1977, in the “Journal of Comparative Economics” (vol.1, 195-212) Bell D and Kristol I., Ed. (1981). The Crisis in Economic Theory. New York, Basic Books Bjerkholt Olav. Foundations of Modern Econometrics. The Selected Essays of Ragnar Frisch (in two vols) edited by Olav Bjerkholt. (Aldershot, Edward Elgar Publ. 1995). Bjerkholt, Olav (1995b) Introduction: Ragnar Frisch, the originator of Econometrics’, pp.13-52. In: Bjerkholt Olav (1995c), ed. Foundations of Modern Econometrics. The Selected Essays of Ragnar Frisch. Aldershot UK, Edward Elgar. Bjerkholt, O (1995c) An annotated bibliographyof publications of R .Frisch Bjerkholt Olav (1995d). ‘Ragnar Frisch, Editor of Econometrica 1933-1954.’ Econometrica 63 (no.4 - July): p.775-766. Bjerkholt, Olav. (1998). ‘Interaction between Model Builders and Policy Makers in the Norwegian Tradition’. Economic Modeling, Elsevier. 15 (3) 317–339. Bjerkoldt O. (2005), Markets, models and planning: the Norwegian experience, Department of Economics, University of Oslo, Memorandum no. 14. Bjerkoldt O. (2008), Ragnar Frisch on scientific economics, paper prepared for seminar in the Research Department of Banca d’Italia, 3 November. Bourgine P. and J.-P. Nadal, Ed. (2004). Cognitive Economics. An Interdisciplinary Approach. Berlin, Heidelberg, Springer-Verlag. Chadwick George. (1971). A System View Of Planning, Towards a theory of the urban and regional planning progress, Pergamon Press, London. Chipman John, S. (1998). ‘The contributions of Ragnar Frisch to Economics and Econometrics’. In: S. Strom. Ed. Econometrics and Economic Theory in the 20th Century. Cambridge, Cambridge University Press. de Finetti B. ed., Mathematical Optimization in Economics , Roma: Cremonese Edizioni 1966 de Finetti, Bruno, 1969, p.174-188). ‘Econometristi allo spettroscopio’ [Econometricians at the spectroscope] a witty paper on the Congress of Rome (1965). He assessed many works of the World Econometrics Society as ‘Baloccomeria’ translated in English by Frisch himself as ‘Playometrics’. Edvarsen Kảre N (Ragnar Frisch: An Annotated Bibliography’. Oslo: Department of Economics, 2 vols.,University of Oslo, 2001 Elits Scott and Wolfe (1970). Induction: Growth and Trade. Oxford, Clarendon Press. Friedmann John. (1987), Planning In the Public Domain: From Knowledge to Action, Princeton University Press, New Jersey. Frisch, R.(1957) Oslo Decision Models, etc. Memorandum, Institute of Economics, Univ.of Oslo. Frisch, R. (1958), ‘Generalities on Planning’, In: ‘L’Industria’, ottobre-dicembre 1958 Frisch R., Economic planning studies, Frank Long editor, (Amsterdam: D. Reidel, 1976). Frisch R. (1962). ‘Preface to the Oslo Channel Model: A Survey of Types of Economic Forecasting and Programming. In: R. C. Geary, ed., Europe’s Future in Figures. Amsterdam, North-olland.[republished. in: F. Long ed., Economic Planning Studies, Reidel, Dordrecht (see), 1976, (pp.87-127). Bibliographical References to the Volume I 51

Frisch Ragnar (1963). Selection and Implementation: the Econometrics of the Future. Vatican City, Pontificiae Academiae Scientiarum. Frisch, R., (1965), ‘General Outlook on a method of advanced and democratic macroeconomic planning’, (paper presented at CIME Study Week, L’Aquila 29 Agosto-7 Settembre 1965).. Frisch, R. (1970a). ‘Econometrics in the World of Today’, in: Eltis, Scott and Wolfe, eds, Induction: Growth and Trade. In honour of Sir Roy Harrod Oxford, Clarendon Press (1970). Frisch, R. (1970b). ‘Cooperation between Politicians and Econometricians of the Formalization of Political Preferences. A Background Paper (Preliminary version) (mimeo). Oct 1970. (Republished in: Frisch. R., Economic Planning Studies, F. Long, ed., (1976). (pp. 41–86). Frisch Ragnar (1976). Economic Planning Studies. A Collection of Essays edited by Frank Long. Dordrecht Holland, D. Reidel Publishing Company. Frisch, R. (1995). Foundations of Modern Econometrics: The Selected Essays of Ragnar Frisch. Bjerkholt, O. (Ed.). Alderschot: Edward Elgar Pub. Fullbrooks Edward, Ed. (2004). A guide to what's wrong with Economics. London, Anthem Press. Galbraith James, K. (2008). The Predator State: How conservatives abandoned the and why liberals should too. New York, Free Press. Garrone, G. and Marchionatti, R. (2004). Keynes on econometric method. A reassessment of his debate with Tinbergen and other econometricians, 1938–1943. Dipartimento di Economia “S. Cognetti de Martiis”. (CESMEP): University of Turin. Hendry David F. and Morgan Mary S., Ed. (1995). The Foundations of Econometric Analysis. Cambridge, Cambridge University Press. Johansen, L. (1974). Establishing Preference Function for Macroeconomic Decision Models. Some Observations on Ragnar’s Frisch’s contributions. Keynes J-M., on a Report presented by Tinbergen to the Ligue of Nations , about the ‘statistical verification of the theories of economic cycles’ Leontief, W. (1970). Theoretical assumptions and non-observed facts, (presidential address to the 83rd meeting of the AEA, Detroit, Michigan) in ‘The American Economic Review’, vol. 61, 1971, (rep. in W. Leontief, Essays in Economics, etc. Vol. 2, (see ref.). 1977. Leontief Wassili, in: ‘Theoretical assumptions and non-observed facts’, republished, at its turn, in Essays in economics, vol.II Theories, Facts, and Policies’ 1977 Lindbeck, Assar, ed., Nobel Lectures, Economic Sciences 1969–1980, World Scientific Publ, Singapore, 1992, p. 153. Long, Frank, ‘Ragnar Frisch: econometrics and the political economy of planning’, in ‘American Journal of Economics and Sociology’ (Vol.38, 141-153). Long, Frank. (1976), ed., Ragnar Frisch Economic Planning Studies Reidel Publishing Company, Dordrecht. Nelson Robert H (2001). Economics as Religion from Samuelson to Chicago and Beyond. America, Penn State Press. Offer Avner and Gabriel Söderberg. (2016), The Nobel Factor, The prize in economics, social, democracy, and the market turn, Princeton University Press, New Jersey. Salanti Andrea and Screpanti Ernesto, Ed. (1997). Pluralism in Economics. New Perspectives in History and Methodology. Cheltenham UK, Edward Elgar. Samuelson, P. Foundations of Economic Analysis, 1947 Tinbergen, Jan, Prospects for the Reduction in Income Inequalities, 1974, Marois. Wiener Norbert (1964). God & Golem, Inc: A comment on Certain Points where Cybernetics Impinges on Religion, Springer US.

Bibliographical References to the Chapter 4 (Vol. I) Archibugi Franco (1958). “Pianificazione economica e contrattazione collettiva. Appunti per una definizione teorico-pratica del loro rapporto con riferimento all'Italia.” Studi Economici XIII(6). Archibugi, F. (1992). ‘The resetting of planning studies’, in: A. Kuklinski, ed., Society, Science, Government, Warsaw: KBN. Archibugi, F. (2007) Planning Theory: “From the Political Debate to the Methodological Reconstruction”, Springer 2007 52 Bibliographical References to the Volume I

Bjerkholt, O. (1995). An annotated bibliography of publications of R. Frisch. Edvardsen Kare, N. (2001). Ragnar Frisch: An Annotated Bibliography, Department of Economics , University of Oslo, DE-UO. Frisch, R. (1954). ‘La theorie de l’avantage collectif et les regions de Pareto’, ‘Economie Appliquée’, Tome VII, Numero 3, Juillet-Septembre. Frisch, R.(1957). Oslo Decision Models, etc. Memorandum, Institute of Economics, Univ. of Oslo. Frisch, R. (1958). ‘Generalities on Planning’, In: ‘L’Industria’, ottobre-dicembre 1958. Frisch, R. (1959). The principle of Recursive Planning. Frisch, R. (1961a). ‘Economic Planning and the Growth Problem in Developing Countries’, in: Stasoekonomisk Tidsskrift, 2/3, 1961. Repub. in: Frisch, R. (1976) F. Lang ed. Frisch, R. (1961b). ‘Numerical Determination of a Quadratic Preference Function for use in Macroeconomic Programming’. In: ‘Giornale degli Economisti e Annali di Economia’, Vol. 20 (February 1961). [Repub. in: Olav Bjerkholt, ed. Foundations of Modern Econometrics. etc. (see) 1995, Vol. II, pp. 35–75. Frisch, R. (1965). ‘General Outlook on a method of advanced and democratic macroeconomic planning’, (paper presented at CIME Study Week, L’Aquila, 29 Agosto–7 Settembre 1965). In: de Finetti ed., Mathematical Optimization in Economics , Roma: Cremonese Edizioni 1966. Frisch, R. (1965). ‘General Outlook on a method of advanced and democratic macroeconomic planning’, (paper presented at CIME Study Week, L’Aquila, 29 Agosto–7 Settembre 1965). In: de Finetti ed., Mathematical Optimization in Economics, Roma: Cremonese Edizioni 1966. Frisch, R. (1966). ‘A Generalized Form of the REFI Interflow Table’, in Kowalik, T. ed., Problems of economic dynamic and planning (Essays in honour of Michal Kalecki, Warszawa 1966, Polish Scientific Press (Pergamon Press). Frisch Ragnar (1976). An Implementation System for Optimal National Economic Planning Without Detailed Quantity Fixation from a Central Authority. Economic Planning Studies (by Ragnar Frisch). F. Long. Dordrecht, D. Reidel Publishing Company. Long, Frank. (1976), ed., Ragnar Frisch Economic Planning Studies Reidel Publishing Company, Dordrecht. Lawson Tony (1997), Economics and Reality, London, Routledge. Lawson Tony (2003). Reorienting economics. London, Routledge.

Bibliographical References to the Chapter 5 (Vol. I) Frisch, R. (1961). ‘Economic Planning and the Growth Problem in Developing Countries’, in: Stasoekonomisk Tidsskrift, 2/3, 1961. Repub. in: Frisch, R. (1976) F. Lang ed. Frisch, R. (1962). ‘Preface to the Oslo Channel Model: A Survey of Types of Economic Forecasting and Programming. In: R. C. Geary, ed., Europe’s Future in Figures. Amsterdam, North-Holland.[republished. in: F. Long ed., Economic Planning Studies, Reidel, Dordrecht (see), 1976, (pp. 87–127). Geary R. C. (1962). Europe's Future in Figures. Amsterdam, North-Holland. Frisch, R. (1954). ‘La theorie de l’avantage collectif et les regions de Pareto’, ‘Economie Appliquée’, Tome VII, Numero 3, Juillet-Septembre. Frisch, R.(1957). Oslo Decision Models, etc. Memorandum, Institute of Economics, Univ. of Oslo. Frisch, R. (1958). ‘Generalities on Planning’, In: ‘L’Industria’, ottobre-dicembre 1958. Frisch, R. (1959). The principle of Recursive Planning. Frisch, R. (1961a). ‘Economic Planning and the Growth Problem in Developing Countries’, in: Stasoekonomisk Tidsskrift, 2/3, 1961. Repub. in: Frisch, R. (1976) F. Lang ed. Frisch, R. (1961b). ‘Numerical Determination of a Quadratic Preference Function for use in Macroeconomic Programming’. In: ‘Giornale degli Economisti e Annali di Economia’, Vol. 20 (February 1961). [Repub. in: Olav Bjerkholt, ed. Foundations of Modern Econometrics. etc. (see) 1995, Vol. II, pp. 35–75. Frisch, R. (1965). ‘General Outlook on a method of advanced and democratic macroeconomic planning’, (paper presented at CIME Study Week, L’Aquila, 29 Agosto–7 Settembre 1965). In: de Finetti ed., Mathematical Optimization in Economics , Roma: Cremonese Edizioni 1966. Frisch, R. (1962). ‘Preface to the Oslo Channel Model: A Survey of Types of Economic Forecasting and Programming’. In: R. C. Geary, ed., Europe’s Future in Figures. Amsterdam, Bibliographical References to the Volume I 53

North-Holland. [republished. in: F. Long ed., Economic Planning Studies, Reidel, Dordrecht (see), 1976, (pp. 87–127)]. Frisch, R. (1966). ‘A Generalized Form of the REFI Interflow Table’, in Kowalik, T. ed., Problems of economic dynamic and planning (Essays in honour of Michal Kalecki, Warszawa 1966, Polish Scientific Press (Pergamon Press). Frisch Ragnar (1976). An Implementation System for Optimal National Economic Planning Without Detailed Quantity Fixation from a Central Authority. Economic Planning Studies (by Ragnar Frisch). F. Long. Dordrecht, D. Reidel Publishing Company. Long, Frank. (1976), ed., Ragnar Frisch Economic Planning Studies Reidel Publishing Company, Dordrecht. Lawson Tony (1997), Economics and Reality, London, Routledge. Lawson Tony (2003). Reorienting economics. London, Routledge. Johansen L (1960). A multi-sectoral Study of Economic Growth. Amsterdam.

Bibliographical References to the Chapter 6 (Vol. I) Archibugi, F. (1992). ‘The resetting of planning studies’, in: A. Kuklinski, ed., Society, Science, Government, Warsaw: KBN. Frisch, R. (1962). ‘Preface to the Oslo Channel Model: A Survey of Types of Economic Forecasting and Programming. In: R. C. Geary, ed., Europe’s Future in Figures. Amsterdam, North-Holland.[republished. in: F. Long ed., Economic Planning Studies, Reidel, Dordrecht (see), 1976, (pp. 87–127). Frisch, R. (1970a). ‘Econometrics in the World of Today’, in: Eltis, Scott and Wolfe, eds, Induction: Growth and Trade. In honour of Sir Roy Harrod Oxford, Clarendon Press(1970). Frisch, R. (1970b). ‘Cooperation between Politicians and Econometricians of the Formalization of Political Preferences. A Background Paper (Preliminary version) (mimeo). Oct 1970. (Republished in: Frisch. R., Economic Planning Studies, F. Long, ed., (1976). (pp. 41–86). Johansen, L. (1977/1978). Lectures on macroeconomic planning: Vol. 1. General Aspects; Vol. 2 Centralization, Decentralization, Planning under uncertainty. Amsterdam: North-Holland. Frisch, R. (1954). ‘La theorie de l’avantage collectif et les regions de Pareto’, ‘Economie Appliquée’, Tome VII, Numero 3, Juillet-Septembre. Frisch, R.(1957). Oslo Decision Models, etc. Memorandum, Institute of Economics, Univ. of Oslo. Frisch, R. (1958). ‘Generalities on Planning’, In: ‘L’Industria’, ottobre-dicembre 1958. Frisch, R. (1959). The principle of Recursive Planning. Frisch, R. (1961a). ‘Economic Planning and the Growth Problem in Developing Countries’, in: Stasoekonomisk Tidsskrift, 2/3, 1961. Repub. in: Frisch, R. (1976) F. Lang ed. Frisch, R. (1961b). ‘Numerical Determination of a Quadratic Preference Function for use in Macroeconomic Programming’. In: ‘Giornale degli Economisti e Annali di Economia’, Vol. 20 (February 1961). [Repub. in: Olav Bjerkholt, ed. Foundations of Modern Econometrics. etc. (see) 1995, Vol. II, pp. 35–75. Frisch, R. (1965). ‘General Outlook on a method of advanced and democratic macroeconomic planning’, (paper presented at CIME Study Week, L’Aquila, 29 Agosto–7 Settembre 1965). In: de Finetti ed., Mathematical Optimization in Economics , Roma: Cremonese Edizioni 1966. Frisch, R. (1966). ‘A Generalized Form of the REFI Interflow Table’, in Kowalik, T. ed., Problems of economic dynamic and planning (Essays in honour of Michal Kalecki, Warszawa 1966, Polish Scientific Press (Pergamon Press). Frisch Ragnar (1976). An Implementation System for Optimal National Economic Planning Without Detailed Quantity Fixation from a Central Authority. Economic Planning Studies (by Ragnar Frisch). F. Long. Dordrecht, D. Reidel Publishing Company. Long, Frank. (1976), ed., Ragnar Frisch Economic Planning Studies Reidel Publishing Company, Dordrecht. Leontief Wassily (1976). National Economic Planning: Methods and Problems. Essays in Economics, vol.2, Theories, Facts and Policies. Oxford, Blackwell. Tinbergen, J. (1952). On the Theory of Economic Policy. Amsterdam: North-Holland. Tinbergen, J. (1956). Economic Policy: Principles and Design. Amsterdam: North-Holland. [trad. it., Milano: Angeli, 1969]. 54 Bibliographical References to the Volume I

Tinbergen, Jan, Mathematical Models of Economic Growth (with Bos, H.C), 1962. Tinbergen, Jan. (1964). Central Planning. New Haven, Yale University Press. Lawson Tony (2003). Reorienting economics. London, Routledge.

Bibliographical References to the Chapter 7 (Vol. I) Actes de la 3e conference internazionale de recherche operationelle, Oslo, 1963. (Paris, London: Dunod and English Universities Press) Fullbrook Eduard, (2003), The crisis in Economics : the post-autistic economics movement the first 6000 days. Psychology Press. ISB 0415308976 Fullbrook Eduard, (2007) Real world economic: a postautistic economic reader, ArthemPress, ISBN1843312360. Frisch, R. 1929,A dynamic approach to economic theory. New Haven, mimeographed notes of lectures at Yale University, 246 pp’.1929 The present summary is supposed to contain all the main points finished in the lectures. Prof. Frisch does not want to have this considered as a finished statement of his view. The Summary may be subject to change and revision’. The Memo consist of three parts: I. General considerations on statics and dynamics. II Dynamic formulation of some parts of economic theory. III. Statitical verification of the Laws of dynamic economic theory. (1929), London, Bowes &Bowes. Johansen L. (1978). Lectures on Macroeconomic Planning. Vol.1: General Aspects. Amsterdam, North-Holland Publishing Company. Lawson Tony (1997), Economics and Reality, London, Routledge. Lawson Tony (2003). Reorienting economics. London, Routledge.

Table 7.2 – Econometric works by R. Frisch

Frisch, R. 1929,A dynamic approach to economic theory. New Haven, mimeographed notes of lectures at Yale University, 246 pp’.1929 (The Summary may be subject to change and revision’. The Memo consist of three parts: I. General considerations on statics and dynamics. II Dynamic formulation of some parts of economic theory. III. Statitical verification of the Laws of dynamic economic theory.) (1929), London, Bowes &Bowes. Frisch R., The responsibility of the Econometrician In O.Bjerkholt, ed., ‘Foundations of modern econometrics’. The selected essays of Ragnar Frisch. Vol.II, Aldershot, Edward Elgar, pp.496- 499, 1985 [Orig. 1946.] Frisch R., Quelque souvenirs personnels sur un grand homme, in ‘Economie appliqué’, Vol.3, 1950 (pp.407-412). [In memory of Joseph Schumpeter]. Frisch R., From National accounts to macro-economic decision models, A Memo of the DE-UO, pp.27. Nota al titolo: ‘una sinopsi di idee da presentare all’incontro della ‘Associazione nternazionale di ricerca sul reddito e la ricchezza’, Roma, sett.1953. Frisch R., Work done, and work planned at the University Institute od Economics of Oslo Frisch R. From National accounts to macro-economic decision model, 1-26 pp. In: Gilbert M. and R.Stone (eds) ‘Income and Wealth (Third Conference of the International Association for Research in Income and Wealth Series IV Frisch R., Introduction to the Oslo Median Model; Memo of the DE-OU, 2pp, Oslo, 1956 Frisch R., , Submodel, Medianmodel, and REFI model, Oslo, Memo of DE-UO pp.24, Oslo. 1956 Frisch R. Condensed description of the multiplex method for linear programming; Memo of the DE-UO, Oslo, 20pp., 1956. Frisch R., Supplementary remarks on the Oslo Median Model; Memo of the DE-UO, 27 pp., Oslo, 1956. Frisch R., The Multiplex method for linear and quadratic programming. Memo of the DE-UO, 62 pp., Oslo 1957. Frisch R., Normalized moments in the Oslo Median Model with explanations, Oslo ,1957 4 pp.Memo of the DE-UO. Bibliographical References to the Volume I 55

Frisch R., Numerical determintion of a quadratic preference function for use in macroeconomic programming . 37 pp 1957, Memo of the DE-UO. Frisch R., Macroeconomic and Linear Programming, In: Bjerkholt O. (ed) Foundation of modern econometric. The selected essays of Ragnar Frisch, Vol.II, Aldersht, Edward Elgar pp.154- 193,..... Frisch R., Generalities on Planning; Memo of DE-UO, 26 pp. 1957. Frisch R. (1959). The Principle of Recursive Planning. Stockholm. Frisch R., Preface to the Oslo Channel Model, A Suvey of Types of Economic forecasting and Programming, Memo DE-UO, 44.pp.,Oslo, 1961. Frisch, R. (1962). ‘Preface to the Oslo Channel Model: A Survey of Types of Economic Forecasting and Programming. In: R. C. Geary, ed., Europe’s Future in Figures. Amsterdam, North-Holland.[republished. in: F. Long ed., Economic Planning Studies, Reidel, Dordrecht (see), 1976, (pp. 87–127). Frisch R., Economic Planning and the Growth Problem in Developing Countries (Memo of DE- UO, 15 pp.). 1962 Lecture at the United Nations international seminar,Norway, Gol Halingdal. Frisch, R. (1963). ‘An Implementation System for Optimal National Economic Planning without Detailed Quantity Fixation from a Central Authority, Part 1, Prolegomena’, Memorandum, DE-UO, Sept 1963. Second preliminary printing. [Republished. in: Economic Planning Studies, F. Long ed (see) (1976) pp. 129–174]. Frisch R., Selection and implementation. Econometrics of the Future. Memo of the DE-UO, (1963) paper for the ‘Semaine d’Etude sur le role de l’analyse econometrique dans la formation de plans de development’, (Pontificiae Academiae Scientiarum, Rome 1965). Frisch, R. (1965). ‘General Outlook on a method of advanced and democratic macroeconomic planning’, (paper presented at CIME Study Week, L’Aquila, 29 Agosto–7 Settembre 1965). In: de Finetti ed., Mathematical Optimization in Economics , Roma: Cremonese Edizioni 1966. Frisch R.,(1969). ‘From Utopian Theory to Practical Applications: The Case of Econometrics’, in: Nobel Memorial Lecture, in: (Nobel Lectures, Economic Sciences, 1969–1980, Assar Lindbeck ed.) Singapore, World Scientific, 1992 [Republished also in: Frisch R., F. Long, ed. 1976, pp. 1–39]. Frisch, R. (1970a). ‘Econometrics in the World of Today’, in: Eltis, Scott and Wolfe, eds, Induction: Growth and Trade. In honour of Sir Roy Harrod Oxford, Clarendon Press(1970). Frisch, R. (1970b). ‘Cooperation between Politicians and Econometricians of the Formalization of Political Preferences. A Background Paper (Preliminary version) (mimeo). Oct 1970. (Republished in: Frisch. R., Economic Planning Studies, F. Long, ed., (1976). (pp. 41–86) Frisch references his own document ‘Macroeconomic decisions models’, written on request for a United Nations Conference (Geneva 1963), though poorly identified documents (Series No.1755, sub item H.1). Frisch R., From theory to practical applications. The case of Econometrics, Nobel Prize award Lecture (June 17, 1970), Reprint of the DE-UO Memo, pp.213-243. Frisch R., Cooperation between politicians and econometricians on the formalizations of political preferences Esselte Tryck, Stockolm 1971 , In Memo from DE-UO, N.90, pp.66, (Background paper for a Seminar held by the Federation of Swedish Iindustries). Frisch R., Some personal reminiscences on a great man. In ‘Econometrica’ Vol.19, pp87-91 [in memory of Joseph Schumpeter]. 56 Bibliographical References to the Volume I

Bibliographical References to the Chapter 8 (Vol. I) Acocella Nicola (2018), Rediscovering Economic Policy as a Discipline, Cambridge University Press. Acocella, Nicola (1994). Fondamenti di politica economica. Valori e tecniche. Roma, La Nuova Italia Scientifica. Acocella, N. and Di Bartolomeo, G., Ed. (2011). Theoretical issues in the provision of global public goods. Rome: Università La Sapienza Publishing House. Acocella, N. and Di Bartolomeo, G. (2004). “Non-neutrality of Monetary Policy in Policy Games,” European Journal of Political Economy 20: 695–707. Acocella, N. and Di Bartolomeo, G. (2005). ‘Controllability and non-neutrality of economic policy: The Tinbergen’s approach revised’. (Working Paper No. 81), Public Economics Department, University of Rome, ‘La Sapienza’. Acocella, N. and Di Bartolomeo, G. (2006). ‘Tinbergen and Theil meet Nash: Controllability in policy games’. Economics Letters 90: 213–218. Acocella, N., Di Bartolomeo, G. and A. Hughes Hallett (2005). ‘Dynamic Controllability with Overlapping Targets: A Generalization of the Tinbergen-Nash.’ Acocella, N., Di Bartolomeo, G. and A. Hughes Hallet (2012). The theory of economic policy in a strategic context. Cambridge, Cambridge University Press. Acocella, Nicola, Rediscovering Economic Policy as a Discipline. Cambridge, Cambridge University Press. Bambach G. and C. Chr. von Weizsacker, ‚Optirmales Wachstum und Gleichgewichrswachsturn, in Optimales Wachstum und optimale Standortuerteilung, Schrijten des Vereins [iir Sozialpolitik (Berlin. 1962); Berelson, Gary A. Steiner (1964) Human Behavior. New York: Harcourt. Bremer, Stuart A. (1987), The GLOBAL Model, Computer Simulation of worldwiden political and economic developments, Campus Verlag, Frankfurter am Main, Westview Press , Boulder, Colorado. Bolton, Gerald (1973) Thematic Origins of Scientific Thought. Cambridge, Mass: Harvard Univeristy Press. Chakravarty S., "Optimal Savings with Finite Planning Horizon," International Economic Review, 3 (1962).338 Deutsch Karl W., and J. David Singer (1964) Multipolar Power Systems and International Stability. World Politics 16: 390-406. Deutsch Karl W. (1980) Toward Drift Models and Steering Models. In: Andrei S. Markovits Problems of the World Modeling. Cambridge. Deutsch Karl W. (1980) On the Utility of Indicator Systems. In: Charles L. Taylor (ed) Indicator System for Political, Economic, and Social Analysis, Cambridge Mass. Deutsch Karl W., Andrei S. Markovits, and John Platt (1986) Advances in the Social Sciences, 1900-1980: What, Where, Who, How? Cambridge, Mass. Feigenbaum, Pamela McCorduck (1985) Fifth Generation: Artificial Intelligence and Japan’s Computer Challenge to the World. New York: Pan Books. Hirschman, Albert O. The Strategy of Economic Development (New Haven, Yale University Press, 1958) Lawson Tony (2003). Reorienting economics. London, Routledge. Meyer John R. and Kuh Edwin, The Investment Decision (Cambridge, Mass., 1957) Simon. Herbert A. Causal Ordering and Identifiability, in Studies in Econometric Method, ed. \V.C.Hood and T.C.Koopmans (New York and London. 1953). p. 49 Russett, Bruce M. (1983) International Interactions and Processes: The International vs External Debate Revisited. Washington D.C.: American Political Science Assosciation, pp 541-568. Small and David J. Singer (1982) Resort to Arms. Beverly Hills: Sage. Taylor, and David A. Jodice (1983) World handbook of Political and Social Indicators, vols I and II. New Haven: Yale University Press. Tinbergen, Jan. (1952). On the Theory of Economic Policy. Amsterdam, North-Holland. Tinbergen Jan. (1954). J.T, Centralization and Decentralization in Economic Policy. Contributions to Economic Analysis. Amsterdam, North-Holland. Bibliographical References to the Volume I 57

Tinbergen Jan. (1956). The Design of Development. Rotterdam, Netherlands Economic University. Tinbergen Jan (1956). Economic Policy: Principles and Design. Amsterdam, North-Holland. Tinbergen, Jan "Should the Income Tax Be among the Means 'of Economic Policy?" Festskrijt til Frederik Zeuthen (Copenhagen, 1958), p. 351. Tinbergen, Jan. Shaping the World Economy, New York, 1962c Tinbergen Jan. ‘Planning in Stages’ in Satsokonomisk 'I'idsskriit ,:-.0. I (1962b). pp. 1-2 Tinbergen Jan and H. C. Bos, Mathematical Models of Economic Growth (New York, 1962), p. 83 n. Tinbergen Jan. (1962). Mathematical Models of Economic Growth. New York, McGraw-Hill. Tinbergen Jan. (1963). Lessons from the Past. Elsevier Pulishing Co., Amsterdam. Tinbergen Jan (1964). Central Planning. New Haven, Yale University Press. Tinbergen Jan (1968). ‘Wanted: A World Development Plan’ In: International Organization(22). Tinbergen Jan (1969). Gunnar Myrdal on Planning Models. Bangkok, UN Asian Institute for Economic Development and Planning. Tinbergen Jan. (1970). ‘A positive and a normative theory of income distribution’ In: The Review of Income and Wealth (Series 16, Number 3):pp. 221-234. Tinbergen Jan(1970). The Use of Models: Experience and Prospects. Stockholm, Les Prix Nobel en 1969: pp. 244-252. Tinbergen Jan (1971). Some Aspects of Long-Term Planning. Geneva, Committee for Development Planning, United Nations - ECOSOC. Frisch Ragnar (1976). Economic Planning and The Growth Problem in Developing Countries. Economic Planning Studies (by Ragnar Frisch). F. Long. Dordrecht, D. Reidel Publishing Company. Lawson Tony (1997), Economics and Reality, London, Routledge.

Table 8.1 – Econometric works by J. Tinbergen

Tinbergen, Jan. (1952). On the Theory of Economic Policy. Amsterdam, North-Holland. Tinbergen Jan. (1954). J.T, Centralization and Decentralization in Economic Policy. Contributions to Economic Analysis. Amsterdam, North-Holland. Tinbergen Jan. (1956). The Design of Development. Rotterdam, Netherlands Economic University. Tinbergen Jan (1956). Economic Policy: Principles and Design. Amsterdam, North-Holland. Tinbergen, Jan "Should the Income Tax Be among the Means 'of Economic Policy?" Festskrijt til Frederik Zeuthen (Copenhagen, 1958), p. 351. Tinbergen, Jan. Shaping the World Economy, New York, 1962c Tinbergen Jan. ‘Planning in Stages’ in Satsokonomisk 'I'idsskriit ,:-.0. I (1962b). pp. 1-2 Tinbergen Jan and H. C. Bos, Mathematical Models of Economic Growth (New York, 1962), p. 83 n. Tinbergen Jan. (1962). Mathematical Models of Economic Growth. New York, McGraw-Hill. Tinbergen Jan. (1963). Lessons from the Past. Elsevier Pulishing Co., Amsterdam. Tinbergen Jan (1964). Central Planning. New Haven, Yale University Press. Tinbergen Jan (1968). ‘Wanted: A World Development Plan’ In: International Organization(22). Tinbergen Jan (1969). Gunnar Myrdal on Planning Models. Bangkok, UN Asian Institute for Economic Development and Planning. Tinbergen Jan. (1970). ‘A positive and a normative theory of income distribution’ In: The Review of Income and Wealth (Series 16, Number 3):pp. 221-234. Tinbergen Jan(1970). The Use of Models: Experience and Prospects. Stockholm, Les Prix Nobel en 1969: pp. 244-252. Tinbergen Jan (1971). Some Aspects of Long-Term Planning. Geneva, Committee for Development Planning, United Nations - ECOSOC.

58 Bibliographical References to the Volume I

Bibliographical References to the Chapter 9 (Vol. I) Block Fred (1985). “Postindustrial Development and the Obsolescence of Economic Categories.” Politics and Society 14(1): 71-104. Block Fred (1990). Postindustrial possibilities. A critique of economic discourse.University of California Press, Berkeley. Block Fred and Hirschhorn Larry (1979). “New Productive Forces and the Contradictions of Contemporary Capitalism.” Theory and Society 7: 363-395. Hicks J.R. (1959). Valore e Capitale. Torino, U.T.E.T. Leontief, W. (1936). Composite Commodities and the Problem of Index Numbers, In: Econometrica, Vol. 4, No. 1 pp. 39-59. Leontief, W. (1936). ‘The Fundamental Assumption of Mr. Keynes’ Monetary Thoery of Unemployment, In: The Quarterly Journal of Economics, Vol. 51, No. 1, pp. 192-197. Leontief, W. (1937). ‘Implicit theorizing: A Methodological Criticism Of The Neo-Cambridge School’, ‘Quarterly Journal of Economics’, vol. 51, No 2B, Feb. 1937. (re-pub. In Leontief, W. Essays in economics etc., Oxford: Blackwell, 1966. Leontief, W. (1947). Introduction to a Theory of the Internal Structure of Functional Relationship, in Econometrica, Vol. 15, No. 4. Leontief, W. (1953). Mathematics in Economics, in Essays in Economics, 1966, pp 26–28. Leontief, W. (1987). “The Ins and Outs of Input-Output Analysis.” in Mechanical Engineering (1987). Lawson Tony (1997), Economics and Reality, London, Routledge. Lawson Tony (2003). Reorienting economics. London, Routledge. Kahn H. and Weiner A. J. (1967). Post-Industrial Society in the Standard World. The Year 2000: A Framework for Speculation on the Next Thirty-three Year. H. Kahn and A. J. Weiner. New York, Macmillan. Keynes John Maynard (1936). The General Theory of Employment, Interest and Money. London, UK, Macmillan. Morishima Michio (1961). A Historical Note on Professor Sono’s Theory of Separability, In: International Economic Review. Vol 2, No. 3, pp. 272-275. Robinson, Joan. (1933). Economics of Imperfect Competition. London, Macmillan. USGPO Forging America’s Future. Strategies for National Growth and Development, 197 Sono Masazo (1961). The Effect of Price Changes on the Demand and Supply of Separable Goods, In: International Economic Review, Vol. 2, No. 3. pp 239-271.

General Bibliographical References to the whole Vol. I Adorno T.W.(1964), Zur Metacritik der Erkenntnisttheorie [Ital.version: Sulla metacritica della gnoseologia (Milano, Sugar 1964)] Adorno T.W. (1969). ‘On the logic of social sciences’. In :The positivist dispute in german sociology. AdornoAdorno. T. W. e. a. eds. New York, Harper 1978 Adorno. T. W. et. alii eds, 1972, The positivist dispute in german sociology. New York, Harper 1978. Adorno T.W. (1985). Against Epistemology. A Metacritique. Studies in Husserl and the Phenominological Antinomies. Cambridge, Mass., The MIT Press. Adorno T.W, (1970),”Negative Dialectik, in Gesammelte Schriften (1973) Adorno T.W. et alii, eds, (1978)The Positivist Dispute in German Sociology. New York: Harper & Row, (see here single papers under single name ref.]. Albretch Louis and J. Mandelbaum Seymour (2005) Net Network Society, A New Context for Planning?, London, Routledge. Ames E. & E. Neuberger. (1977), ‘Frisch and Tinbergen on Economic Planning: Review Article’. Journal of Comparative Economics 1, (1977): 195-212. Andvig Jens C. and Thonstad Tore (1998). ‘Ragnar Frisch at the University of Oslo’. In: S. Strom ed., Econometrics and Economic Theory in the 20th Century (The Ragnar Frisch Centennial Symposium). Cambridge: Cambridge University Press: pp. 3-25. Archer M. et al, eds (1998). Critical realism: Essential readings. Oxon/NY, Routledge. Bibliographical References to the Volume I 59

Archibugi Franco (1980). Principi di pianificazione regionale. Milano, Franco Angeli. Archibugi, F. (1992),‘The resetting of planning studies’, in: A. Kuklinski, ed., Society, Science, Government, Warsaw: KBN. Archibugi, F. (2000a), The Associative Economy: Insights beyond Welfare State and into Post- capitalism, London, Macmillan, 2000. Archibugi Franco (2005). Introduction to Strategic Planning in the Public Domain, Planning Studies Centre. Archibugi Franco (2005). Compendio di programmazione strategica in ambito pubblico. [Compendium of Strategic Planning in Public Ambit]Firenze, Alinea editrice. Archibugi F. (2006), Introduction to the Planology. Towards a New Scientific Paradigme in the Social Sciences, Rome: Planning Studies Centre. Archibugi F. (2007) Planning Theory : “From the Political Debate to the Methodological Reconstruction “, Springer 2007 G. Bambach and von Weizsacker, C.C., Optirmales Wachstum und Gleichgewichrswachsturn, in Optimales Wachstum und optimale Standortuerteilung, Schrijten des Vereins [iir Sozialpolitik (Berlin. 1962) Bell Daniel & I. Kristol (eds.) (1981), The Crisis in Economic Theory, Basic Books. Benli, O.S., The Current State of Methods and Process of Planning: How Plans are Made, Socio- Economic Planning Science, 2004 Bjerkholt Olav, ed. (1995a). Foundations of Modern Econometrics. The Selected Essays of Ragnar Frisch, 2 Vol. Aldershot UK, Edward Elgar. Bjerkholt, Olav (1995b) Introduction: Ragnar Frisch, the originator of Econometrics’, pp.13-52. In: Bjerkholt Olav (1995c), ed. Foundations of Modern Econometrics. The Selected Essays of Ragnar Frisch. Aldershot UK, Edward Elgar. Bjerkholt, O (1995c) An annotated bibliographyof publications of R.Frisch Bjerkholt Olav (1995d). ‘Ragnar Frisch, Editor of Econometrica 1933-1954.’ Econometrica 63 (no.4 - July): p.775-766. Bjerkholt Olav. (1995e). ‘When Input-Output Analysis Came to Norway’. In: Structural Change and Economics Dynamics Elsevier 6 (3). pp.319-330 Bjerkholt Olav. (1998) ‘Interaction between Model Builders and Policy Makers in the Norwegian Tradition’. Economic Modeling, Elsevier. 15 (3) 317-339. Blaug, Mark. Ed. (1991). The Historiography of Economics. Aldershot, Edward Elgar. Blaug Mark (1992), The methodology of economics or how economists explain, Cambridge University Press, 1992 Blaug, Mark. (1994). Paradigms versus research programmes in the history of economics. The Philosophy of Economics. An Anthology. D. M. Hausman. Cambridge, Cambridge University Press: 348-375. Block Fred (1985). “Postindustrial Development and the Obsolescence of Economic Categories.” Politics and Society 14(1): 71-104. Block Fred (1990). Postindustrial possibilities. A critique of economic discourse.University of California Press, Berkeley. Block Fred and Hirschhorn Larry (1979). “New Productive Forces and the Contradictions of Contemporary Capitalism.” Theory and Society 7: 363-395. Bourgine, P. & Nadal. J.P. (eds.) Cognitive Economics: an Interdisciplinary Approach, 2004. Buchanan James M. and Tollison R.D.(1972) Theory of Public Choice: Political Applications of Economics Caffé, F (1962), Economisti Moderni, Milano, Garzanti Cairnes, John Eliot (1873), Essays in Political Economy, Caldwell, B. (1984) Appraisal and Criticism in Economics Caldwell B. The Philosophy and Methodology of Economics, 1993 Caldwell, B., Beyond Positivism: Economic Methodology in the Twentienth Century, 1982 Cantillon, Richard (1739) Essai sur la nature du Commercce en Genaral Carnap, Rudolf, (1937) , The Logical Syntax of Language. (Eng. tr.Kegan Paul, 1937). 60 Bibliographical References to the Volume I

Carnap R. and Morris F. W., (1939) Foundations of the Unity of Science, an International Enciclopedia of Unified Science. Foundations of the Unity of Science, in preparation of the International Enciclopedia of Unified Science. University of Chicago Press (1944) Cassel Gustav, The Theory of Social Economy, 1932. Chakravarty, S., Optimal Savings with Finite Planning Horizon, International Economic Review, 3 (1962):338 Checkland P. B. (1976). ‘Science and the System Paradigm.’ International Journal of General Systems 3(2). Checkland P.B. (1981). Systems Thinking, Systems Practice. New York, Wiley. Checkland P. B. (1984). Rethinking a Systems Approach. In: T. R. a. K. I. Rethinking the Process of Operational Research and Systems analysis.Eds. Oxford, Pergamon. Chipman John S. (1998). ‘The contributions of Ragnar Frisch to Economics and Econometrics’. In: S. Strom. Ed. Econometrics and Economic Theory in the 20th Century. Cambridge, Cambridge University Press. Churchman C. W. (1961), Prediction and Optimal Decision, Prentice-Hall, Englewood Cliffs, N. J. Cohen R. S. and M. Neurath (eds.), Ed. (1983.). Otto Neurath: philosophical papers, Reidel. Cohen R. S. and T. Uebel (eds.), Ed. (2004.). Otto Neurath: economic writings 1904–1945, Kluwer. Cournot Antoine Augustine, Oeuvres complètes., 1973 Dahrendorf R. et alii (1979). La rivoluzione scientifico - tecnologica. Milano, Franco Angeli Editore. d’Alembert Jean, . Oeuvres de D'Alembert - Scholar's Choice Edition de Finetti B,.ed. (1966), Mathematical Optimization in Economics , Roma: Cremonese. de la Riviere Piere-Paul de Santillana G.D. Development of rationalism and empiricism (with Edgar Zilsel), Chicago, University of Chicago Press,1941. Dewey John, (1922), Human Nature and Conduct: An Introduction to Social Psychology, New York, Henry Holt and Company Dewey John (1939). Theory of Valuation in J. A. Boydston (ed.), Revue de Métaphysique et de Morale. Southern Illinois University Press Diderot, Denis (1770) Principes philosohphiques sur la matière et le mouvement, essai Dugger, W.M (1988) An Institutionalist Theory of Economic PlanningRos Edvardsen Kare N.(2001) Ragnar Frisch:An Annotaded Bibliography, Departement of Economics , University of Oslo, DE-UO Edgeworth Francis Ysidror, New and Old Method of Ethics: Or Physical Ethics and Method of Ethics, 2017 Elster Jon and Slagstad Rune, Ed. (1988). Constitutionalism and Democracy. Cambridge, Cambridge University Press. Eltis Scott and Wolfe, eds, (1970) Induction: Growth and Trade (in honour of Sir Roy Harrod Oxford), Clarendon Press. Engels Friedrich (1888), Ludwig Feuerbach and the End of Classical German Philosophy (1886) Feuerbach Ludwig (1841). Das Wesen des Christentums. Leipzig. Feyerbend Paul (1979). Against Method. Outline of an Anarchistic theory of knowledge. London. Forster Robert (1967). The Survival of the Nobility during the French Revolution, Past and Present. Franklin, Benjamin (2003) Reader, edited by Walter Isaacson Friedman, Michael, (1999). Reconsidering Logical Positivism. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press. Friedman Milton (1953). Essays in positive economics. Chicago, The University of Chicago Press. Frisch, R. (1954). ‘La theorie de l’avantage collectif et les regions de Pareto’, ‘Economie Appliquée’, Tome VII, Numero 3, Juillet-Septembre. Frisch, R.(1957) Oslo Decision Models,etc.Memorandum, Institute of Economics, Univ.of Oslo. Frisch, R. (1958), ‘Generalities on Planning’, In: ‘L’Industria’, ottobre-dicembre 1958 Frisch, R (1959) The principle of Recursive Planning Bibliographical References to the Volume I 61

Frisch, R.(1961a), ‘Economic Planning and the Growth Problem in Developing Countries’, in: Stasoekonomisk Tidsskrift, 2/3, 1961. Repub. in: Frisch, R. (1976) F.Lang ed. Frisch, R. (1961b), ‘Numerical Determination of a Quadratic Preference Function for use in Macroeconomic Programming’. In: ‘Giornale degli Economisti e Annali di Economia’, Vol.20 (February 1961). [Repub. in: Olav Bjerkholt, ed. Foundations of Modern Econometrics. etc. (see) 1995, Vol.II, p.35-75 Frisch R. (1962). ‘Preface to the Oslo Channel Model: A Survey of Types of Economic Forecasting and Programming. In: R. C. Geary, ed., Europe’s Future in Figures. Amsterdam, North-olland.[republished. in: F. Long ed., Economic Planning Studies, Reidel, Dordrecht (see), 1976, (pp.87-127). Frisch, R. (1963), ‘An Implementation System for Optimal National Economic Planning without Detailed Quantity Fixation from a Central Authority, Part 1, Prolegomena’, Memorandum, DE-UO, Sept 1963. Second preliminary printing. [Republished. in: Economic Planning Studies, F.Long ed (see) (1976) pp. 129-174] . Frisch, R., (1965), ‘General Outlook on a method of advanced and democratic macroeconomic planning’, (paper presented at CIME Study Week, L’Aquila , 29 Agosto-7 Settembre 1965). In: de Finetti ed., Mathematical Optimization in Economics , Roma: Cremonese Edizioni 1966. Frisch, R. (1966), ‘A Generalized Form of the REFI Interflow Table’, in Kowalik, T. ed., Problems of economic dynamic and planning (Essays in honour of Michal Kalecki, Warszawa 1966, Polish Scientific Press (Pergamon Press). Frisch, R.(1969), ‘From Utopian Theory to Practical Applications: The Case of Econometrics’, in: Nobel Memorial Lecture, in: (Nobel Lectures, Economic Sciences, 1969-1980, Assar Lindbeck ed.) Singapore, World Scientific, 1992 [Republished also in: Frisch R., F.Long, ed.1976, pp.1-39]. Frisch, R. (1970) ‘Econometrics in the World of Today’, in: Eltis, Scott and Wolfe, eds, Induction: Growth and Trade. In honour of Sir Roy Harrod Oxford, Clarendon Press(1970). Frisch, R. (1995) Foundations of Modern Econometrics. The Selected Essays of Ragnar Frisch.Selected and edited by Olaf Bjerkholt, Aldershot UK, Edward Elgar. Fullbrooks Edward, ed. (2004), A guide to what is wrong with Economics, London: Anthem Press. Galbraith James K. (2008). The Predator State: How conservatives abandoned the free market and why liberals should too. New York, Free Press. Garfinkel H., (1975), ‘The rational properties of scientific and common-sense activities’, in: A.Giddens, ed.Positivism and Sociology, London: Heinemann, 1975 Geary R. C. (1962). Europe's Future in Figures. Amsterdam, North-Holland. Giddens A., ed.(1974) Positivism and Sociology. London: Heinemann, 1974. Habermas J. (1975), ‘Rationalism divided two’, in A.Giddens, ed. Positivism and Sociology, London: Heinemann, 1975 Habermas J. (1984). The Theory of Communicative Action. Volume 1: Reason and the Rationalization of Society. London, Heinemann. Habermas J. (1987). The Theory of Communicative Action. Volume 2: Lofeworld and System: A critique of Functionalist Reason. Boston, MA, Beacon Press. Habermas J. (1990). Ecrits Politiques. culture, droit, histoire. Paris, Les Editions Du Cerf. Hahn F. and Hollis, M., Ed. (1979). Philosophy and Economic Theory. New York, Oxford University Press. Hausman Daniel M., Ed. (1994). The Philosophy of Economics. An Anthology. Cambridge, Cambridge University Press. Heinz Maus & Fr. Furstenberg, eds., Newwied und Berlin, H.Luchterhand Verlag, 1969.[I have used the English translation, of this book]. Held David and Mathias Koenig-Archibugi (2004). American Power In the 21st Century, Polity Press. Helvètius Claude Adrien (1759) De l’esprit or Essays of the Mind and its Several Faculties, London Hendry David F. and Morgan Mary S., Ed. (1995). The Foundations of Econometric Analysis. Cambridge, Cambridge University Press. 62 Bibliographical References to the Volume I

Hicks J. (1979). Causality in economics. Oxford, Basil Blackwell. Hieronymi Otto and M. Lo Cascio (1916), A New Social for the 21st Century, Emilio Fontela: Economist and Global Researcher,Aracne, Roma. Hirschman, A.O. The Strategy of Economic Development (New Haven, Yale University Press, 1958) Horkheimer Max (1997), Zur Kritik der instrumentellen Vernunft (1967), [tr.it come Eclisse della ragione (Torino, Einaudi 1969)]. Hume David, (1739), Treatise of the Human Nature Johansen, L. (1974) Establishing Preference Function for Macroeconomic Decision Models. Some Observations on Ragnar's Frisch's contributions Johansen, L. (1977/1978), Lectures on macroeconomic planning: Vol. 1. General Aspects; Vol.2 Centralization, Decentralization, Planning under uncertainty. Amsterdam: North-Holland. Kahn H. and Weiner A. J. (1967), ‘Post-Industrial Society in the Standard World’. In H. Kahn and A. J. Weiner, eds, The Year 2000: A Framework for Speculation on the Next Thirty-three Year. New York, Macmillan. Kahn H. and Weiner A. J. (1967). The Year 2000: A Framework for Speculation on the Next Thirty-three Years. New York, Hudson Institute/Macmillan. Kaldor Nicholas. (1972), ‘The Irrelevance of Equilibrium Economics’, in: Economic Journal, December 1972, pp. 1237-55. Kant Immanuel, (1785), Grundlegung of the Metaphysics of Moral, Preface. Kantorovich Leonid V. (1939). Methodes mathematiques d'organisation et de planification de la production. Leningrad, Editions de l'Universitè de Leningrad. Kantorovich Leonid V. (1964). Further Development of Mathematical Methods and the Prospects of Their Application in Economic Planning. The Use of Mathematics in Economics. A. Nove. Edimburgh & London: 281-316. Kantorovich Leonid V. (1965). The Best Use of Economic Resources. London, Pergamon. Keynes John Maynard (1936). The General Theory of Employment, Interest and Money. London, UK, Macmillan. Knight, Frank, (1999) Selected Essays, Vol. I: ‘What is Truth’ in Economics? (ed by Ross B Emmett) Knight, Frank (1999) Selected Essays, Vol II: Laissez Farie: Pro and Con (edited by Ross B Emmett) Kuhn Thomas S. (1962). The structure of scientific revolutions. Chicago, University of Chicago Press. Kuhn A. (1969), ‘Logic Discovery or Psychology of Research,’ in: Lakatos & Musgrave , eds. Criticism and the Growth of knowledge (see). Lakatos I. & A. Musgrave, eds. (1970), Criticism and Growth of Knowledge. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Lawrence J.R., Ed. (1966). Operational Research & the Social Sciences. London, Tavistock Publications Leontief W. (1937), ‘Implicit theorizing: a methodological criticism of the neo-Cambridge school’, ‘Quarterly Journal of Economics’, vol.51, No 2B, Feb.1937. (re-pub. In Leontief, W. Essays in economics etc.,Oxford: Blackwell, 1966. Leontief, W (1953) Mathematics in Economics, in Essays in Economics, 1966, pp 26-28. Leontief W.(1970), Theoretical assumptions and non-observed facts, (presidential address to the 83rd meeting of the AEA, Detroit, Michigan) in ‘The American Economic Review’, vol.61, 1971, (rep. in W.Leontief, Essays in Economics , etc. Vol. 2, (see ref.). 1977. Leontief W.(1970),’ Theoretical assumptions and non-observed facts, (presidential address to the 83rd meeting of the AEA, Detroit, Michigan) in ‘The American Economic Review’, vol.61, 1971, (rep. in W.Leontief, Essays in Economics , etc. Vol. 2,(see ref.). 1977. Leontief W., (1976) ‘National Economic Planning: Methods and Problems,’ in: Leontief W. and H. Stein (eds) The Economic System in an Age of Discontinuità. In: Long-range Planning or Market Reliance, New York Univ.Press. (Republished. in Essays in Economics, Vol. 2, Theories, Facts and Policies, Blackwell, Oxford, 1977. Bibliographical References to the Volume I 63

Leontief W. (1987)."The Ins and Outs of Input-Output Analysis."in Mechanical Engineering (1987). Lieberman Bernhardt (1971). Social Choice. New York, Gordon and Breach Science Publishers. Lindbeck Assar (1971). ‘The Efficiency of Competition and Planning. Planning and Market Relations’. In: M. Kaser and R. Portes eds.. Contributions to a Conference of the "International Economic Association", Liblice Castle, Czechoslovakia, May, 1970: 83-113. Lindbeck Assar, ed.,. Nobel Lectures , Economic Sciences 1969-1980, World Scientific Publ, Singapore, 1992, p.153 Long, Frank (1976), ed., Ragnar Frisch Economic Planning Studies Reidel Publishing Company, Dordrecht. Long Frank, (1979), ‘Ragnar Frisch: econometrics and the political economy of planning’, in The American Journal of Economics and Sociology (Vol.38, 1979, p.141-153). Mannheim K. (1929), Ideologie und utopie, Bonn, Cohen. [Engl.ed. Ideology and Utopia.Translated by Louis Wirth and Edward Shils. New York: Harvest Books, 1936. Mannheim Karl (1936). Ideology and Utopia. New York, Harvest Books. Mannheim K. (1940) Man and Society in an Age of Reconstruction. London: Routledge. Mannheim K. (1950), Freedom, Power & Democratic Planning. London: Routledge & Kegan. Mannheim K. (1952.) Essays on the Sociology of Knowledge . Mannheim Karl (1972). ‘The Problem of Generations’ In: Altbach Philip G. and Laufer Robert S. Eds. (1972), The New Pilgrims: Youth Protest in Transition. New York, McKay. Marcuse H. (1937) Philosophie und Kritische Theory [tr.it. Filosofia e Teoria critica, dal vol. Kultur and Gesellschaft. (1965), [tr.it. Cultura e Società, Torino, Einaudi 1969] Marcuse Herbert (1973). Counterrevolution and Revolt. Copryright, Arnoldo Mondadori. Marcuse H. (1975), ‘On Science and Phenomenology’, in A.Giddens, ed. Positivism and Sociology, London: Heinemann, 1975 Marx Karl, Capital I, Capital II, Capital III. Marx K. and Engels, F. (1932 1st pub.). The German Ideology (or. 1848). Moscow, Edn. McCloskey, Deidre.N (2001) Measurement and Meaning in Economics. The essential Deirdre McCloskey Meade James E. (1993). , Equality and Efficiency. London, Macmillan Meja, V. & Stehr, N. (2001) Modern Societies as Knowledge Societies in Luigi Tomasi (ed.), New Horizons in Sociological Theory and Research. The Frontiers of Sociology at the Beginning of the Twenty-First Century. Aldershot: Asgate, 2001, pp 127-146 Menger C. (1883) Investigations into the Method of the Social Sciences with Special Reference to Economics. [English trans.1985.New York Univ. Press]. Meyer, J.R. & Kuh, E. (1957) The Investment Decision, Cambridge. Mill J. Stuart (1848). Principles of Political Economy, With Some of Their Applications to social Philosophy. London. , Baron de, De l’Esprit des Lois, 1748 Morellet André Réfutation, del l’ouvrage qui a pour titre Dialogues sur le Commerce de bleds , 1770, Londre Mountiford-Lonfield Samuel, Lectures on Political Economy, 1834 Morris Charles (1956). Varieties of Human Value. Chicago, University of Chicago Press. Mueller Dennis, Public Choise 2 Myrdal Alva, The game of Disarmament: How the United States and Russia run the Arms Racc , 1976. Myrdal Gunnar. (or.1933) The Political Element in the Development of Economic Theory. [(Italian Tr., Firenze 1943, English Edition, London: Routledge, 1953]. Myrdal Gunnar (orig.1939), Monetary Equilibrium [reprinted in 1962, by A.M.Kelley, New York) Myrdal Gunnar, (1944). An American Dilemma: The Negro Problem and Modern Democracy. (First Edition" ed. New York: Harper & Brothers). Myrdal Gunnar,(1951) ‘The Trend towards Economic Planning’, in: Manchester School of Economic and Social Studies, January 1951. Myrdal Gunnar, (1956), International Economy, Problems and Prospects, Routledge and Kegan Paul.London. 64 Bibliographical References to the Volume I

Myrdal Gunnar (1957). Economic Theory and Underdeveloped Regions. London. Myrdal Gunnar . (1958). ‘The Logical Crux’ in Value in Social Theory, A Selection of Essays on Methodology, Edited with Introduction,very important on the contribution of G.Myrdal, by Paul Streten (pp.ix-xivi), Harper, New York. Myrdal Gunnar, (1959). Beyond the Welfare State. Economic Planning in the Welfare State and its International Implicatons , [The Store lectures Yale University, 1958], London, Gerald Duckworth. Myrdal Gunnar.(1968), Asian Drama; an Inquiry into the Poverty of Nations.3 Vols. New York: Twentieth Century Fund, 1968 Myrdal Gunnar . (1969). Objectivity in Social Research. Gerald Duckworth.London 1970. Myrdal Gunnar. (1970), The Challenge of World Poverty, etc., 1970 Myrdal Gunnar. (1972). ‘How Scientific are the Social Sciences?’ Cahiers de l’ISEA, Serie H.S. 14.[republished in “Against the Stream, etc.(1973)] Myrdal Gunnar. (1973a). Against the Stream: Critical Essays on Economics. London : Macmillan 1973 Myrdal Gunnar. (1973b). ‘Crisis and Cycles in the Development of Economics’, In G.Myrdal: Against the Stream, etc. pp.1-16. Nelson, R. H., (2006) Economics as religion, from Samuelson to Chicago and Beyond , Pennsylvania State University Press, 2006. Neurath O. Empiricism and Sociology, (op. orig. 1934, [edited in English by Marie Neurath (his wife), and Robert S. Cohen, after his death in 1973]. Neurath O., Rudolf Carnap & Charles Morris, (1939-19702).Foundations of the Unity of Science: Toward an International Encyclopedia of Unified Science, Chicago: University of Chicago Press. Neurath O. (1944), ‘Foundations of the Social Sciences’. In International Encyclopedia of Unified Science. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1944. Offer Avner & Gabriel Söderberg , The Nobel Factor. The prize in Economics, Social Demcracy, and the Market Turn. Princeton University Press 2016 O'Neill John (2003). "Unified Science as Political Philosophy: Positivism, Pluralism and Liberalism.". Oxford:, Pergamon Pearce David W. (1976). The Limits of Cost-Benefit Analysis as a Guide to Environmental Policy. Pearce David W. (1977). Cost-Benefit Analysis. London, Macmillan Press. Pearce Williams (1970),‘Normal Science Scientific Revolutions and the History of Science’, in: Lakatos & Musgrave , eds. Criticism and the Growth of knowledge (see). Petty, William (1899) The Ecnomic Writings of Sir William Petty together with the Observations upon the Bills of Mortaity, Edited by Charles Henry Hull, Cambridge, Cambridge University Press. Phelps, Edmund H. (1972) The Underdevelopment of Economics, Economic Journal, March Pigou Arthur Cecil,(1912)The Economics of Welfare Pinker Steven (2018) Enlightenment Now. Piketty Thomas (2013). Le capital au XXIe siecle. Paris, Seuil Planning Studies Centre ( 2002), “Framework Project”, PSC ed. Pontificia Academia Scientiarum (PAS) (1965). ‘Semaine d'etude sur le role de l'analyse econometrique dans la formulation de plans de developpement’, Proceedings in two vols., Vatican City, 1966). Popper K. (1969a), ‘The Logic of the Social Sciences’ In Adorno and others, The Positivist Dispute in German Sociology. New York: Harper and Row 1976. Popper K. (1969b), ‘Normal Science and its Dangers’, in: Lakatos & Musgrave , eds. Criticism etc (see). Popper Karl R. (1972). Objective knowledge - An evolutionary approach (orig. 1942). Oxford, Clarendon Press. Quesnay, François (2005) Œuvres économiques complètes et autres textes, Edités par Christine Théré, Loïc Charles et Jean-Claude Perrot, Paris, Éditions de l'Institut national d'études démographiques Ricardo Davide (1817) On the principles of the Political Economy and Taxation. Bibliographical References to the Volume I 65

Robbins L.(1932), Essay on the Nature and Significance of Economic Science Robinson Joan (1933). Economics of Imperfect Competition. London, Macmillan. Rousseau Jean-Jacques, Du contrat sociale: ou principes du droit politique, 1762. Russell Bertrand (1926). Education and the Good Life. New York, Hearst Corporation, Avon Book Division. Russell C. S. (1979). Collective Decision Making: Applications from Public Choice Theory. Baltimore and Washington D.C., Johns Hopkins U.P., Baltimore & Resources for the Future. Russett B. M. et alii (1964). World Handbook of Political and Social Indicators. New Haven, Yale U.P. Salanti Andrea and Screpanti Ernesto, Ed. (1997). Pluralism in Economics. New Perspectives in History and Methodology. Cheltenham UK, Edward Elgar. Samuelson, P. Foundations of Economic Analysis, 1947 Say Jean-Baptiste (1803) Treatise of Economics Schackle G.L.S. (2009). Epistemics and Economics. A Critique of Economic Doctrines. London, Transaction Publishers. Schumpeter J. A. (1954). History of Economic Analysis. London, Allen and Unwin Seers D. (1972). ‘The Prevalence of Pseudo-Planning." In: M. Faber and D. Seers. Eds. The Crisis in Planning (2 Vols.). London: Chatto and Windus, 1972. Simon, Herbert A. Causal ordering and Identifiability, in Studies in Econometric Methods, ed, New York, 1953 Sirkin G. (1968). The visible hand: The fundamental of economic planning. New York, McGraw- Hill.Mc Smith Adam (1776) An Inquiry into Nature and Causes of the Welth of Nations Soros G..The Criis of Global Capitalism, The Little and Brown Co. Stark W. (1958) The Sociology of Knowledge. London: Routledge & Kegan. Sunkara Bhaskar, (2019, Manifesto Socialista per il XXI secolo, The case for radical politics in an era of extreme inequality, Basic Books, New York, 2019. Steiss A. and Catanese A. J. (1970). Systemic Planning: Theory and Applications. Lexington, Massachussetts, Lexington Books. Streeten, P. (ed) Value in Social Theories: A selection of essays on Methodology, Harper & Brothers, New York (1958) Stone Richard (1973). Towards a System of Social and Demographic Statistics. New York, UNSO. Theil Henri (1971), Principle of Eonometrics, Wiley, New York. Tinbergen, Jan, Econometrics, (1951), New York. Tinbergen, J. (1952). On the Theory of Economic Policy. Amsterdam: North-Holland. Tinbergen, J. (1956), .Economic Policy: Principles and Design. Amsterdam: North-Holland.[trad. it., Milano: Angeli, 1969] Tinbergen, Jan. Should the Income Tax be among the Means of Economic Policy? in Celebrations of Frederik Zeuthen,Copenhagen, 1958. Tinbergen, Jan, Mathematical Models of Economic Growth (with Bos, H.C), (1962) Tinbergen, Jan, Planning in Stages in Satsokonomisk Tidsskriit, (1962), pp: 1-20. Tinbergen, Jan. Shaping the World Economy,( 1962), New York. Tinbergen Jan (1963), Lessons from the past, Amsterdam , Elsevier. Tinbergen Jan (1963). Project Appraisal: A Traditional Approach. Essays on Econometrics and Planning. C. R. Rao. Calcutta, Statistical Publishing Society. Tinbergen Jan (1964). Central Planning. New Haven, Yale University Press. Tinbergen Jan (1964). Economic Development and Investment Indivisibilities. In: Problems of Economic Dynamics and Planning: Essays in Honour of Mickal Kalecki. A. Baran.Ed. Warsaw, Polish Scientific Publishers: 455-469. Tinbergen Jan (1964). ‘Economic Planning as a Part of the Economic Process: Actors, Task and Elements’ (chap ex liber). Central Planning. New Haven, Yale U.P.: 3-41. Tinbergen Jan (1964). “Sur un modèle de la dispersion gèographique de l'activitè èconomique.” Revue d'Economie Politique(Janvier-Fevrier): 30-44. Tinbergen Jan (1966). Development Planning. New York, McGraw Hill. 66 Bibliographical References to the Volume I

Tinbergen Jan (1966) ‘Some Rafinements of the Semi-Input-Output Method’ Pakistan Development Review(VI). Tinbergen, Jan, Prospects for the Reduction in Income Inequalities, (1974), Marois Touraine Alain (1969). La societè post-industrielle. Paris, Donoel-Gonthier. Touraine A. (1975), ‘The raison d’être of a Sociology of Action’, in A.Giddens, ed. Positivism and Sociology, London: Heinemann (1975). Turgot, Anne Robert (1844) Oeuvres the Turgot. UNRISD (1973). Regional Disaggregation of National Policies and Plans. Paris and The Hague, Mouton. UNRISD (1975). Report on a Unified Approach to Development Analysis and Planning. 24th Session of UN Commission for Social Development, 6-24 Jan., 1975. UNRISD (1980). The Quest for a Unified Approach to Development. UNRISD (2003). ‘Recherches pour le changement social: Rapport du 40éme anniversaire de L'UNRISD.’ UNRISD, p.141. UNRISD (1970). Studies in the Methodology, USGPO Forging America’s Future. Strategies for National Growth and Development, 1976 Veblen Thorstein, The portable Veblen, 1948, Max Lerner ed. , François Marie (1843) A Philosophical Dictionary, (p.94) von Bohm-Bawerk Eugen, Capital and Interest: Hitory and Critique of InterestTheories, 1884. von Mises L. (1922). Socialism, An Economic and Social Analysis. (1951), New Haven, Conn., Yale University Press. von Mises L. (1933). Epistemological problems of Economics. (1960), Van Nostrand. von Mises L. (1949). Human Action; A Treatise on Economics. New Haven, Yale University Press. von Mises L. (1957). Theory and History, An interpretation of social and economic evolution. Auburn, Alabama, Ludwig von Mises Institute, 2007. von Mises L. (1962), The Ultimate Foundation of Economic Science: An Essay on Method, Princeton: D.Van Nostrand. von Schmöller Gustav, (1883) Investigations into the Method of the Social Sciences with Special Reference to Economics von Schmöller, Gustav, Zur Litteraturgeschichte der Staats- und Sozialwissenschaften von Thünen Johann Heinrich, (1842) Der isolirte Staat in Beziehung auf Landwirtschaft und Nationalökonomie Vossoughian Nader (1990), Otto Neurath: The Language of the Global Polis Warren-Rempel, F. (1965) The Role of Value in Karl Mannheim’s Sociology of Knowledge, Mouton & Co. London Watkins J. W. N. (1973). ‘Historical Explanation in the Social Science’, in: J. O'Neill ed.. Modes of Individualism and Collectivism. London, Heinemann. Weber Max (1922). Wirtsschaft und Gesellschaft. Tubingen. Weber Max (1968). Economy and Society, 3 vols. New York, Bedminster.[one of multiple editions). Weber Max (1975), ‘Subjectivity and determinism’, in: A.Giddens, ed., Positivism and Sociology, London: Heinemann, 1975. Wicksell Knut, (1934) Lectures on Political Economy: General Theory Wiener, Norbert, (1964) God and Golem Inc.: A comment on Certain Points where Cybernetcis impinges on Religion, MIT Press, Boston. Worswick G.D.N. (1971) ‘Is Progress in Economic Science Possible?’, Economic Journal , March 1972: pp.73-86. Zolo Danilo (1990) Reflexive Epistemology and Social Complexity . The Philosophical Legacy of Otto Neurath. Bibliographical References to the Volume II 67

Bibliographical References to the printed Volume II

Bibliographical References to the Brief Introductory Note Ackoff R L. and Gharadjedaghi J., (1986), A Prologue to National Development Planning. New York: Greenwood Press. Ackoff R.L. (1992), Scientific Method: Optimizing Applied Research Decision. New York: Wiley. Acocella N. and G. Di Bartolomeo, Ed. (2011). Theoretical issues in the provision of global public goods. Rome, Rome: Università La Sapienza Publishing House. Alexander E.R. (1986). Approaches to Planning: Introducing Current Planning Theories, Concepts and Issues. New York, Gordon and Breach. Alexander Ernest R. (1998). Rationality Revisited: Planning Paradigms in a Post-postmodernist Perspective. Planning Theory Conference, Oxford Brookes University, 2-4 April, School of Planning. Archibugi Daniele, (2011). European Democracy and Cosmopolitan Democracy. Ventotene, Altiero Spinelli Istittute for Federalist Studies. Archibugi Daniele., Koenig-Archibugi M. and Marchetti R., (2012). Global Democracy. Normative and Empirical Perspectives, Cambridge University Press. Archibugi, Franco. (1999) Introductory lectures of Strategic Planning, High School of Public Administration, Rome Archibugi, Franco. (2000a), The Associative Economy: Insights beyond Welfare State and into Post-capitalism, London, Macmillan, 2000. Bell Daniel (1973). The Coming of Post-Industrial Society: A venture in social forecasting. New York, Basic Books. Bell Daniel (1981). Models and Reality in Economic Discourse. The Crisis of Economic Theory. D. Bell and I. Kristol. New York, Basic Books. Davidoff P. (1965), ‘Advocacy and Pluralism in Planning.’ In Journal of the American Institute of Planners Vol. 31 (1965). Faludi, A. (1973a). Planning Theory. Oxford, Pergamon. Fox K.A. (1985). Social System Accounts: Linking Social and Economic Indicators Through Tangible behaviour Settings. Dordecht, Reidel Publishing Company.

Bibliographical References to the Chapter 1 (Vol. II) Archibugi Franco (2000). The Associative Economy: Insights beyond the Welfare State and into Post-Capitalism. London, Palgrave Macmillan. Bell Daniel (1965). The End of Ideology: On the Exhaustion of Political Ideas in the Fifties: With a new Afterword. New York, Free Press. Bell Daniel (1973). The Coming of Post-Industrial Society: A venture in social forecasting. New York, Basic Books. Bell Daniel (1979). The Cultural Contradiction of capitalism. London, Heinemann. Bell Daniel, (1980),The Winding Passage. Sociological Essays and Journeys.(1991). Bell, Daniel. (1981). Models and Reality in Economic Discourse. The Crisis of Economic Theory. D. Bell and I. Kristol. New York, Basic Books. de Finetti, B. (ed.) (1973a). Requisiti per un Sistema Economico Accettabile inRelazione alle Esigenze della Collettività’, [Requirements for an AcceptableEconomic System in Relation to the Needs of the Collectivity]. Milano: Angeli. de Finetti, Bruno. (1973b). ‘The Utopia as necessary presupposition, etc.’ inRequirements for an acceptable economic system etc. [ed. de Finetti, pp.13–15]. Frisch, Ragnar. (1957). Oslo Decision Models. Oslo, University of Oslo Instituteof Economics. Kol J. and de Wolff, P. (1993). ‘Tinbergen’s Work: Change and Continuity.’ DeEconomist 141 (No. 1): 1–28.[Includes a bibliographic catalog of the works of J.Tinbergen] (Reprint, by ‘Erasmus Centre for Economic IntegrationStudies’, University of Rotterdam). Myrdal Gunnar (1957). Economic Theory and Underdeveloped Regions. London. Mises L. von (1957), Theory and History. An interpretation of social and Economic Evolution , Yale University Press. (Last reprint 2007 by ‘L.von Mises Institute’, Alabama 2007). 68 Bibliographical References to the Volume II

Mises L. von (1962), The Ultimate Foundation of Economic Science. An Essay on Method. Van Nostrand, (Princeton, etc, 1962). Theil, H. et al. (1964). Optimal Decision Rules for Government and Industry. Amsterdam, North- Holland. Theil H. (1961). Economic Forecasts and Policy. Amsterdam, North-Holland. Tinbergen, J. (1971a). Two Approaches to the Future: Planning Vs. Forecasting, [mimeo]. Tinbergen, J. (1971b). Comment faut-il étudier l’avenir?, pp. 1–2.

Bibliographical References to the Chapter 2 (Vol. II) Bell, D.E., Raiffa, H. and Tversky, A. (eds.) (1988). Decision Making: Descriptive Normative Bell Daniel (1973). The Coming of Post-Industrial Society: A venture in social forecasting. New York, Basic Books. Bell Daniel (1979). The Cultural Contradiction of capitalism. London, Heinemann. Bell Daniel (1981). Models and Reality in Economic Discourse. The Crisis of Economic Theory. D. Bell and I. Kristol. New York, Basic Books. and Prescriptive Interactions. Cambridge, Cambridge University Press. Blaug M. (1980). The Methodology of Economics or How Economists Explain. Cambridge, Cambridge University Press. Blaug, Mark. (1992). The Methodology of Economics: Or, How Economists Explain. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Frisch, Ragnar. (1961). The Oslo REFI Interflow Table. Memorandum, Oslo, University of Oslo Institute of Economics. Frisch, Ragnar. (1976a). Economic Planning Studies. A Collection of Essays edited posthumous, by Frank Long, D. Reidel Publishing Company. Frisch, Ragnar. (1976b). ‘From Utopian Theory to Practical Applications: The Case of Econometrics’. In Economic Planning Studies, ed. by F. Frank Long, Reidel Publishing Company. Hansson Sven Ove (1994). Decision Theory A Brief Introduction. Uppsala. Hudson, W.D. (1969). ‘The Is-Ought Question’. A Collection of Papers on the Central Problem in Moral Philosophy. London: Macmillan, 1969. Klappholz, K (1964). Value Judgements and Economics, British Journal for thePhilosophy of Science, 15 reprinted in Hausman, 1984; pp: 267–292. Myrdal Gunnar (1953). The Political Element in the Development of Economic Theory. London, Routledge & Kegan Paul Ltd. Myrdal Gunnar (1972). ‘How Scientific are the Social Sciences?’ Cahiers de l’ISEA, Serie H.S. 14. Myrdal, Gunnar (1970). The Challenge of World Poverty; a World Anti-Poverty Program in Outline. New York, Pantheon Books. Nagel Ernest (1961). The Structure of Science, Problems in the logic of scientific Explanation, 1959 2a ed. Hackett. Nagel, Ernest. (1967). Preference, Evaluation, and Reflective Choice. Human Values and Economic Policy. A Symposium. H. Sidney. New York, New York University Press. Sen, Amartya. (1970). “The impossibility of a Paretian Liberal.” Journal of Political Economy 78.1: 152–157. Shils, Edward A., and Henry A. Finch. (1949). Max Weber on the Methodology of the Social Sciences. Glencoe 111: 73rT. Weber Max (1975), ‘Subjectivity and determinism’, in: A.Giddens, ed., Positivism and Sociology, London: Heinemann, 1975. Weber Max. (1949), The Methodology of the Social Science. Edited by E.A.Shils and H.A.Finch (eds). Glencoe: The Free Press. Weber Max. (1864-1920). ‘Objectivity and understanding in economics’, in Hausman D.M. Editor, The Philosophy of Economics. An Anthology, 1996 (chapter 2). Zauberman, Alfred. (1967). Aspects of Planometrics. London, University of London, The Athlone Press.

Bibliographical References to the Volume II 69

Bibliographical References to the Chapter 3 (Vol. II) Ackoff, R.L. (1960). “Systems, Organizations and Interdisciplinary Research.” In General Systems Yearbook, Society for General Systems Research 5: 1–18. Ackoff, R.L. (1974). Redesigning the Future: A Systems Approach to Societal Problems. New York: Wiley. Ackoff, R.L. (1992). Scientific Method: Optimizing Applied Research Decision. New York: Wiley. Alexander Ernest R. (1986). Approaches to Planning: Introducing Current Planning Theories, Concepts and Issues. New York, Gordon and Breach. Altshuler, A. (1965a). ‘The Goals of Comprehensive Planning’. Journal of theAmerican Institute of Planners , 31 (1965). Altshuler, A. (1965b). The City Planning Process: A Political Analysis. Ithaca, NY: Cornell University Press, 1965. Archibugi, Franco. (2008a). Planning Theory. From the Political Debate to theMethodological Reconstruction, Springer. Archibugi, Franco. (2008b). Da burocrate a manager: La programmazione strategicain Italia: passato, presente e futuro [From burocrate to manager. The strategic programming in Italy: past, present and future], Rubbettino, Soveria Mannelli. Archibugi Franco (2002). Introduzione alla pianificazione strategica in ambito pubblico. Roma, Centro di Studi e Piani Economici. Banfield, Edward C. (1961). Political Influence, The Free Press of Glencoe, New York. Banfield, Edward C. (1968). The Unheavenly City. Boston: Little Brown. Baumol, J. William. (1968). Economic Theory and Operations Analysis. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-Hall. Baumol, J.William. (1969). Welfare Economics and the Theory of the State. Second ed. Welfare and the State Revisited. Cambridge: Harvard University Press. Beer, A. Stafford. (1966). Decision and Control: The Meaning of Operational Research and Management Cybernetics. London: Wiley. Beer, A. Stafford. (1974). Designing Freedom. London: Wiley. Benne, K.D. (1985). ‘The Current State of Planned Changing in Persons, Groups, Communities and Societies’ In: Bennis. W. G. e. alii. The Planning Change. New York, College Publishing: 68–82. Bennis, W.G., Kenneth, D. Benne, and Robert, Chin, eds. (1961). The Planning of Change. New York: Holt, Rinehart and Winston. Bennis, W.G. (1966). ‘Theory and Method in Applying Behavioural Science to Planned Organizational Change’. In: Operational Research and the Societal Sciences, edited by J. R. Lawrence, London: Tavistock Publications. Bolan, R. (1973). ‘Community Decision Behaviour: The Culture of Planning’. In A Reader in Planning theory. Oxford, Pergamon. Bernstein Richard J. (2010). The pragmatic turn. Oxford, Polity Press. Chadwick, George. (1971). A Systems View of Planning: Towards a Theory of the Urban and Regional Planning Process. Oxford: Pergamon Press. Including chapters: (a) ‘Plan or Programme?’ (b) ‘Planning as a Conceptual System.’ [Reprint, PSC, 1971] (c) ‘A Mixed- Programming Strategy.’ [Reprint PSC, 1971]. Checkland, P.B. (1981). Systems Thinking, Systems Practice. New York, Wiley. Chestnut, Harold. (1965). Systems Engineering Tools. New York: Wiley. Chestnut, Harold. (1967). Systems Engineering Methods. New York:Wiley. Churchman, C. W. (1961). Prediction and Optimal Decision. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-Hall. Churchman, C. W., and Emery, F. E. (1966). ‘On Various Approaches to the Study of Organizations’. In: J. R. Lawrence ed., Operational Research and the Social Sciences. London: Tavistock. Churchman, C. West. (1968). The Systems Approach. New York, Delta. Croce, Benedetto. (1938). History as Thought and Action. Davidoff, P. (1965). ‘Advocacy and Pluralism in Planning.’ In Journal of the American Institute of Planners Vol. 31 (1965). 70 Bibliographical References to the Volume II

Dewey John (1929). The Quest for Certainty: A Study of the Relations of Knowledge and Action. Dror, Y. ‘A Choice Theory of Planning’ In: International Review of Administrative Sciences, No. 29 (1963a): 46–58. Dror, Y. “The Planning Process: A Facet Design.” In: International Review of Administrative Sciences 29 (1963b). Dror, Y. (1967). ‘Comprehensive Planning: Common Fallacies Versus Preferred Features’ In Essays in Honour of Professor Jac. P. Thijsse, edited by Van Schlagen F., 85–89. The Hague: Mouton. Dror, Y. (1971). Design for Policy Sciences. Amsterdam: Elsevier. Dyckman, J.W. (1964). ‘State Development Planning: The California Case.’ Journal of the American Institute of Planners XXX, No. 2 (1964): 144–152. Dyckman, J.W. (1970). Social Planning in the American Democracy. Urban Planning in Transition. E. E. New York, Grossman. Etzioni, Amitai. (1961). A Comparative Analysis of Complex Organizations. New York, Free Press. Etzioni, Amitai. (1964). Modern Organizations. Englewood Cliffs, NJ, Prentice Hall. Etzioni, Amitai. (1968). The Active Society: A Theory on Societal and Political Process. New York, Free Press. Etzioni, Amitai. (1969). Indicators of the Capacities for Societal Guidance. New York. Etzioni, Amitai. (1983). Bureaucracy and Democracy: A Political Dilemma. Boston, Routledge and Kegan. Etzioni, Amitai. (1988). The Moral Dimension: Toward a New Economics. New York, The Free Press. Etzioni, Amitai. (1991). Beyond Self-Interest. Policy Analysis and Economics: Developments, Tensions, Prospects. D. Weimer. London, Kluwer. Faludi, A. (1973a). Planning Theory. Oxford, Pergamon. Faludi, A., ed. (1973b). A Reader in Planning Theory. Oxford: Pergamon Press. Faludi, A. (1985). ‘A decision-centred view of environmental planning’, in Landscape Planning, Vol. 12. Faludi, A. (1986a). Critical Rationalism and Planning Methodology. London, Pion Press. Faludi, A. (1986b). ‘The Philosophy of Sir Karl Popper and Its Relevance to Planning Methodology’. In Critical Rationalism and Planning Methodology, by A. Faludi, Part II. London: Pion. Faludi, A., and Waterhout, B. (2002). The making of the European spatial development perspective: No Masterplan. London, New York, Routledge. Farkas, J. (1984). ‘Change in the Paradigms of Systems Analysis’. In:Tomlison and Kiss, eds. Rethinking the Process of Operational Research and Systems analysis. Oxford, Pergamon. Foley, D. L. (1964). ‘An Approach to Metropolitan Spatial In: M. M. Webber, ed. Explorations into Urban Structure. Philadelphia, University of Pennsylvania Press. Friedmann, John. (1964). ‘Regional Development in Post-Industrial Society’, Journal of the American Institute of Planners XXX, No. 2 (1964): 90–100. Friedmann, John. (1965). ‘A response to Althusser: Comprehensive Planning as a Process.’ Journal of American Institute of Planners 31 (1965). Friedmann, John. (1987a). Planning in the Public Domain: From Knowledge to Action. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press. Friedmann, John. (1987b). ‘The Terrain of Planning Theory.” In Planning in the Public Domain: From Knowledge to Action. [Reprint-PSC, 1987]. Friend, John K., and Jessop, W. N. (1969). Local Government and Strategic Choice: An Operational Research Approach to the Process of Public Planning. London: Tavistock. Friend, John K. et al. (1974). Public Planning: The Inter-Corporate Dimension. London, Tavistock Publication. Friend, John, and Allen Hickling. (1987). Planning Under Pressure: The Strategic Choice Approach. 2nd ed. Boston: Butterworth-Heinemann. Bibliographical References to the Volume II 71

Frisch, Ragnar. (1976). Economic Planning Studies. A Collection of Essays edited posthumous, by Frank Long, D. Reidel Publishing Company. Healey P. Mcdougall G. and M.J. Thomas (1982). Planning Theory: Prospects for the 1980's. Hirschman, Albert O. (1977). The Passion and the Interests. Princeton, NJ: inceton University Press. Hirschman, Albert O. (1986). Rival Views of Market Society and Other Recent Essays. New York: Viking. Hirschman, Albert O. (1991). The Rhetoric of Reaction: Perversity, Futility, Jeopardy. Cambridge, MA: Belknap Press. Hutchison, T.W. (1964). ‘Positive’ Economics and Policy Objectives. London, George Allen & Unwin Ltd. Kindler J. and Kiss I. (1984). Future Methodology Based on Post Assumption. Rethinking the Process of Operational Research and Systems Analysis. R. Tomlinson and I. Kiss. Oxford, Pergamon. Lawson Tony (1997), Economics and Reality, London, Routledge. Lichfield N. et al., (1975). Evaluation in the Planning Process. Oxford: Pergamon Press. Lichfield N. (1975). “A Comparison of the Planning Balance Sheet with the Goals Achivement Matrix Method of Evaluation.” In: Evaluation in the Planning Process, edited by Lichfield N. et alii, Kettle P. and Whitebread M. Oxford: Pergamon Press. Lichfield N. and Darin-Drabkin H. (1980). Land Policy in Planning. London: Allen & Unwin. Lichfield N. (1990). ‘Plan Evaluation Methodology: Comprehending the Conclusions’ In: Evaluation Methods for Urban and Regional Plans, edited by D. Shefer and H. Voogd. London: Pion. Lichfield N. (1996). Community Impact Evaluation. London: University College of London Press. Lichfield N. et al., Ed. (1998). Evaluation in Planning: Facing the Challenge of Complexity. Dordrecht, Holland: Kluwer Academic Press. Lindblom Charles E. (1965). The Intelligence of Democracy. New York: Free Press. Lindblom Charles E. (1968). The Policy Making Process. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice Hall. Joas Hans (1993). Pragmatism and Social Theory. Chicago, University of Chicago Press. March J.G. (1988). Decisions and Organizations. Oxford: Basil Blackwell. March J.G.,(1999). The Pursuit of Organizational Intelligence. Oxford, Blackwell. McLoughlin J.B. (1969). Urban and Regional Planning: A System Approach. London: Faber and Faber. Meade James E. (1968). The Theory of Indicative Planning. Manchester: Manchester University Press. Meade James E. Agathopia: The Economics of Partnership. Aberdeen: Aberdeen University Press, 1989. Meade James, E. Liberty, Equality and Efficiency. London: Macmillan, 1993. Meyerson, Martin. (1956). ‘Building the Middle-Range Bridge to Comprehensive Planning’, Journal of the American Institute of Planners XXII (1956). Mishan Edward J. (1976). Cost-Benefit Analysis: An Introduction. New York: Praeger. Mishan Edward J. (1981). Introduction to Normative Economics. New York: Oxford University Press. Myrdal, Gunnar (1973). Against the Stream: Critical Essays on Economics. New York, Pantheon Books. Paris Chris, Ed. (1982). Critical Readings in Planning Theory. Oxford, Pergamon. Perloff Harvey S. (1957). Education for Planning: City, State, and Regional. Baltimore: John Hopkins University Press. Perloff Harvey S. (1969a). The Quality of the Urban Environment: Essays on “New Ressources” in an Urban Age. Baltimore, John Hopkins Press. Perloff Harvey S. (1969b). A Framework for Dealing with Urban Environment. The Quality of the Urban Environment. Essay on “New Resources” in an Urban Age. H. S. Perloff. Washington, DC, Resources for the Future Inc. Robinson Ira M. (1972). Decision-making in Urban Planning: An Introduction to New Methodologies, Beverly Hill, CA, Sage. 72 Bibliographical References to the Volume II

Simon Herbert. A. (1962). ‘The Architecture of Complexity.’ In: Proceedings of the American Philosophical Society (106). Simon Herbert. A. (1969). The Sciences of the Artificial. Cambridge, MA, MIT Press. Tomlinson, Rolfe and Kiss Istvàn, Ed. (1984). Rethinking the Process of Operational Research and Systems Analysis. Oxford, Pergamon. Warfield J. N. (1976). Societal Systems: Planning, Policy and Complexity. New York: Wiley. Webber, M. M. et alii, ed. (1964a). Explorations into Urban Structure. Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania Press. Webber M. M. (1964b). ‘The Urban Place and the Non-Place Urban Realm.’ In: Explorations into Urban Structure, etc. edited by M.M. Webber et alii. Philadelphia, University of Pennsylvania Press. Webber M. M. (1968). ‘The Post-City Age.’ In Daedalus, Fall: 1091–1110.

Bibliographical References to the Chapter 4 (Vol. II) Alexander E.R. (1986). Approaches to Planning: Introducing Current Planning Theories, Concepts and Issues. New York, Gordon and Breach. Alexander Ernest R. (1998). Rationality Revisited: Planning Paradigms in a Post-postmodernist Perspective. Planning Theory Conference, Oxford Brookes University, 2-4 April, School of Planning. Alexander E R., ed. (2006) Evaluation in Planning. Evolution and Prospects. Aldershot (England,GB): Ashgate. Archibugi, Franco. (1971). Un Quadro contabile per la pianificazione nazionale, [An accounting frame for the national planning] in: V. Cao-Pinna, ed., Econometria e Pianificazione [Econometrics and Planning], Etas-Kompass, Milano. Archibugi, Franco. (1974). A System of Models for the National Long-Term Planning Process, UN-ECE Seminar on The Use of Systems of Models in Planning, UNECE Conference, Moscow, 2–11 Dec 1974 (Revised version: The Configuration of a System of Models as an Instrument for the Comprehensive Management of the Economy, Paper for the ‘XII International Input-Output Conference’, Seville, 1993. Archibugi, Franco. (2000). The Associative Economy: Insights beyond Welfare State and into Post-capitalism, London, Macmillan, 2000. Arrow, J. Kenneth and Debreu G. (1954). ‘Existence of an Equilibrium for a Competitive Economy’ Econometrica 22(3): 265–290. Banfield, Edward C. (1961). Political Influence, The Free Press of Glencoe, New York. Black M. (1961). An anthology on Talcott Parsons. Churchman, C. W. (1961). Prediction and Optimal Decision. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-Hall. Dewey John (1925). Experience and Nature. Dewey John.(1929), ‘The Quest for Certainty: a Study of the Relations of Knowledge and Action’, The Journal of Philosophy, 1930 Dewey John (1935). Liberalism and social Action Dewey John (1939) Theory of Valuation Dewey John (1944). Some questions about Value, The Journal of Philosophy, Vol 41 (17) Drewnowski, J. (1974). On Measuring and Planning the Quality of Life, Mouton, The Hague, 1974. Edwards, W. (1961). ‘Behavioural Decision Theory’, Annual Review of Psychology, No. 12, pp. 473–498. Edwards, W. (1972). ‘Social Utilities’ The Engineering Economist Sumner Symposium, IV: 119– 129. Fox K.A. (1974a). Social Indicators and Social Theory: Elements of an Operational System. New York, Wiley. [Chapters titles]: a)‘Social Science Concepts Relevant to a System of Social Accounts’. b)‘National Goals Accounting and Policy Models’. Chap. 7 c)‘Social Indicators and Models for Cities and Regions’. Chap. 8 d) ‘Cities and regions’ Chap. 12, e) ‘National World Models and Data’. Chap. 13. Bibliographical References to the Volume II 73

f) ‘National Goals Accounting and Policy Models’. g)‘Accounts and Indicators for the Higher Education Sector’. Fox, K.A. (1985). Social System Accounts: Linking Social and Economic Indicators Through Tangible behaviour Settings. Dordecht, Reidel Publishing Company. Included chapters: (a) ‘The Classification of Stocks of Physical Capital and Consumer Durables ‘Linking Social and Economic Indicators through Tangible Behavior. (b) ‘The Classification of Roles in Social System Accounts’. (c) ‘Social System Accounts Based on Behavior Settings: Some Next Steps’. (d) ‘The Classification and Delineation of Communities and Regions in Social System Accounts’ Gross, B.M. (1966a). ‘Activating National Plans.’ In: Operational Research and the Social Sciences, edited by J. R. Lawrence. London: Tavistock. Gross, B.M. (1966b). ‘The State of the Nation: Social Systems Accounting.’ In: Social Indicators, edited by R. A Bauer. Cambridge: MIT Press. Harsanyi, J.C. (1962). ‘Measurement of Social Power, Opportunity Costs and the Theory of Two Persons Bargaining Games’, Behavioural Science, 7 (67–80). Holden Barry (2000). Global Democracy. In: The changing contours of political community: rethinking democracy in the context of globalization, The lords of peace: from the Holy Alliance to the new interntional criminal tribunals, Neither cosmopolitanism nor realism: a response to Danilo Zolo. Key Debates. London, Routledge. Isard W. et alii (1969). General Theory: Social, Political, Economic, and Regional, with Particular Reference to Decision- Making Analysis. Cambridge, Mass., MIT Press. James William (1907) Pragmatismo (Pragmatism: A New Name for Some Old Ways of Thinking). James William (1909) Un universo pluralistico (A Pluralistic Universe). Kuhn, A. (1963). The study of scoiety-A unified approach, Richard D. Irwin, Inc., The Dorsey Press, Inc. McClelland, D. C. et alii (1953). The Achievement Motive. New York, Appleton-Century-Crofts. McClelland D.C. (1961). The Achieving Society. Princeton, NJ, Van Nostrand. Parsons T. & Shils E. A. (1951). Toward a General Theory of Action. Cambridge, MA, Harvard University Press. Parsons T., R. F. Bales & E. A. Shils, (1953). Working Papers in the Theory of Action. Glencoe, IL, The Free Press. Parsons T. & N. J. Smelser (1957). Economy and Society, A Study in Integration of Economic and Social Theory. Routledge and Kegan Paul, London. Simon Herbert A. (1941). Administrative Behavior. London, Macmillan. Simon Herbert. A. (1957). Models of Man. Social and Rational. New York, Wiley & Sons Inc. Simon Herbert. A. (1960). The New Science of Management Decision. New York, Harper & Row.

Bibliographical References to the Chapter 5 (Vol. II) Ackoff, R.L. (1960). “Systems, Organizations and Interdisciplinary Research.” In General Systems Yearbook, Society for General Systems Research 5: 1–18. Ackoff, R.L. and Sasieni, M.W. (1968). Fundamentals of Operations Research. New York: John Wiley and Sons. Ackoff, R.L. and Emery, F.E. (1972). On Purposeful Systems. Chicago: Aldine-Atherton, 1972. Ackoff, R.L. (1974). Redesigning the Future: A Systems Approach to Societal Problems. New York: Wiley. Archibugi, Franco. (1992a). Introduction to Planology: A Survey of Developments Toward the Integration of Planning Sciences. Rome, Planning Studies Centre. Archibugi, Franco. (1992b). ‘The resetting of planning studies’, In: A. Kuklinski, ed., Society, Science, Government, Warsaw: KBN. Archibugi, Franco. (1996). Towards a New Strategy of Integrations of Cities into their Regional Environments in the Countries of the , (with special Respect to France, Germany, Great Britain and Italy). [An Ongoing Report of the Study promoted by the (DGXII) presented to the ‘Second United Nations Conference on Human Settlements (Habitat II)’, Istanbul, June 3–4 1996]. [Available also in. www.francoarchibugi.it]. 74 Bibliographical References to the Volume II

Archibugi, Franco. (1998). ‘Planning Theory: Reconstruction or Requiem for Planning?’ (Presented to the Planning Theory Conference, Oxford 2–4 April 1998). [Available also in. www.francoarchibugi.it]. Archibugi, Franco. (1999). Introductory lectures of Strategic Planning, High School of Public Administration, Rome. Archibugi, Franco. (2000). ‘The ‘programming approach’: Methodological considerations based on the contributions by Frisch, Tinbergen and Leontief ’, paper presented to the EAEPE Conference 2000 (Berlin 2–5 November 2000). [Available also in. www.francoarchibugi.it]. Archibugi Franco (2000). The Associative Economy: Insights beyond the Welfare State and into Post-Capitalism. London, Palgrave Macmillan. Beer, A. Stafford. (1966). Decision and Control: The Meaning of Operational Research and Management Cybernetics. London: Wiley. Beer, A. Stafford. (1974). Designing Freedom. London: Wiley. Berle, Adolf A. Jr. and Means, G. (1932). The Modern Corporation and , Harcourt, Brace & World. Berlinski, D. (1976). On System Analysis: An Essay Concerning the Limitations of some Mathematical Methods in the Social, Political, and Biological Sciences. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. Bunge, Mario. (1962). Intuition and Science. Prentice-Hall. Chestnut, Harold. (1965). Systems Engineering Tools. New York: Wiley. Chestnut, Harold. (1967). Systems Engineering Methods. New York:Wiley. Churchman, C. W. (1961). Prediction and Optimal Decision. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-Hall. Churchman, C. W., and Emery, F. E. (1966). ‘On Various Approaches to the Study of Organizations’. In: J. R. Lawrence ed., Operational Research and the Social Sciences. London: Tavistock. Churchman, C. W. (1957). An Introduction to Operations Research. Churchman C. West (1961). Prediction and Optimal Decision: Philosophical Issues of a Science of Values. Englewood Cliffs, N.J., Prentice-Hall. Churchman C.W. and Emery F.E. (1966). On Various Approaches to the Study of Organizations. Operational Research and the Social Sciences. J. R. Lawrence. London, Tavistock. Churchman, C. West. (1968). The Systems Approach. New York, Delta. Churchman, C. West. (1979). The Systems Approach and Its Enemies. New York, Basic Books. Churchman, C. West and Verhulst, M. (1960). Management Sciences. New York, Pergamon Press. Dewey, John. (1944). Some questions about Value, The Journal of Philosophy, Vol. 41 (17). Drucker, P.F. (1954). The Practice of Management. New York, Harper. Drucker, P.F. (1964). Managing for Result; Economic Tasks and Risk-Taking Decisions. New York, Harper. Drucker, P.F. (1993). Post-Capitalist Society. New York, Harper Collins. Drucker Peter F. (1996). The Executive in Action. New York, Harper Business. Friedmann, John. (1987a). Planning in the Public Domain: From Knowledge to Action. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press. Friedmann, John. (1987b). ‘The Terrain of Planning Theory.” In Planning in the Public Domain: From Knowledge to Action. [Reprint-PSC, 1987]. Frisch, R. (1965). ‘General Outlook on a method of advanced and democratic macroeconomic planning’, (paper presented at CIME Study Week, L’Aquila, 29 Agosto–7 Settembre 1965). In: de Finetti ed., Mathematical Optimization in Economics, Roma: Cremonese Edizioni 1966. Hall, A.D. III (1962). A Methodology for Systems Engineeering. Princeton, Van Nostrand. Hall, A.D. III (1969). ‘Three-Dimensional Morphology of System Engineering.’, IEEE Trans. Syst. Sci. Cybern. SSC 5(2): 156–160. Haveman, Robert H. and Margolis, Julius (1970). Public Expenditures and Policy Analysis. Chicago, Markham Rand McNally. Hicks, J. (1979). Causality in economics. Oxford, Basil Blackwell. Holden Barry (2000). Global Democracy. London, Routledge. Kaufmann, A. (1968). Le tecniche decisionali: introduzione alla praxeologia. [Decisional techniques. Introduction to Praxiology.]. Milano, Il Saggiatore. Bibliographical References to the Volume II 75

Kotarbinski T. (1965). Praxiology: An Introduction to the Science of Efficient Action. Oxford, Pergamon Press. Leontief W. (1976a). ‘National Economic Planning: Methods and Problems.’ In: Leontief W. and H. Stein (eds) The Economic System in an Age of Discontinuity: Long-range Planning or Market Reliance, New York University Press. (Republished. in Essays in Economics, Vol. 2, Theories, Facts and Policies, Blackwell, Oxford, 1977. Leontief, Wassily (1976b). ‘An Information System for Policy Decision in a Modern Economy’. In: Forging America’s Future, [Strategies for National Growth Development. Washington, DC, Report of ‘The Advisory Committee on National Growth Policy Process’. Vols. 3]. Lewis C.I. (1946). An Analysis of Knowledge and Valuation, Open Court. Lilienfeld R. (1978). The Rise of Systems Theory: An Ideological Analysis. New York, Wiley. Newcomer E. K., Ed. (1997). Using Performance Measurement to Improve Public and Nonprofit Programs. San Francisco, Jossey-Bass Publisher. Ozbekhan H. and G. E. Talbert, Ed. (1969). Business and Government Long-Range Planning: Impacts Problems Opportunities. Providence, RI, Institute of management Sciences. Parsons T. & Shils E. A. (1951). Toward a General Theory of Action. Cambridge, MA, Harvard University Press. Piaget J. and Garcia R. (1971). Understanding Causality. New York, Northon, 1974. Quade Edward S. (1975). Analysis for Public Decisions. New York, American Elsevier. Quade E.S. and Boucher, W. I. (1968). Systems Analysis and Policy Planning, Applications in Defense. New York, American Elsevier. Rizzo M.J. (1978). Praxeology and Econometrics: a critique of positivist economics. New Directions in Austrian methodology. L.M.Spadaro. Kansas City, Sheed Andrews & McMeel. Roemer J. (1993). ‘A pragmatic theory of responsability for the egalitarian planner’. Phil.&Publ.Affairs 10, 146. Roemer J. (1996). Theories of distributive Justice. Cambridge, MA, Harvard University Press. Ruffolo G. (1967). La grande impresa nella società moderna. [The great corporation in the modern society], Laterza, Bari. Simon Herbert A. (1941). Administrative Behavior. London, Macmillan. Simon Herbert. A. (1957). Models of Man. Social and Rational. New York, Wiley & Sons Inc. Simon Herbert. A. (1960). The New Science of Management Decision. New York, Harper & Row. Simon Herbert. A. (1962). ‘The Architecture of Complexity.’ In: Proceedings of the American Philosophical Society (106). Simon Herbert. A. (1969). The Sciences of the Artificial. Cambridge, Mass., MIT Press. Simon Herbert. A. (1983). Reason in Human Affairs. Stanford, Stanford U.P. Sinden J. A. and A. C. Worrell (1979). Unpriced Values: Decisions Without Market Prices. New York, Wiley. Taylor Frederick W. (1919). The Principles of Scientific Management. New York, Harper & Bros. Tinbergen, J. (1971a). Two Approaches to the Future: Planning Vs. Forecasting, [mimeo]. Tinbergen, J. (1971b). Comment faut-il étudier l’avenir?, pp. 1–2. Warfield J. N. (1976). Societal Systems: Planning, Policy and Complexity. New York: Wiley.

Bibliographical References to the Chapter 6 (Vol. II) Bremer S. A. (1987). The Globus Model. Berlin, Globus Research Group. Holden Barry (2000). Global Democracy. Key Debates. London, Routledge. Hout, W (1993) Capitalism and the Third World: Development, dependence and the World System; Kleinknecht A.& E.Mandel, Historical Capitalism with Capitalist Civilization. (London: Verso, l983) [tr. Italian l985] Mises L. von (1962), The Ultimate Foundation of Economic Science. An Essay on Method. Van Nostrand, (Princeton, etc, 1962). Popper Karl R. (1945). The and his enemies [vol.1 The spell of Plato; vol 2 The high tide of profecy: Hegel, Marx and the aftermath.]. Popper Karl R. (1959). The logic of scientific discovery. London, Hutchinson. 76 Bibliographical References to the Volume II

Popper Karl R. (1972). Objective knowledge - An evolutionary approach (orig. 1942). Oxford, Clarendon Press. Popper Karl R. (1974). Unended Quest An Intellectual Autobiography. London and New York, Routledge Classics. Sanderson, S (1955) Civilizations and World Systems; Shannon, T (1989) An introduction to the World System Perspective. Schumpeter J.A. (1942). Capitalism, Socialism, and Democracy. London, Allen & Unwin. Soros, George. (1998). The Crisis of Global Capitalism. Open Society Endangered. London: Little, Brown and Company. Soros G. and Notturno Mark A. (2000). Science and the Open Society: The Future of Karl Popper's Philosophy, Central European University Press. Soros George (2003). George Soros on Globalization. Soros George (2004). The Bubble of American Supremacy. It. trans.: Casale Monferrat, PIEMME. Soros George (2006). The Age of Fallability: Consequences of the War on Terror, PublicAffairs. Soros George (2008). The New Paradigm for Finacial Markets: The Credit Crisis of 2008 and What It Means, Large Print. Soros George (2012). Financial Turmoil in Europe and the United States: Essays, PublicAffairs. Soros George (2014). The Tragedy of the European Union: Disintegration or Revival?, PublicAffairs. Wallerstein I. (1974)The Modern World System Wallerstein I.,( l979)The Capitalist World-Economy, Cambridge Univ. Press; Wallerstein I. (1982), World-Systems Analysis: Theory and Methodology. Beverly Hills: Sage. Wallerstein I. and Hopkins T.K.(1996), The Age of Transition: Trajectory o f the World-System, 1945-2025. [tr. Ital. 1997] Wallerstein I. (2001). Unthinking social science: the limits of nineteenth-Century paradigms (new ed. with a new preface), Temple University Press Wallerstein I. (2000). The essential Wallerstein, New Press. Wallerstein I. (2001). Unthinking social science: the limits of nineteenth-Century paradigms (new ed. with a new preface), Temple University Press

Bibliographical References to the Chapter 7 (Vol. II) Acocella N. (2019), Rediscovering Economic Policy as a Discipline, Cambridge University Press. Ackoff, R.L. and Churchman, W.C. (1950). “Purposive Behavior and Cybernetics.” In: Social Forces 29: 32–39. Ackoff, R.L. (1969). “Institutional Functions and Societal Needs.” Perspectives in Planning, 495– 500. Alexander, E.R. (1986). Approaches to Planning: Introducing Current Planning Theories, Concepts and Issues. New York, Gordon and Breach. Alexander Ernest, R. (1998). Rationality Revisited: Planning Paradigms in a Post-postmodernist Perspective. Planning Theory Conference, Oxford Brookes University, 2–4 April, School of Planning. Allison, Michael and Kaye, J. (1997). Strategic Planning for Nonprofit Organizations: A Practical Guide and Workbook. New York, Wiley. Amara, R. and Lipinski, A.J. (1983). Strategic Planning. Business Planning for an ....Uncertain Future. Scenarios & Strategies. Pergamon. Ansoff Igor et alii, Ed. (1976). From Strategic Planning to Strategic Management. New York, Wiley. Archibugi Daniele and Lundvall Bengt-Ake eds., Ed. (2001). The Globalizing Learning Economy. Oxford, Oxford University Press. Archibugi, Franco (1970). Rapporto sulla introduzione di un sistema di programmazione di bilancio in Italia. Roma. Archibugi, Franco. (1996). Towards a New Strategy of Integrations of Cities into their Regional Environments in the Countries of the European Union, (with special Respect to France, Germany, Great Britain and Italy). [An Ongoing Report of the Study promoted by the European Commission (DGXII) presented to the ‘Second United Nations Conference on Bibliographical References to the Volume II 77

Human Settlements (Habitat II)’, Istanbul, June 3–4 1996]. [Available also on. www.francoarchibugi.it]. Archibugi, Franco. (2000a). The Associative Economy: Insights beyond Welfare State and into Post-capitalism, London, Macmillan, 2000. Archibugi, Franco. (2000b). ‘The ‘programming approach’: Methodological considerations based on the contributions by Frisch, Tinbergen and Leontief ’, paper presented to the EAEPE Conference 2000 (Berlin 2–5 November 2000). [Available also in. www.francoarchibugi.it]. Atkinson A. B. (2002), Globalization and the European welfare state at the opening and the closing of the Twentieth Century, In H. Kierzkowski, ed, Europe and Globalisation. London: Palgrave Macmillan, chap. 12, pp 249-73. Atkinson A. B. (2013), Reducing income inequality in Europe, IZA Journal of European Labor Studies, 2 : 12, available at www.izajoels.com/content/2/1/12. Barry, W. Brian. (1997). Strategic Planning Workbook for Nonprofit Oraganizations, Amherst, H. Wilder Found., St Paul Mn. Bjerkoldt O. (2005), Markets, models and planning: the Norwegian experience, Department of Economics, University of Oslo, Memorandum no. 14. Bjerkoldt O. (2008), Ragnar Frisch on scientific economics, paper prepared for seminar in the Research Department of Bnaca d’Italia, 3 November. Bryson, John M. (1988). Strategic Planning for Public and Nonprofit Organizations A Guide to Strengthening and Sustaining Organizational Achievement. San Francisco, Jossey-Bass. Bryson, John M. and Robert, C. Einsweiler. (1988). The Future of Strategi Planning for Public Purposes. Strategic Planning: threats and opportunities for planners. J. M. B. a. R. C. Einsweiler. Chicago, Washington DC, Planners Press: 216–230. Carlson, J.W. (1970). The Status and Next Steps for Planning, Programming, and Budgeting. Public Expenditures and Policy analysis. H. R. H. a. M. J. Chicago, Rand McNally. Catanese, A.J. and Steiss, A.W. (1970). Systemic Planning: Theory and Application. Lexington, MA, Heath Lexington Books. Chadwick, George. (1971). A Systems View of Planning: Towards a Theory of the Urban and Regional Planning Process. Oxford: Pergamon Press. Including chapters: (a) ‘Plan or Programme?’ (b) ‘Planning as a Conceptual System.’ [Reprint, PSC, 1971] (c) ‘A Mixed- Programming Strategy.’ [Reprint PSC, 1971]. Dror, Y. (1971). Design for Policy Sciences. Amsterdam: Elsevier. Dror, Y. (1984). Policy Analysis for Advising Relers. Rethinking the Process of Operational Research and Systems Analysis. R. Tomlinson and I. Kiss. Oxford, Pergamon: 79–124. Drucker, P.F. (1964). Managing for Result; Economic Tasks and Risk-Taking Decisions. New York, Harper. Enthoven, A.C., and Smith, K.W. (1970). The Planning, Programming, and Budgeting System in the Department of Defense: An Overview from Experience. Public Expenditures and Policy analysis. H. R. H. a. M. J. Chicago, Rand McNally. Faludi, A. (1973a). Planning Theory. Oxford, Pergamon. Faludi, A., ed. (1973b). A Reader in Planning Theory. Oxford: Pergamon Press. Faludi, A. (1986a). Critical Rationalism and Planning Methodology. London, Pion Press. Faludi, A. (1986b). ‘The Philosophy of Sir Karl Popper and Its Relevance to Planning Methodology’. In Critical Rationalism and Planning Methodology, by A. Faludi, Part II. London: Pion. Fishburn, P.C. (1973). The Theory of Social Choice. Princeton, NJ, Princeton University Press. Fox K.A. (1967). “Functional Economic Areas and Consolidated Urban Regions of the United States.” Social Sciences Research Council (21). Fox K.A. (1971). Combining Economic and Non-Economic Objectives in Development Planning: Problems of Concepts and Measurement. Economic Development and Planning: Essays in Honour of Jan Tinbergen. W. Sellekaerts. London, Macmillan. Fox K.A. and Van Moeseke, P. (1973). Derivation and Implications of a Scalar Measure of Social Income. Economic Structure and Development: Essays in Honor of J. Tinbergen,. B. H. e. alii. New York, American Elsevier. 78 Bibliographical References to the Volume II

Fox K.A.et alii, S. J. K., et al. (1973). Economic Policy Models for Development Planning. The theory of Quantitative Economic Policy with applications to Economic Growth Stabilization and Planning. Fox K.a., Sengupta J.K. and Thorbecke E. Amsterdam, North-Holland: Chap 13 (chap ex liber). Fox K.A. (1973). Delimitations of Regions for Transportation Planning. Perspectives on Regional Trasportation Planning. J. S. De Salvo. Lexington Books, Lexington, Mass. Fox A.Karl (1974). Social Indicators and Social Theroy. Elements of an Operational System, Wiley & Sons, New York. Fox K.A. “Elements of an Operational System III: National and World Models and Data.”. Fox K.A. (1974). Cities and regions. Social indicators and Social theory: Elements of an Operational System. F. K. A. New York, Wiley: Chap. 12 (chap ex liber). Fox K.A. (1974). Accounts and Indicators for the Higher Education Sector. Social indicators and Social theory: Elements of an Operational System. F. K. A. New York, Wiley. Fox K.A. (1974). National Goals Accounting and Policy Models. Social indicators and Social theory: Elements of an Operational System. F. K.a. New York, Wiley: Chap. 7 (chap ex liber). Fox K.A. (1974). Social Science Concepts Relevant to a System of Social Accounts. Social indicators and Social theory: Elements of an Operational System. F. K.a. New York, Wiley: /Chap. 2 (chap ex liber). Fox K.A. (1974). Elements of an Operational System. II: Cities and Regions. Social Indicators and Social Theory. New York, Wiley. Fox K.A. (1980). “Philosophical Implications of a System of Social Accounts Based on Roger Barker's Ecological Psychology and a Scalar Measure of Total Income.” Philosophica 25: 33- 54. Fox K.A. and Gosh, S. (1981). A Behavior Setting Approach to Social Accounts Combining Concepts and Data from Ecological, Psychology, Economics, and Studies of Time Use. Social Accounting Systems. F. T. Juster and K. C. Land. New York, Academic Press. Fox K.A. (1983). “The Eco-Behavioral View of Human Societies and Its Implications for Systems Science.” International Journal of Systems Science 14(8): 895-914. Fox K.A. (1984). “Behavior Settings and Eco-Behavioral Science: A New Arena for Mathematical Social Science Permitting a Richer and More Coherent View of Human Activities in Social Systems.” Mathematical Social Sciences 7: 117- 65. Fox K.A. (1985a). The Classification of Behavior Settings in Social System Accounts. Social System accounts. F. K. A. Dordrecht, Reidel. Fox K.A. (1985b). The Classification of Stocks of Physical Capital and Consumer Durables in Social System Accounts. Dordrecht, Reidel. Fox K.A. (1985c). Some Broader Implications of Behavior Settings for the Social Sciences. Social System accounts. F. K. A. Dordrecht, Reidel. Fox K.A. (1985d). Behavior Settings and Objective Social Indicators. Social System Accounts: Linking Social and Economic Indicators Through Tangible Behaviour Settings. F. K. A. Dordrecht, Reidel. Fox K.A. (1985e). The Usefulness of Behavior Settings for Classifying and Describing Human Activities in a Community. Social System accounts. F. K. A. Dordrecht, Reidel. Fox K.A. (1985f). Social System Accounts Based on Behavior Settings: Some Next Steps. Social System Accounts. F. K. A. Dordrecht, Reidel. Fox K.A. (1985g). Social System Accounts: Linking Social and Economic Indicators Through Tangible Behaviour Settings. F. K. A. Dordrecht, Reidel. Fox K.A. (1985h). The Classification of Roles in Social System Accounts. Social System accounts. F. K. A. Dordrecht, Reidel. Fox K.A. (1985i). The Classification and Delineation of Communities and Regions in Social System Accounts. Social System accounts. F. K. A. Dordrecht, Reidel. Fox K.A. (1986). An Eco-Behavioral Approach to Social Systems Accounting, Time Allocation Matrices and Measures of the Quality of Life. Economic Psycology: Intersections in Theory and Application. A. J. MacFadyen and H. W. FacFadyen. Amsterdam, Elsevier Science Publishers. Bibliographical References to the Volume II 79

Fox K.A. and Miles, G. D. (1987). Systems Economics: Concepts, Models and Multidisciplinary Perspectives. Ames, Iowa State University Press. Fox K.A. (1987). The Eco-Behavioral View of Human Societies: Behavior Settings, Time Allocation Matrices and Social System Accounts. Systems Economics, Concepts, Models, and Multidisciplinary Perspectives. F. K. A. and M. D. G. Ames, Iowa, Iowa State University Press: 118-142. Fox K.A. (1987). Some Classic Examples of Systems Thinking in Several Sciences: Comment and Recommended Readings. Systems Economics, Concepts, Models, and Multidisciplinary Perspectives. F. K. A. and M. D. G. Ames, Iowa, Iowa State University Press: 207-237. Fox K A. (1990). The Eco - Behavioral approach to surveys and social accounts for rural communities. Ames, IOWA, Department of Economics, Iowa State University. Fox K.A. (1992). Describing and Measuring Socioeconomic Systems: Prerequisites to Planning. Paper prepared for the Palermo Conference Volume from the Conference on Planning Science, Palermo, Italy, 8-12 Sept. 1992. Fox K.A., Ed. (1992). Demand analysis, econometrics, and policy models, Iowa state university press / Ames. Friend, John K., and Jessop, W. N. (1969). Local Government and Strategic Choice: An Operational Research Approach to the Process of Public Planning. London: Tavistock. Friend, John K. et al. (1974). Public Planning: The Inter-Corporate Dimension. London, Tavistock Publication. Friend, John, and Allen Hickling. (1987). Planning Under Pressure: The Strategic Choice Approach. 2nd ed. Boston: Butterworth-Heinemann. Gage, R.W., and Mandell, M.P., Ed. (1990). Strategies for Managing Intergovernmental Policies and Networks. New York, Praeger. Hatry, Harry P. et alii (1973). Practical Program Evaluation for State and Local Goverment Officials. Washington, DC, Urban Institute. Hatry, Harry P. et alii (1990). Monitoring the Outcomes of Economic Development Programs: A Manual. Washington, DC, Urban Institute Press. Heal G. M. (1969), Planning without prices, Review of Economic Studies 36, 374-62, reprinted in M.J. Farrell, ed. Readings from the Review of Economic Studies in Welfare Economics. London: Macmillan (1973). Heal G. M. (1972), The theory of voting: Robin Farquharson, Journal of Public Economics 1(2): 277-80. Heal G. M. (1973), The theory of Economic Planning. Amsterdam: North Holland Heal G. M. (1987), Some analytical issues in long-run planning, International Journal of Development Planning 2(1): 14-28. Held David ‘From Executive to Cosmopolitan Multilateralism’, In Held D. and M.K. Archibugi, Eds (2003), Taming Globalization etc. Held David and Mathias Koenig-Archibugi, Ed. (2005). Global Governance and Public Accountability, Oxford (UK), Blackwell Publishing. Holden Barry (2000). Global Democracy. Key Debates. London, Routledge. Koteen, Jack. (1997). Strategic management in public and nonprofit organizations : managing public concerns in an era of limits, 2nd ed. Westport, CT, Praeger. Lawson Tony (1997), Economics and Reality, London, Routledge. Lee R.D. Jr. and Johnson R.W. (1977). Public Budgeting Systems. Baltimore, University Park Press. Lerner A.P. (1951). Economics of employment, McGraw-Hill company. Keohane O. Robert ‘Global Governance and Democratic Accountability’, In Held D. and M.K. Archibugi, Eds (2003), Taming Globalization etc. Malm Allan T. (1975). Strategic Planning Systems: A Framework for Analysis and Design. Lund, Studentlitteratur. Marvin K. E. and Rouse, A. M. (1970). The Status of PPB in Federal Agencies: A Comparative Perspective. Public Expenditures and Policy analysis. Haveman R.H. and Margolis J. Chicago, Rand McNally. 80 Bibliographical References to the Volume II

McLaughlin Kate et al., S. P. Osborne, et al., Eds. (2002). New Public Management: Current Trends and Future Prospects. London, Routledge. McLoughlin J.B. (1969). Urban and Regional Planning: A System Approach. London: Faber and Faber. McMoskow, M.H. (1978). Strategic Planning in Business and Government. Mushkin, Selma J., and Willcox, Marjorie. (1968). An Operative PPB System: ACollaborative Undertaking in the States. State-Local Finances Project: GeorgeWashington University. Moore Mark H. (1995). Creating Public Value. Strategic Management in Government. Cambridge Massachusetts, Harvard University Press. Patton C. V. and Sawicki, D. S. (1986). Basic Methods of Policy Analysis and Planning. Englewood Cliffs, NJ, Prentice-Hall. Phelps Edmund (1990). Seven Schools of Macroeconomic Thought, Oxford University Press. Quade E.S. and Boucher, W. I. (1968). Systems Analysis and Policy Planning, Applications in Defense. New York, American Elsevier. Rivlin A. M. et alii (1970). ‘The Planning, Programming and Budgeting System in the Department of Health, Education and Welfare: Some Lessons form Experience’. In: Public Expenditures and Policy analysis. Chicago, Rand McNally: (chap. 21). Rivlin A. M. (1971). Systematic Thinking for Social Action. Washington DC, Brookings Institution. Rivlin A. M. (1973). ‘Measuring Performance in Education’. In:The Measurement of Economic and Social Performance, New York, Columbia University Press. Rivlin A. M. (1974). ‘Social Experiments: their Uses and Limitations.’ In: Monthly Labour Review.1974. Shaller, Hermann I. (1976). Unified planning and budgeting in a free society. Adelphi, MD, Oakview Book Press. Seidel-Kwem, Brunhilde (1983). Strategische Planung in Oeffentlichen Verwaltungen. Berlin, Duncker-Humboldt. Simon Herbert A. (1941). Administrative Behavior. London, Macmillan. Simon Herbert. A. (1960). The New Science of Management Decision. New York, Harper & Row. Simon Herbert. A. (1983). Reason in Human Affairs. Stanford, Stanford University Press. Sinden J. A. and A. C. Worrell (1979a). Unpriced Values: Decisions Without Market Prices. New York, Wiley. Sinden J. A. and Worrell A. C. (1979b). ‘Estimation of Social Values’ (chap ex liber). Unpriced Values. Decisions Without Market Prices. Sinden J. A. and W. A. C. New York, Wiley: (Chap. 17). Steiner H. (1979). Conflict in Urban Transportation. Lexington, MA, Heath Lexington Books. Stiglitz E.Joseph (2010). The 'Stigliltz Report' :Reforming the International Monetary and Financial Systems in the Wake of the Global Crisis, New Press. New York, New Press. Taylor, Bernard and Hawkins, K., Ed. (1972). A Handbook of Strategic Planning. London, Longman. Tinbergen, Jan. (1956a). Economic Policy: Principles and Design. Amsterdam, North-Holland. Tinbergen, Jan (1956b). The Design of Development. Rotterdam, Netherlands Economic University. Tinbergen, Jan (1963a). The Economic Framework of Regional Planning. Vatican City, Pontificiae Academiae Scientiarum. (Abstract from the Proceedings). Tinbergen, Jan (1963b). Project Appraisal: A Traditional Approach. Calcutta, Statistical Publishing Society U.P.: 3–41. Tinbergen, Jan (1964). ‘Optimal Planning’. In: Central Planning. New Haven, Yale University Press. Tinbergen Jan (1967). Lo sviluppo e pianificazione. J. Tinbergen. Milano, Il Saggiatore. Tinbergen, Jan (1969a). Gunnar Myrdal on Planning Models. Bangkok, UN Asian Institute for Economic Development and Planning. Tinbergen, Jan (1969b). ‘International Planning of Peaceful Economic Development’. Eds. R. Jungk and J. Galtung. Mankind 2000. Oslo/London, Universitetsforlaget/Allen and Unwin. Bibliographical References to the Volume II 81

Tregoe B.B. and Zimmerman, J. W. (1980). Top Management Strategy: What It Is How to Make It Work. New York, Simon and Schuster. UN Centre for Housing Building and Planning (1974). The Integration of Economic and Physical Planning. Draft Report of a Meeting held in, New York, Sept. 1973. UNRISD. (1975). Report on a Unified Approach to Development Analysis and Planning. 24th Session of UN Commission for Social Development, 6–24 Jan., 1975. UNRISD. (1980). The Quest for a Unified Approach to Development. Wholey S. Joseph et alii, P. H. Hatry, et al., Eds. (1994). Handbook of Practical Program Evaluation. San Francisco, Jossey-Bass Publishers.

Bibliographical References to the Chapter 8 (Vol. II) Ackoff, R.L. and Churchman, W.C. (1950). “Purposive Behavior and Cybernetics.” In: Social Forces 29: 32–39. Ackoff, R.L. (1969). “Institutional Functions and Societal Needs.” Perspectives in Planning, 495– 500. Alexander, E.R. (1986). Approaches to Planning: Introducing Current Planning Theories, Concepts and Issues. New York, Gordon and Breach. Alexander Ernest, R. (1998). Rationality Revisited: Planning Paradigms in a Post-postmodernist Perspective. Planning Theory Conference, Oxford Brookes University, 2–4 April, School of Planning. Allison, Michael and Kaye, J. (1997). Strategic Planning for Nonprofit Organizations: A Practical Guide and Workbook. New York, Wiley. Amara, R. and Lipinski, A.J. (1983). Strategic Planning. Business Planning for an Uncertain Future. Scenarios & Strategies. Pergamon. Ansoff Igor et alii, Ed. (1976). From Strategic Planning to Strategic Management. New York, Wiley. Archibugi Daniele and Lundvall Bengt-Ake eds., Ed. (2001). The Globalizing Learning Economy. Oxford, Oxford University Press. Archibugi, Franco (1970). Rapporto sulla introduzione di un sistema di programmazione di bilancio in Italia. Roma. Archibugi, Franco. (1996). Towards a New Strategy of Integrations of Cities into their Regional Environments in the Countries of the European Union, (with special Respect to France, Germany, Great Britain and Italy). [An Ongoing Report of the Study promoted by the European Commission (DGXII) presented to the ‘Second United Nations Conference on Human Settlements (Habitat II)’, Istanbul, June 3–4 1996]. [Available also in. www.francoarchibugi.it]. Archibugi, Franco. (2000a). The Associative Economy: Insights beyond Welfare State and into Post-capitalism, London, Macmillan, 2000. Archibugi, Franco. (2000b). ‘The ‘programming approach’: Methodological considerations based on the contributions by Frisch, Tinbergen and Leontief ’, paper presented to the EAEPE Conference 2000 (Berlin 2–5 November 2000). [Available also in. www.francoarchibugi.it]. Barry, W. Brian. (1997). Strategic Planning Workbook for Nonprofit Oraganizations, Amherst, H. Wilder Found., St Paul Mn. Bjerkoldt O. (2005), Markets, models and planning: the Norwegian experience, Department of Economics, University of Oslo, Memorandum no. 14. Bjerkoldt O. (2008), Ragnar Frisch on scientific economics, paper prepared for seminar in the Research Department of Bnaca d’Italia, 3 November. Bryson, John M. (1988). Strategic Planning for Public and Nonprofit Organizations A Guide to Strengthening and Sustaining Organizational Achievement. San Francisco, Jossey-Bass. Bryson, John M. and Robert, C. Einsweiler. (1988). The Future of Strategi Planning for Public Purposes. Strategic Planning: threats and opportunities for planners. J. M. B. a. R. C. Einsweiler. Chicago, Washington DC, Planners Press: 216–230. Carlson, J.W. (1970). The Status and Next Steps for Planning, Programming, and Budgeting. Public Expenditures and Policy analysis. H. R. H. a. M. J. Chicago, Rand McNally. 82 Bibliographical References to the Volume II

Catanese, A.J. and Steiss, A.W. (1970). Systemic Planning: Theory and Application. Lexington, MA, Heath Lexington Books. Chadwick, George. (1971). A Systems View of Planning: Towards a Theory of the Urban and Regional Planning Process. Oxford: Pergamon Press. Including chapters: (a) ‘Plan or Programme?’ (b) ‘Planning as a Conceptual System.’ [Reprint, PSC, 1971] (c) ‘A Mixed- Programming Strategy.’ [Reprint PSC, 1971]. Dror, Y. (1971). Design for Policy Sciences. Amsterdam: Elsevier. Dror, Y. (1984). Policy Analysis for Advising Relers. Rethinking the Process of Operational Research and Systems Analysis. R. Tomlinson and I. Kiss. Oxford, Pergamon: 79–124. Drucker, P.F. (1964). Managing for Result; Economic Tasks and Risk-Taking Decisions. New York, Harper. Enthoven, A.C., and Smith, K.W. (1970). The Planning, Programming, and Budgeting System in the Department of Defense: An Overview from Experience. Public Expenditures and Policy analysis. H. R. H. a. M. J. Chicago, Rand McNally. Faludi, A. (1973a). Planning Theory. Oxford, Pergamon. Faludi, A., ed. (1973b). A Reader in Planning Theory. Oxford: Pergamon Press. Faludi, A. (1986a). Critical Rationalism and Planning Methodology. London, Pion Press. Faludi, A. (1986b). ‘The Philosophy of Sir Karl Popper and Its Relevance to Planning Methodology’. In Critical Rationalism and Planning Methodology, by A. Faludi, Part II. London: Pion. Fishburn, P.C. (1973). The Theory of Social Choice. Princeton, NJ, Princeton University Press. Fox K.A. (1967). “Functional Economic Areas and Consolidated Urban Regions of the United States.” Social Sciences Research Council (21). Fox K.A. (1971). Combining Economic and Non-Economic Objectives in Development Planning: Problems of Concepts and Measurement. Economic Development and Planning: Essays in Honour of Jan Tinbergen. W. Sellekaerts. London, Macmillan. Fox K.A. and Van Moeseke, P. (1973). Derivation and Implications of a Scalar Measure of Social Income. Economic Structure and Development: Essays in Honor of J. Tinbergen,. B. H. e. alii. New York, American Elsevier. Fox K.A.et alii, S. J. K., et al. (1973). Economic Policy Models for Development Planning. The theory of Quantitative Economic Policy with applications to Economic Growth Stabilization and Planning. Fox K.a., Sengupta J.K. and Thorbecke E. Amsterdam, North-Holland: Chap 13 (chap ex liber). Fox A.Karl (1974). Social Indicators and Social Theroy. Elements of an Operational System, Wiley & Sons, New York. Fox K.A. (1973). Delimitations of Regions for Transportation Planning. Perspectives on Regional Trasportation Planning. J. S. De Salvo. Lexington Books, Lexington, Mass. Fox K.A. “Elements of an Operational System III: National and World Models and Data.”. Fox K.A. (1974). Cities and regions. Social indicators and Social theory: Elements of an Operational System. F. K. A. New York, Wiley: Chap. 12 (chap ex liber). Fox K.A. (1974). Accounts and Indicators for the Higher Education Sector. Social indicators and Social theory: Elements of an Operational System. F. K. A. New York, Wiley. Fox K.A. (1974). National Goals Accounting and Policy Models. Social indicators and Social theory: Elements of an Operational System. F. K.a. New York, Wiley: Chap. 7 (chap ex liber). Fox K.A. (1974). Social Science Concepts Relevant to a System of Social Accounts. Social indicators and Social theory: Elements of an Operational System. F. K.a. New York, Wiley: Chap. 2 (chap ex liber). Fox K.A. (1974). Elements of an Operational System. II: Cities and Regions. Social Indicators and Social Theory. New York, Wiley. Fox K.A. (1980). “Philosophical Implications of a System of Social Accounts Based on Roger Barker's Ecological Psychology and a Scalar Measure of Total Income.” Philosophica 25: 33- 54. Fox K.A. and Gosh, S. (1981). A Behavior Setting Approach to Social Accounts Combining Concepts and Data from Ecological, Psychology, Economics, and Studies of Time Use. Social Accounting Systems. F. T. Juster and K. C. Land. New York, Academic Press. Bibliographical References to the Volume II 83

Fox K.A. (1983). “The Eco-Behavioral View of Human Societies and Its Implications for Systems Science.” International Journal of Systems Science 14(8): 895-914. Fox K.A. (1984). “Behavior Settings and Eco-Behavioral Science: A New Arena for Mathematical Social Science Permitting a Richer and More Coherent View of Human Activities in Social Systems.” Mathematical Social Sciences 7: 117- 65. Fox K.A. (1985a). The Classification of Behavior Settings in Social System Accounts. Social System accounts. F. K. A. Dordrecht, Reidel. Fox K.A. (1985b). The Classification of Stocks of Physical Capital and Consumer Durables in Social System Accounts. Dordrecht, Reidel. Fox K.A. (1985c). Some Broader Implications of Behavior Settings for the Social Sciences. Social System accounts. F. K. A. Dordrecht, Reidel. Fox K.A. (1985d). Behavior Settings and Objective Social Indicators. Social System Accounts: Linking Social and Economic Indicators Through Tangible Behaviour Settings. F. K. A. Dordrecht, Reidel. Fox K.A. (1985e). The Usefulness of Behavior Settings for Classifying and Describing Human Activities in a Community. Social System accounts. F. K. A. Dordrecht, Reidel. Fox K.A. (1985f). Social System Accounts Based on Behavior Settings: Some Next Steps. Social System Accounts. F. K. A. Dordrecht, Reidel. Fox K.A. (1985g). Social System Accounts: Linking Social and Economic Indicators Through Tangible Behaviour Settings. F. K. A. Dordrecht, Reidel. Fox K.A. (1985h). The Classification of Roles in Social System Accounts. Social System accounts. F. K. A. Dordrecht, Reidel. Fox K.A. (1985i). The Classification and Delineation of Communities and Regions in Social System Accounts. Social System accounts. F. K. A. Dordrecht, Reidel. Fox K.A. (1986). An Eco-Behavioral Approach to Social Systems Accounting, Time Allocation Matrices and Measures of the Quality of Life. Economic Psycology: Intersections in Theory and Application. A. J. MacFadyen and H. W. FacFadyen. Amsterdam, Elsevier Science Publishers. Fox K.A. and Miles, G. D. (1987). Systems Economics: Concepts, Models and Multidisciplinary Perspectives. Ames, Iowa State University Press. Fox K.A. (1987). The Eco-Behavioral View of Human Societies: Behavior Settings, Time Allocation Matrices and Social System Accounts. Systems Economics, Concepts, Models, and Multidisciplinary Perspectives. F. K. A. and M. D. G. Ames, Iowa, Iowa State University Press: 118-142. Fox K.A. (1987). Some Classic Examples of Systems Thinking in Several Sciences: Comment and Recommended Readings. Systems Economics, Concepts, Models, and Multidisciplinary Perspectives. F. K. A. and M. D. G. Ames, Iowa, Iowa State University Press: 207-237. Fox K A. (1990). The Eco - Behavioral approach to surveys and social accounts for rural communities. Ames, IOWA, Department of Economics, Iowa State University. Fox K.A. (1992). Describing and Measuring Socioeconomic Systems: Prerequisites to Planning. Paper prepared for the Palermo Conference Volume from the Conference on Planning Science, Palermo, Italy, 8-12 Sept. 1992. Fox K.A., Ed. (1992). Demand analysis, econometrics, and policy models, Iowa state university press / Ames. Friend, John K., and Jessop, W. N. (1969). Local Government and Strategic Choice: An Operational Research Approach to the Process of Public Planning. London: Tavistock. Friend, John K. et al. (1974). Public Planning: The Inter-Corporate Dimension. London, Tavistock Publication. Friend, John, and Allen Hickling. (1987). Planning Under Pressure: The Strategic Choice Approach. 2nd ed. Boston: Butterworth-Heinemann. Gage, R.W., and Mandell, M.P., Ed. (1990). Strategies for Managing Intergovernmental Policies and Networks. New York, Praeger. Hatry, Harry P. et alii (1973). Practical Program Evaluation for State and Local Goverment Officials. Washington, DC, Urban Institute. 84 Bibliographical References to the Volume II

Hatry, Harry P. et alii (1990). Monitoring the Outcomes of Economic Development Programs: A Manual. Washington, DC, Urban Institute Press. Heal G. M. (1969), Planning without prices, Review of Economic Studies 36, 374-62, reprinted in M.J. Farrell, ed. Readings from the Review of Economic Studies in Welfare Economics. London: Macmillan (1973). Heal G. M. (1972), The theory of voting: Robin Farquharson, Journal of Public Economics 1(2): 277-80. Heal G. M. (1973), The theory of Economic Planning. Amsterdam: North Holland Heal G. M. (1987), Some analytical issues in long-run planning, International Journal of Development Planning 2(1): 14-28. Held David ‘From Executive to Cosmopolitan Multilateralism’, In Held D. and M.K. Archibugi, Eds (2003), Taming Globalization etc. Held David and Mathias Koenig-Archibugi, Ed. (2005). Global Governance and Public Accountability, Oxford (UK), Blackwell Publishing. Hieronymi Otto and M. Lo Cascio (1916), A New Social Market Economy for the 21st Century, Emilio Fontela: Economist and Global Researcher,Aracne, Roma. Holden Barry (2000). Global Democracy. Key Debates. London, Routledge. Koteen, Jack. (1997). Strategic management in public and nonprofit organizations : managing public concerns in an era of limits, 2nd ed. Westport, CT, Praeger. Lawson Tony (1997), Economics and Reality, London, Routledge. Lee R.D. Jr. and Johnson R.W. (1977). Public Budgeting Systems. Baltimore, University Park Press. Lerner A.P. (1951). Economics of employment, McGraw-Hill company. Keohane O. Robert ‘Global Governance and Democratic Accountability’, In Held D. and M.K. Archibugi, Eds (2003), Taming Globalization etc. Malm Allan T. (1975). Strategic Planning Systems: A Framework for Analysis and Design. Lund, Studentlitteratur. Marvin K. E. and Rouse, A. M. (1970). The Status of PPB in Federal Agencies: A Comparative Perspective. Public Expenditures and Policy analysis. Haveman R.H. and Margolis J. Chicago, Rand McNally. McLaughlin Kate et al., S. P. Osborne, et al., Eds. (2002). New Public Management: Current Trends and Future Prospects. London, Routledge. McLoughlin J.B. (1969). Urban and Regional Planning: A System Approach. London: Faber and Faber. McMoskow, M.H. (1978). Strategic Planning in Business and Government. Mushkin, Selma J., and Willcox, Marjorie. (1968). An Operative PPB System: ACollaborative Undertaking in the States. State-Local Finances Project: GeorgeWashington University. Moore Mark H. (1995). Creating Public Value. Strategic Management in Government. Cambridge Massachusetts, Harvard University Press. Patton C. V. and Sawicki, D. S. (1986). Basic Methods of Policy Analysis and Planning. Englewood Cliffs, NJ, Prentice-Hall. Phelps Edmund (1990). Seven Schools of Macroeconomic Thought, Oxford University Press. Quade E.S. and Boucher, W. I. (1968). Systems Analysis and Policy Planning, Applications in Defense. New York, American Elsevier. Rivlin A. M. et alii (1970). ‘The Planning, Programming and Budgeting System in the Department of Health, Education and Welfare: Some Lessons form Experience’. In: Public Expenditures and Policy analysis. Chicago, Rand McNally: (chap. 21). Rivlin A. M. (1971). Systematic Thinking for Social Action. Washington DC, Brookings Institution. Rivlin A. M. (1973). ‘Measuring Performance in Education’. In:The Measurement of Economic and Social Performance, New York, Columbia University Press. Rivlin A. M. (1974). ‘Social Experiments: their Uses and Limitations.’ In: Monthly Labour Review.1974. Shaller, Hermann I. (1976). Unified planning and budgeting in a free society. Adelphi, MD, Oakview Book Press. Bibliographical References to the Volume II 85

Seidel-Kwem, Brunhilde (1983). Strategische Planung in Oeffentlichen Verwaltungen. Berlin, Duncker-Humboldt. Simon Herbert A. (1941). Administrative Behavior. London, Macmillan. Simon Herbert. A. (1960). The New Science of Management Decision. New York, Harper & Row. Simon Herbert. A. (1983). Reason in Human Affairs. Stanford, Stanford University Press. Sinden J. A. and A. C. Worrell (1979a). Unpriced Values: Decisions Without Market Prices. New York, Wiley. Sinden J. A. and Worrell A. C. (1979b). ‘Estimation of Social Values’ (chap ex liber). Unpriced Values. Decisions Without Market Prices. Sinden J. A. and W. A. C. New York, Wiley: (Chap. 17). Steiner H. (1979). Conflict in Urban Transportation. Lexington, MA, Heath Lexington Books. Stiglitz E.Joseph (2010). The 'Stigliltz Report' :Reforming the International Monetary and Financial Systems in the Wake of the Global Crisis, New Press. New York, New Press. Taylor, Bernard and Hawkins, K., Ed. (1972). A Handbook of Strategic Planning. London, Longman. Tinbergen, Jan. (1956a). Economic Policy: Principles and Design. Amsterdam, North-Holland. Tinbergen, Jan (1956b). The Design of Development. Rotterdam, Netherlands Economic University. Tinbergen, Jan (1963a). The Economic Framework of Regional Planning. Vatican City, Pontificiae Academiae Scientiarum. (Abstract from the Proceedings). Tinbergen, Jan (1963b). Project Appraisal: A Traditional Approach. Calcutta, Statistical Publishing Society U.P.: 3–41. Tinbergen, Jan (1964). ‘Optimal Planning’. In: Central Planning. New Haven, Yale University Press. Tinbergen Jan (1967). Lo sviluppo e pianificazione. J. Tinbergen. Milano, Il Saggiatore. Tinbergen, Jan (1969a). Gunnar Myrdal on Planning Models. Bangkok, UN Asian Institute for Economic Development and Planning. Tinbergen, Jan (1969b). ‘International Planning of Peaceful Economic Development’. Eds. R. Jungk and J. Galtung. Mankind 2000. Oslo/London, Universitetsforlaget/Allen and Unwin. Tregoe B.B. and Zimmerman, J. W. (1980). Top Management Strategy: What It Is How to Make It Work. New York, Simon and Schuster. UN Centre for Housing Building and Planning (1974). The Integration of Economic and Physical Planning. Draft Report of a Meeting held in, New York, Sept. 1973. UNRISD. (1975). Report on a Unified Approach to Development Analysis and Planning. 24th Session of UN Commission for Social Development, 6–24 Jan., 1975. UNRISD. (1980). The Quest for a Unified Approach to Development. Wholey S. Joseph et alii, P. H. Hatry, et al., Eds. (1994). Handbook of Practical Program Evaluation. San Francisco, Jossey-Bass Publishers.

Bibliographical References to the Chapter 9 (Vol. II) Acocella, Nicola (1994). Fondamenti di politica economica. Valori e tecniche. Roma, La Nuova Italia Scientifica. Archibugi Daniele and Lundvall Bengt-Ake eds., Ed. (2001). The Globalizing Learning Economy. Oxford, Oxford University Press. Archibugi, Franco. (1992a). Introduction to Planology: A Survey of Developments Toward the Integration of Planning Sciences. Rome, Planning Studies Centre. Archibugi, Franco. (1992b). ‘The resetting of planning studies’, In: A. Kuklinski, ed., Society, Science, Government, Warsaw: KBN. Archibugi, Franco. (1996). The Search for Optimal Centrality and the Abstract “Theories” of City Economics. Roma, Planning Studies Centre. Archibugi Franco (2008). Da burocrate a manager. La programmazione strategica in Italia: passato, presente e futuro. Soveria Mannelli (CZ), Rubbettino. Arrow, J. Kenneth. (1951). Social Choice and Individual Values. New York,Wiley. Arrow, J. Kenneth. (1967a). ‘The Place of Moral Obligation in Preference Systems’. In Sidney Hook, Ed., Human Values and Economic Policy. New York, New York University Press. 86 Bibliographical References to the Volume II

Arrow, J. Kenneth. (1967b). Public and Private Values. Human Values and Economic Policy. S. Hook. New York, New York University Press. Barzelay, Michael. (1992). Breaking Through Bureaucracy: A New Vision for Managing in Government. Berkeley, University of California Press. Bentham, Jeremy. (1789). An Introduction to the Principles of Moral and Legislation. Benveniste, Guy. (1987). Professionalizing the Organization: Reducing Bureacracy to Enhance Effectiveness. San Francisco, Jossey-Bass. Bozeman, B., and Straussman, J.D. (1990). Public Management Strategies: Guidelines for Managerial Effectiveness. San Francisco, Jossey-Bass. Bryson, John M. (1988). Strategic Planning for Public and Nonprofit Organizations: A Guide to Strengthening and Sustaining Organizational Achievement. San Francisco, Jossey-Bass. Elster, J., and Hylland, A. (1986). Foundations of Social Choice Theory. Cambridge, Cambridge University Press. Fishburn, P.C. (1973). The Theory of Social Choice. Princeton, NJ, Princeton University Press. Gage, R.W., and Mandell, M.P., Ed. (1990). Strategies for Managing Intergovernmental Policies and Networks. New York, Praeger. Greffe, Xavier. (1997). Economie des politiques publiques. Paris, Dalloz. Groszyk, Walter. (1995). Implementation of the Government Performance and Results Act of 1993. Held David and Mathias Koenig-Archibugi, Ed. (2005). Malden (MA-Usa), Oxford (UK),Carlton(Victoria /Australia), Blackwell Publishing. Hieronymi Otto and M. Lo Cascio (1916), A New Social Market Economy for the 21st Century, Emilio Fontela: Economist and Global Researcher,Aracne, Roma. Hook, Sidney, Ed. (1967). Human Values and Economic Policy – A Symposium. New York, New York University Press. Jenkins, W.I. (1978a). The Case of Non-decisions. Jenkins, W.I. (1978b). The Case of Non-decisions. Decision-Making: Approaches and Analysis: A Reader. Eds. A.G. McGrew and M.J. Wilson. Manchester, Manchester University Press. Jenkins, W.I. (1978c). Policy Analysis: A Political and Organisational Perspective. London, Robertson. Kemp, L. Roger, Ed. (1993). Strategic Planning for Local Government: A Handbook for Officials and Citizen. Jefferson, N-C, Mc. Farland. Koteen, Jack. (1997). Strategic management in public and nonprofit organizations: managing public concerns in an era of limits, 2nd ed. Westport, CT, Praeger. Lawson Tony (1997), Economics and Reality, London, Routledge. Lichfield N. (1996). Community Impact Evaluation. London: University College of London Press. Lieberman, Bernhardt. (1971). Social Choice. New York, Gordon and Breach Science Publishers. Martelli, Paolo (1983). La logica della scelta collettiva. Milano, Il Saggiatore. Mercer James L. (1991). Strategic Planning for Public Managers. New York, Quorum Books. Mihm, J. Cristopher (1995–96). ‘GPRA and the New Dialogue’. The Public Manager 24(4): 15– 18. Moore Mark H. (1995). Creating Public Value. Strategic Management in Government. Cambridge Massachusetts, Harvard University Press. Morris, Charles (1956). Varieties of Human Value. Chicago, University of Chicago Press. Mueller Dennis C. (1989). Public Choice II. Cambridge, Cambridge University Press. Seidel-Kwem, Brunhilde (1983). Strategische Planung in Oeffentlichen Verwaltungen. Berlin, Duncker-Humboldt. Sen A.K. (1982). Choice, Welfare and Measurement. Oxford, Basil Blackwell. Sen A.K. (1982). Choice, Welfare and Measurement. Oxford, Basil Blackwell. Sen A.K. (1986). Foundations of Social Choice Theory. Epilogue in Foundations of Social Choice Theory. Cambridge, Cambridge University Press. Sinden J. A. and A. C. Worrell (1979a). Unpriced Values: Decisions Without Market Prices. New York, Wiley. Bibliographical References to the Volume II 87

Sinden J. A. and Worrell A. C. (1979b). ‘Estimation of Social Values’ (chap ex liber). Unpriced Values. Decisions Without Market Prices. Sinden J. A. and W. A. C. New York, Wiley: (Chap. 17). Smith, Adam. (1776). An Inquiry into Nature and Causes of the Welth of Nations. Steiner H. (1979). Conflict in Urban Transportation. Lexington, MA, Heath Lexington Books. US-DOE. (1996). Department of Energy, USA. US-NASA. (1996). National Aeronautics and Space Agency, USA. US-Office of Management and Budgeting, USA. US Department of Navy. (n.d.). Weiss Carol H. (1972). Design of the Evaluation. Evaluation Research. Method of Assessing Program Effectiveness. C. H. Weiss. Englewood Cliffs, NJ, Prentice-Hall. Weiss Carol H. (1992). Organizations for Policy Analysis. London, Sage.

General Bibliographical References to the whole Vol. II Ackoff R.L. (1960). “Systems, Organizations and Interdisciplinary Research.” In General Systems Yearbook, Society for General Systems Research 5: 1-18. Ackoff R.L. and Sasieni, M.W. (1968) Fundamentals of Operations Research. New York: John Wiley and Sons. Ackoff R. L. and Emery F. E. (1972), On Purposeful Systems. Chicago: Aldine-Atherton, 1972. Ackoff R.L. (1974) Redesigning the Future: A Systems Approach to Societal Problems. New York: Wiley. Ackoff R.L. (1992), Scientific Method: Optimizing Applied Research Decision. New York: Wiley, Ackoff R.L. and Churchman, W.C. (1950) "Purposive Behavior and Cybernetics." In: Social Forces 29: 32-39. Ackoff R L. and Gharadjedaghi J., (1986), A Prologue to National Development Planning. New York: Greenwood Press. Acocella Nicola (1994). Fondamenti di politica economica. Valori e tecniche. Roma, La Nuova Italia Scientifica. Acocella N. and G. Di Bartolomeo, Ed. (2011). Theoretical issues in the provision of global public goods. Rome, Rome: Università La Sapienza Publishing House. Acocella N. and G.Di Bartolomeo (2004). “Non-neutrality of Monetary Policy in Policy Games,” European Journal of Political Economy, : 20: 695-707. Acocella N. and G. Di Bartolomeo (2005). ‘Controllability and non-neutrality of economic policy: The Tinbergen’s approach revised’. (Working Paper No 81), Public Economics Department, University of Rome, 'La Sapienza'. Acocella N. and G. Di Bartolomeo (2006). ‘Tinbergen and Theil meet Nash: Controllability in policy games’. Economics Letters 90: 213-218. Acocella N.- G.Di Bartolomeo and A.Hughes Hallett (2005). ‘Dynamic Controllability with Overlapping Targets: A Generalization of the Tinbergen-Nash.’ Acocella N., G. Di Bartolomeo and A.Hughes Hallet (2012). The theory of economic policy in a strategic context. Cambridge, Cambridge University Press. Acocella Nicola, Rediscovring Economic Policy as a Discipline, Cambridge, Cambridge University Press. Alexander E.R. (1986). Approaches to Planning: Introducing Current Planning Theories, Concepts and Issues. New York, Gordon and Breach. Alexander Ernest R. (1998). Rationality Revisited: Planning Paradigms in a Post-postmodernist Perspective. Planning Theory Conference, Oxford Brookes University, 2-4 April, School of Planning. Alexander E R., ed. (2006) Evaluation in Planning. Evolution and Prospects. Aldershot (England,GB): Ashgate. Allison Michael and Kaye J. (1997). Strategic Planning for Nonprofit Organizations: a Practical Guide and Workbook. New York, Wiley. Altshuler A., (1965a) ‘The Goals of Comprehensive Planning’. Journal of the American Institute of Planners , 31 (1965). 88 Bibliographical References to the Volume II

Altshuler A., (1965b), The City Planning Process: A Political Analysis. Ithaca, N.Y.: Cornell University Press, 1965. Amara R and Lipinski A. J. (1983). Strategic Planning. Business Planning for an Uncertain Future. Scenarios & Strategies. Pergamon. Ansoff Igor et alii, Ed. (1976). From Strategic Planning to Strategic Management. New York, Wiley. Archibugi Daniele and David Held, Ed. (1995). Cosmopolitan Democracy. An agenda for a New World Order. Cambridge, Polity Press / Blackwell. Archibugi Daniele, Ed. (2003). Debating Cosmopolitics. London, Verso. Archibugi Daniele, (2011). European Democracy and Cosmopolitan Democracy. Ventotene, Altiero Spinelli Istittute for Federalist Studies. Archibugi Daniele., Koenig-Archibugi M. and Marchetti R., (2012). Global Democracy. Normative and Empirical Perspectives, Cambridge University Press. Archibugi Daniele.(2012), ‘From peace between democracies to global democracy’. In : Archibugi D, Koenig-Archibugi. M. and Marchetti R., Global Democracy etc. Archibugi Daniele and Filipetti Andrea (2012). Innovation and Economic Crisis. Lessons and prospects from the economic downturn. USA, Routledge. Archibugi Daniele. and A Filippetti, Eds. (2015). The Handbook of Global Science, Tecnology and Innovation. Oxford, Wiley Blackwell. Archibugi Franco. (1957) ‘Pianificazione economica e contrattazione collettiva’, [Economic Planning and Collective Bargaining] in Studi economici, (Journal of the Facoltà di Economia of di University of Napoli, 1957. Archibugi Franco (1970). Rapporto sulla introduzione di un sistema di programmazione di bilancio in Italia. Roma. Archibugi Franco. (1971), Un Quadro contabile per la pianificazione nazionale, [An accounting frame for the national planning] in: V. Cao-Pinna, ed., Econometria e Pianificazione [Econometrics and Planning], Etas-Kompass, Milano, 1971. Archibugi Franco. (1974b), A System of Models for the National Long-Term Planning Process, UN-ECE Seminar on The Use of Systems of Models in Planning, UNECE Conference, Moscow, 2-11 Dec 1974 (Revised version: The Configuration of a System of Models as an Instrument for the Comprehensive Management of the Economy, Paper for the ‘XII International Input-Output Conference’, Seville, 1993). Archibugi Franco. (1992). Introduction to Planology: A Survey of Developments Toward the Integration of Planning Sciences. Rome, Planning Studies Centre. Archibugi, Franco. (1992), ‘The resetting of planning studies’, in: A. Kuklinski, ed., Society, Science, Government, Warsaw: KBN. Archibugi Franco (1996). ‘Program Indicators: Their Role and Use in the Integrated Social or Community Programming.’ In: Social Indicator Research, An International and Interdisciplinary Journal for Quality-of-life Measurement 39(3). Archibugi Franco (1996a). The Search for Optimal Centrality and the Abstract "Theories" of City Economics. Roma, Planning Studies Centre. Archibugi Franco, (1996b), Towards a New Strategy of Integrations of Cities into their Regional Environments in the Countries of the European Union, (with special Respect to France, Germany, Great Britain and Italy). [An Ongoing Report of the Study promoted by the European Commission (DGXII) presented to the ‘Second United Nations Conference on Human Settlements (Habitat II)’, Istanbul, June 3-4 1996]. [Available also in. www.francoarchibugi.it] . Archibugi, Franco (1998a). ‘Planning Theory: Reconstruction or Requiem for Planning?’ (presented to the Planning Theory Conference, Oxford 2-4 April 1998). [Available also in. www.francoarchibugi.it Archibugi, Franco. (1999) Introductory lectures of Strategic Planning, High School of Public Administration, Rome Archibugi, Franco. (2000a), The Associative Economy: Insights beyond Welfare State and into Post-capitalism, London, Macmillan, 2000. Bibliographical References to the Volume II 89

Archibugi, Franco. (2000b), ‘The ‘programming approach’: methodological considerations based on the contributions by Frisch, Tinbergen and Leontief ’, paper presented to the EAEPE Conference 2000 (Berlin 2-5 November 2000). [Available also in www.francoarchibugi.it] Archibugi Franco., Ed. (2004). The Performance-based Management: its Training Implications in the Public Sector. Rome, Planning Studies Centre. Archibugi Franco.(2008), Planning Theory. From the Political Debate to the Methodological Reconstruction, Springer. Archibugi, Franco. (2008) Da burocrate a manager: La programmazione strategica in Italia: passato, presente e futuro [From burocrate to manager. The strategic programming in Italy: past, present and future], Rubbettino, Soveria Mannelli Arendt, Hannah (1993) What is Politik? Argyris, Chris (1974) Theory in Practice: Increasing Professional Effectiveness. Arrow J. Kenneth (1951). Social Choice and Individual Values. New York, Wiley. Arrow J. Kenneth and Debreu G. (1954). ‘Existence of an Equilibrium for a Competitive Economy’ Econometrica 22(3): 265-290. Arrow J. Kenneth (1960). ‘The Work of Ragnar Frisch, Econometrician’. Econometrica a.28(April). Arrow J. Kenneth (1967). ‘The Place of Moral Obligation in Preference Systems’. In Sidney Hook, Ed., Human Values and Economic Policy. New York, New York University Press. Arrow J. Kenneth (1967). Public and Private Values. Human Values and Economic Policy. S. Hook. New York, New York University Press. Arrow J. Kenneth (1981). ‘Real and Nominal Magnitudes in Economics’ In: D. Bell and I. Kristol, Eds.. The Crisis in Economic Theory.etc.. New York, Basic Books. Arrow J. Kenneth and Boskin M. J. (1988). ‘The Economics of Public Debt?’. In Proceedings of a Conference Held by the International Economic Association, Stanford, California, Macmillan Press. Arrow J. Kenneth (1994). “Methodological Individualism and Social Knowledge.” American Economic Review 84(N.2): p.1-9. Arrow J. Kenneth et alii (1998). ‘Social Choice Re-Examined’. Proceedings of the IEA conference held at Schloss Hernstein, Berndorf, (near Vienna, Austria), Macmillan. Atkinson A.B. (1999). The Economic Consequences of Rolling Back the Welfare State. Cambrdge, Mass., MIT Press. Baier K. (1967). Welfare and Preference. Human Values and Economic Policy. New York, New York University Press. Banfield Edward . C. (1961), Political Influence, The Free Press of Glencoe, New York . Banfield Edward C. , (1968), The Unheavenly City. Boston: Little Brown. Barone F. (1977). Il neo-positivismo logico.[the logical neo-positivism] Bari, Laterza. Barry W. Brian (1997). Strategic Planning Workbook for Nonprofit Oraganizations, Amherst, H. Wilder Found., St Paul Mn. Barzelay Michael (1992). Breaking Through Bureaucracy: A New Vision for Managing in Government. Berkeley, University of California Press. Baumol J. William. (1968), Economic Theory and Operations Analysis. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-Hall. Baumol J.William. (1969), Welfare Economics and the Theory of the State. second ed. Welfare and the State Revisited. Cambridge: Harvard University press, 1969. Beer A.Stafford (1966), Decision and Control: The Meaning of Operational Research and Management Cybernetics. London: Wiley, 1966. Beer A.Stafford, (1974), Designing Freedom. London: Wiley, 1974. Bell D.E., H. Raiffa & A. Tversky (eds.) (1988), Decision Making: Descriptive, Normative and Prescriptive Interactions, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge. Bell Daniel (1965). The End of Ideology: On the Exhaustion of Political Ideas in the Fifties: With a new Afterword. New York, Free Press. Bell Daniel (1973). The Coming of Post-Industrial Society: A venture in social forecasting. New York, Basic Books. Bell Daniel (1979). The Cultural Contradiction of capitalism. London, Heinemann. 90 Bibliographical References to the Volume II

Bell Daniel (1981). Models and Reality in Economic Discourse. The Crisis of Economic Theory. D. Bell and I. Kristol. New York, Basic Books. Bell Daniel, (1980),The Winding Passage. Sociological Essays and Journeys.(1991). Benne K. D. (1985). ‘The Current State of Planned Changing in Persons, Groups, Communities and Societies’ In: Bennis. W. G. e. alii. The Planning Change,New York, College Publishing: 68-82. Benner T. et alii (2005) "Multisectoral Networks in Global Governance: Towards a Pluralistic System of Accountability”. In: Held D.and Koenig-Archibugi M. Global Governance and Public Accountability. Bennis W. G., Kenneth D. Benne, and Robert Chin, eds. (1961), The Planning of Change. New York: Holt, Rinehart and Winston. Bennis W. G. (1966), ‘Theory and Method in Applying Behavioural Science to Planned Organizational Change’. In: Operational Research and the Societal Sciences, edited by J. R. Lawrence, London: Tavistock Publications, 1966. Bentham Jeremy , (1789) An Introduction to the Principles of Moral and Legislation Benveniste Guy (1987). Professionalizing the Organization: Reducing Bureacracy to Enhance Effectiveness. San Francisco, Jossey-Bass. Bergson Abram (1966). Essays in Normative Economics. Cambridge, Mass., Belknap Press of Harvard University Press. Berle Adolf A. Jr. and Means G. (1932). The Modern Corporation and Private Property, Harcourt, Brace & World. Berlin Isaiah (1938), Karl Marx: His Life and Environment Berlin, Isaiah (1967), Does Political Theory Still Exist? Berlin Isaiah (1989) Against the Current: Essays in the History of Ideas. Berlin Isaiah (2003), Freedom and its Betrayal . Berlinski D. (1976), On System Analysis :An Essay Concerning the Limitations of some Mathematical Methods in the Social, Political, and Biological Sciences. Cambridge, Mass.: MIT Press Bernstein Richard J. (2010), The Pragmatic Turn. Oxford: Polity Press. Black M. (ed.) (1961), The Social Theories of Talcott Parsons, Prentice- Hall, Englewood Cliffs, N. J., 1961. Blaug M. (19801) The Methodology of Economics or How Economists Explain. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1992-2. Bolan R. (1973). ‘Community Decision Behaviour: The Culture of Planning. In A Reader in Planning theory. Oxford, Pergamon. Bourdeau, Louis, (1882), Théorie des sciences: Plan de Science intégrale, Paris, 1882, pp. 463 Boyd Gavin, Ed. (1995). Competitive and Cooperative Macromanagement: the Challenges of Structural Interdependance. Aldershot, UK, Elgar. Bozeman B. and Straussman, J. D. (1990). Public Management Strategies: Guidelines for Managerial Effectiveness. San Francisco, Jossey-Bass. Bryson John M. (1988). Strategic Planning for Public and Nonprofit Organizations: A Guide to Strengthening and Sustaining Organizational Achievement. San Francisco, Jossey-Bass. Bryson John M. and Robert C. Einsweiler (1988). The Future of Strategic Planning for Public Purposes. Strategic Planning: threats and opportunities for planners. J. M. B. a. R. C. Einsweiler. Chicago, Washington D.C., Planners Press: 216-230. Bunge, Mario (1962) Intuition and Science Prentice-Hall Carlson J. W. (1970). The Status and Next Steps for Planning, Programming, and Budgeting. Public Expenditures and Policy analysis. H. R. H. a. M. J. Chicago, Rand McNally. Carnoy M. (2000). Sustaining the new Economy. Work, Family, and Community in the Information Age. New York, Russel Sage Foundation. Catanese A.J.and Steiss A.W. (1970). Systemic Planning: Theory and Application. Lexington Mass., Heath Lexington Books. Chadwick George. (1971), A Systems View of Planning: Towards a Theory of the Urban and Regional Planning Process. Oxford: Pergamon Press, 1971. Including chapters: Bibliographical References to the Volume II 91

a), ‘Plan or Programme?’. b), ‘Planning as a Conceptual System.[Reprint, PSC, 1971]. c), "A Mixed-Programming Strategy." [Reprint PSC, ]. Chapin F. Stuart Jr. (1965). ‘A Model for Simulating Residential Development.’ Journal of the American Institute of Planners: 120-125. Checkland P.B. (1981). Systems Thinking, Systems Practice. New York, Wiley. Chestnut Harold (1965). Systems Engineering Tools. New York: Wiley. Chestnut Harold (1967). Systems Engineering Methods. New York:Wiley. Choukroun Jean-Marc and Roberta M. Snow, Ed. ( 1992.). Planning for human systems, [essays in honor of Russell L. Ackoff.] Busch Center, Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania. Philadelphia, University of Pennsylvania Press. Churchman C. W. (1961), Prediction and Optimal Decision, Prentice-Hall, Englewood Cliffs, N. J. Churchman C. W. and Emery F. E. (1966). ‘On Various Approaches to the Study of Organizations’. In: J. R. Lawrence ed., Operational Research and the Social Sciences. London: Tavistock. Churchman C.W. (1957) An Introduction to Operations Research Churchman C. West (1968). The Systems Approach. New York, Delta. Churchman C. West (1979). The Systems Approach and Its Enemies. New York, Basic Books. Churchman C. West and Verhulst, M. (1960). Management Sciences. New York, Pergamon Press. Cohen Gerald A. (1995). Self-Ownership, Freedom, and Equality, Cambridge University Press. Cohen Gerald A. (2008). Rescuing Justice and Equality. Cambridge MA, Harvard University Press. Cohen Gerald A. (2010). Socialismo, perché no? [Socialism why not?] Milano, Ponte alle Grazie. Commission on Growth and Development. (2008). The Growth Report: Strategies for Sustained Growth and Inclusive Development. Washington, DC, World Bank. Croce, Benedetto (1938), History as Thought and Action. Cullingworth Barry and Caves Roger W. (2003). Planning in the U.S.A. London, New York, Routledge. Dahl, Robert A. (1959) La politique de la planification Davidoff P. (1965), ‘Advocacy and Pluralism in Planning.’ In Journal of the American Institute of Planners Vol. 31 (1965). Davidoff P. and Reiner, T. A. (1992), ‘A Choice Theory of Planning’. Vol. 28. Journal of the American Institute of Planners,. de Finetti Bruno (1906-1984) best known for his important studies on the ‘theory of probability’ (‘Theory of Probability’, 1974) de Finetti, B. (1969a), Un Matematico e l’Economia, [A mathematician and the Economics], Angeli, Milano, 1969. de Finetti B. (ed.) (1973a), Requisiti per un Sistema Economico Accettabile in Relazione alle Esigenze della Collettività’, [Requirements for an Acceptable Economic System in Relation to the Needs of the Collectivity]. Milano: Angeli. 1973. de Finetti Bruno, (1973b) ‘The Utopia as necessary presupposition, etc.’ in Requirements for an acceptable economic system etc. [ed. de Finetti, pp.13-15] de Finetti B. (note 12) – in a Seminar promoted by the Italian CIME (Mathematical Economics) in Urbino (20-25 September 1971) de Finetti Bruno (2015). Un matematico tra Utopia e Riformismo. Roma, Ediesse. Dewey John (1925). Experience and Nature. Dewey John.(1929), ‘The Quest for Certainty: a Study of the Relations of Knowledge and Action’, The Journal of Philosophy, 1930 Dewey John (1944). Some questions about Value, The Journal of Philosophy, Vol 41 (17) Debreu Gerard (1952). A Social Equilibrium Existence Theorem. Santa Monica California, Rand Corporation. Drewnowski J. (1974), On Measuring and Planning the Quality of Life, Mouton, The Hague, 1974. 92 Bibliographical References to the Volume II

Dror Y. ‘A Choice Theory of Planning’ In: International Review of Administrative Sciences, no. 29 (1963a): 46-58. Dror Y. "The Planning Process: A Facet Design." In: International Review of Administrative Sciences 29 (1963b). Dror Y., (1967) ‘Comprehensive Planning: Common Fallacies Versus Preferred Features’ In Essays in Honour of Professor Jac. P. Thijsse, edited by Van Schlagen F., 85-89. The Hague: Mouton. Dror Y. (1971), Design for Policy Sciences. Amsterdam: Elsevier, 1971. Dror Y. (1984). Policy Analysis for Advising Relers. Rethinking the Process of Operational Research and Systems Analysis. R. Tomlinson and I. Kiss. Oxford, Pergamon: 79-124. Drucker P. F. (1954). The Practice of Management. New York, Harper. Drucker P F. (1964). Managing for Result; Economic Tasks and Risk-Taking Decisions. New York, Harper. Drucker P.F. (1993). Post-Capitalist Society. New York, Harper Collins. Drucker, P.F. (1996) The Executive in Action Dugger W. M. (1988). An Institutionalist Theory of Economic Planning. Institutionalist Theory and Policy. T. M.R. New York. vol. Ii of Evolutionary Economics: 231-257. Dyckman J. W. (1964), ‘State Development Planning: The California Case.’ Journal of the American Institute of Planners XXX, no. 2 (1964): 144-52. Dyckman J. W. (1970). Social Planning in the American Democracy. Urban Planning in Transition. E. E. New York, Grossman. Edvarsen Kare N.(2001) Ragnar Frisch:An Annotaded Bibliography, Departement of Economics , University of Oslo, DE-UO Edwards W. (1961), ‘Behavioural Decision Theory’, Annual Review of Psychology, No. 12, pp. 473 - 498, 1961. Edwards W. (1972). ‘Social Utilities’ The Engineering Economist Sumner Symposium, IV: 119- 129. Eisler Riane (2007-2008). The Real Wealth of Nations, Berrett- Koehler. Elster J. and Hylland A. (1986). Foundations of Social Choice Theory. Cambridge, Cambridge University Press. Elster Jon and Slagstad Rune, Ed. (1988). Constitutionalism and Democracy. Cambridge, Cambridge University Press. Eltis W.A. (1973). Growth and Distribution. London, Macmillan. Enthoven A. C. and Smith, K. W. (1970). The Planning, Programming, and Budgeting System in the Department of Defense: An Overview from Experience. Public Expenditures and Policy analysis. H. R. H. a. M. J. Chicago, Rand McNally. Etzioni Amitai (1961). A Comparative Analysis of Complex Organizations. New York, Free Press. Etzioni Amitai (1964). Modern Organizations. Englewood Cliffs, N.J., Prentice Hall. Etzioni Amitai (1967). ‘Mixed-Scanning: A ‘Third’ Approach to Decision Making’.In: Public Administration Review. Etzioni Amitai (1968). The Active Society: A Theory on Societal and Political Process. New York, Free Press. Etzioni Amitai (1969). Indicators of the Capacities for Societal Guidance. New York. Etzioni Amitai (1983). Bureaucracy and Democracy: A Political Dilemma. Boston, Routledge and Kegan. Etzioni Amitai (1988). The Moral Dimension: Toward a New Economics. New York, The Free Press. Etzioni Amitai (1991). Beyond Self-Interest. Policy Analysis and Economics: Developments, Tensions, Prospects. D. Weimer. London, Kluwer. Faber M. and Seers D. (1972). The Crisis in Planning (Vol.1: The Issues, Vol.2: The Experiences). London, Chatto & Windus for Sussex University Press. Falk R. A.(2012 ‘The promise and perils of global democracy’ In: Archibugi D, Koenig-Archibugi M. and Marchetti R., Global Democracy etc. Faludi, A. (1973a). Planning Theory. Oxford, Pergamon. Faludi A., ed.(1973b) A Reader in Planning Theory. Oxford: Pergamon Press, 1973. Bibliographical References to the Volume II 93

Faludi A. and Voogd, H., eds./1985a), Evaluation of Complex Policy Problems. Delft: Delfsche Uitgevers Maatschappij. Faludi Andreas (1978). Essays on Planning Theory and Education. Oxford, Pergamon Press. Faludi A.(1985b) , ‘A decision-centred view of environmental planning’, in Landscape Planning, vol.12, 1985 Faludi A. (1986a). Critical Rationalism and Planning Methodology. London, Pion Press. Faludi A. .(1986b) ‘The Philosophy of Sir Karl Popper and Its Relevance to Planning Methodology’. In Critical Rationalism and Planning Methodology, by A. Faludi, Part II. London: Pion, 1986. Faludi A.and B.Waterhout (2002). The making of the European spatial development perspective: No Masterplan. London, New York, Routledge. Farkas J. (1984). ‘Change in the Paradigms of Systems Analysis’. In:Tomlison and Kiss, eds. Rethinking the Process of Operational Research and Systems analysis. Oxford, Pergamon. Fellner William and Haley, B. F. (1950). Readings in the Theory of Income Distribution. London, George Allen and Unwin Ltd. Feyerabend Paul (1979). Against Method. Outline of an Anarchistic theory of knowledge. London. Fishburn P. C. (1973). The Theory of Social Choice. Princeton, N. J., Princeton University Press. Fisher Irving (1948). The Money Illusion, Garzanti. Fitoussi J. P. and Rosanvallon P. ,(1996). Le nouvel age des inegalities. Paris, Editions du Seuil. Fitzgerald K. V. E. and Wuyts, M., Eds. (1988). Markets Within Planning: Socialist Economic Management in the Third World. London, Frank Cass. Fleurbaey M., (1996). Theories economiques de la justice, Paris, Economica. Fleurbaey M. et alii (1998) eds. Freedom in Economics. London, Routledge. Fleurbaey M. and P.Mongin, co-ed.(1999), L’economie normative, (Special issue) Fleurbaey M. (2006). Capitalisme ou Democratie ? L’alternative du XXIeme siecle. Paris, Grasset 2006. Fleurbaey M. (2008).Fairness, Responsabilité and Welfare. Oxford University Press. Florida State of, G. C. (1992). A Strategic Plan for Florida: 1992-1996 update. Tallahasse, Fla., Executive Office of the Governor. Foley D. L. (1964). ‘An Approach to Metropolitan Spatial In: M. M. Webber, ed. Explorations into Urban Structure. Philadelphia, University of Pennsylvania Press. Foley D. L. (1973). ‘British Town Planning: One Ideology or Three? In: Faludi A.ed. A Reader in Planning theory’. Oxford, Pergamon. Forsyth Murray, Ed. (1989). Federalism and Nationalism. Leicester, Leicester University Press. Fox K.A. (1967). ‘Functional Economic Areas and Consolidated Urban Regions of the United States.’ In: Social Sciences Research Council (Anno21th). Fox K.A. and Sengupta J.K. (1969). Optimization Techniques in Quantitative Economic Models.. Amsterdam, North-Holland. Fox K.A. (1971). ‘Combining Economic and Non-Economic Objectives in Development Planning: Problems of Concepts and Measurement’’ In: Economic Development and Planning: Essays in Honour of Jan Tinbergen. Ed.W. Sellekaerts. London, Macmillan. Fox K.A. (1974a). Social Indicators and Social Theory: Elements of an Operational System. New York, Wiley. [Chapters titles]: a)‘Social Science Concepts Relevant to a System of Social Accounts’. b)‘National Goals Accounting and Policy Models’. Chap. 7 c)‘Social Indicators and Models for Cities and Regions’. Chap. 8 d) ‘Cities and regions’ Chap. 12, e) ‘National World Models and Data’. Chap. 13. f) ‘National Goals Accounting and Policy Models’. g)‘Accounts and Indicators for the Higher Education Sector’. Fox K.A. and Gosh, S. (1981). ‘A Behavior Setting Approach to Social Accounts Combining Concepts and Data from Ecological, Psychology, Economics, and Studies of Time Use’. In F. T. Juster and K. C. Land eds, Social Accounting Systems. New York, Academic Press. 94 Bibliographical References to the Volume II

Fox K.A- (1984). ‘Behavior Settings and Eco-Behavioral Science: A New Arena for Mathematical Social Science Permitting a Richer and More Coherent View of Human Activities in Social Systems.’ Mathematical Social Sciences (7): 117- 65. Fox K.A. (1985.). Social System Accounts: Linking Social and Economic Indicators Through Tangible behaviour Settings. Dordecht, Reidel Publishing Company. Included chapters: a).‘The Classification of Stocks of Physical Capital and Consumer Durables ‘Linking Social and Economic Indicators through Tangible Behavior. b) ‘The Classification of Roles in Social System Accounts’. c) ‘Social System Accounts Based on Behavior Settings: Some Next Steps’. d) ‘The Classification and Delineation of Communities and Regions in Social System Accounts’ e) Fox K.A. and Miles, G. D. (1987). Systems Economics: Concepts, Models and Multidisciplinary Perspectives. Ames, Iowa State University Press. Fox K.A., Ed. (1992). Demand analysis, econometrics, and policy models, Iowa state university press , Ames. Fox K.A. (1992). Describing and Measuring Socioeconomic Systems: Prerequisites to Planning. (Paper prepared for the Palermo Conference Volume from the Conference on Planning Science, Palermo, Italy, 8-12 Sept. 1992). Fox K.A.et alii (1973). The Theory of Quantitative Economic Policy with applications to Economic Growth, Stabilization and Planning. Amsterdam, North Holland. Fox K.A.et alii, (1973). ‘Economic Policy Models for Development Planning’. Chap 13 in: Fox K.A.et alii, The theory of Quantitative Economic Policy etc,(see above). Fox K.A.et alii, (1973). ‘Introduction to Quantitative Economic Policy’. [Chap 1 in: Fox K.A.et alii The theory of Quantitative Economic Policy, etc. see above] Fox K.A.et alii, (1973). ‘National Planning Models for Developed Economies’. Chap 14 in: Fox K.A.et alii, The Theory of Quantitative Economic Policy etc. (see above),Amsterdam, North- Holland: Fox K.A.et alii, (1973). ‘Stabilization Policy, Regional Growth and Planning’. Chap 12 in . Fox K. A., et alii, The Theory of Quantitative Economic Policy etc. (see above) Amsterdam, North- Holland. France, Ministère de l’Economie. La demarche de performance: Strategie, Objectifs, Indicateurs (2004) Friedmann John. (1964) ‘Regional Development in Post-Industrial Society’, Journal of the American Institute of Planners XXX, no. 2 (1964): 90-100. Friedmann John. (1965), ‘A response to Althusser: Comprehensive Planning as a Process.’ Journal of American Institute of Planners 31 (1965). Friedmann John (1987) Planning in the Public Domain: From Knowledge to Action. Princeton N.J.: Princeton University Press. Friedmann John (1987), ‘The Terrain of Planning Theory." In Planning in the Public Domain: From Knowledge to Action. [Reprint-PSC, 1987]. Friend John K. and Jessop W. N. (1969), Local Government and Strategic Choice: An Operational Research Approach to the Process of Public Planning. London: Tavistock Friend John . K. et al. (1974). Public Planning: The Inter-Corporate Dimension. London, Tavistock Publication. Friend John and Allen Hickling. (1987), Planning under Pressure: The Strategic Choice Approach. 2nd ed. ed. Boston: Butterworth-Heinemann. Frisch Ragnar (1957). Oslo Decision Models. Oslo, University of Oslo Institute of Economics. Frisch, Ragnar. (1958), ‘Generalities on Planning’, In: ‘L’Industria’, ottobre-dicembre 1958 Frisch Ragnar (1959) ‘A Complete Scheme for Computing All Direct and Cross Demand Elasticities in a model with Many Sectors.’, Econometrica 27: 117-96. Frisch Ragnar (1959). The Principle of Recurrent Planning. [with, J. Berqvall, O. Dahlem, G. Gerdner and B. Lumdstom]. Stockholm,: 67-74. Frisch Ragnar (1959). Unbounded Optimalization in Economic Policy. Oslo, University of Oslo Institute of Economics. Frisch Ragnar (1961). The Oslo REFI Interflow Table. Memorandum, Oslo, University of Oslo Institute of Economics. Bibliographical References to the Volume II 95

Frisch R. (1962). ‘Preface to the Oslo Channel Model: A Survey of Types of Economic Forecasting and Programming. In: R. C. Geary, ed., Europe’s Future in Figures. Amsterdam, North-Holland.[republished. in: F. Long ed., Economic Planning Studies, Reidel, Dordrecht (see), 1976, (pp.87-127). Frisch, R. (1963), ‘An Implementation System for Optimal National Economic Planning without Detailed Quantity Fixation from a Central Authority, Part 1, Prolegomena’, Memorandum, DE-UO, Sept 1963. Second preliminary printing. [Republished. in: , F.Long ed. Economic Planning Studies) (1976) pp. 129-174] Frisch Ragnar (1963). Selection and Implementation: the Econometrics of the Future. Vatican City, Pontificiae Academiae Scientiarum.(Memorandum, DE-UO) Frisch Ragnar (1964). A Generalized Form of the REFI Interflow Table. Problems of Economic Dynamics and Planning: Essays in Honour of Mickal Kalecki. P. A. e. a. Baran. Warsaw, Polish Scientific Publishers (Pergamon Press): 133-156. Frisch, R., (1965), ‘General Outlook on a method of advanced and democratic macroeconomic planning’, (paper presented at CIME Study Week, L’Aquila , 29 Agosto-7 Settembre 1965). In: de Finetti ed., Mathematical Optimization in Economics , Roma: Cremonese Edizioni 1966. Frisch Ragnar (1970a). ‘Cooperation between politicians and econometricians on the formalization of political preferences’.In: Frisch Ragnar, (Frank Long ed,), Economic Planning Studies.1976 (see). Frisch Ragnar (1970b). Econometrics in the Midst of Analytical and Social Turmoils. Scientists at Work. (With: T. Dalenius, G. Karlsson and S. Malmquist. Stockholm, Almqvist & Wiksell. Frisch Ragnar (1970c). Econometrics in the World of Today. Induction, Growth and Trade. [Essays in Honour of Sir Roy Harrod. Eds. W. A. Eltis, M. F. Scott and J. N. Wolfe.] Oxford, Clarendon Press: 152-166. Frisch Ragnar (1971). ‘Communication and Developing Countries.’ In: Socio-Economic Planning Sciences, 5 (No. 4 - August). Frisch Ragnar (1976a). Economic Planning Studies. A Collection of Essays edited posthumous, by Frank Long., D. Reidel Publishing Company. Frisch Ragnar (1976b) ‘From Utopian Theory to Practical Applications: The Case of Econometrics’. In Economic Planning Studies, ed.by F. Frank Long, Reidel Publishing Company. Fullbrooks Edward, ed. (2004), A guide to what’s is wrong with Economics, London: Anthem Press. Fuller Steve (1988). Social Epistemology. Bloomington USA, Indiana University Press. Gage R.W. and Mandell M.P., Ed. (1990). Strategies for Managing Intergovernmental Policies and Networks. New York, Praeger. Galbraith J.K. (1990). A Short History of Financial Euphoria. Knoxville, Tenn., Whittle Direct Books. Garrigou-Lagrange, A. (1976) Systèmes et structures. Paris, Dalloz. Gershuny Jonathan (1978). After Industrial Society? The Emerging Self-Service Economy. London, Macmillan. Gharadjedaghi J. and Russel L.Ackoff (1986). A Prologue to National Development Planning. New York, Greenwood Press. Gordon L. Gerald (1993). Strategic Planning for Local Government. Washington, ICM. Gottinger W. Hans and Leinfellner, W., Ed. (1978). Decision Theory and Social Ethics. Dordrecht, Reidel. Greffe Xavier (1981). Analyse economique de la bureaucratie. Paris, Economica. Greffe Xavier (1990). La valeur économique du patrimoine: la domande et l'offre de monuments. Paris, Anthropos. Greffe Xavier (1992). Societes postindustrielles et redeveloppement. Paris, Hachette. Greffe Xavier (1997). Economie des politiques publiques. Paris, Dalloz. Greffe Xavier (1999). Gestion Publique. Paris, Dalloz. Gross Bertram. M. (1964), The Managing of Organisations, Vols. 1 and 2, The Free Press of Glencoe, New York, 1964. 96 Bibliographical References to the Volume II

Gross B. M. (1965), ‘Space-Time and Post-Industrial Society.’ (Paper presented at the Paper presented to 1965 Seminars of Comparative Administration Group of the American Society for Public Administration), Syracuse University. Gross B. M.(1966a) ‘Activating National Plans.’ In: Operational Research and the Social Sciences, edited by J. R. Lawrence. London: Tavistock, 1966. Gross B. M. (1966b), ‘The State of the Nation: Social Systems Accounting.’ In: Social Indicators, edited by R. A Bauer. Cambridge: MIT Press. Gross B. M. (1967), ‘Social Goals and Indicators for American Society’ In: The Annals of the American Academy of Political and Social Science, I and II. Gross B. M. (1969), Social Intelligence for America's Future. Boston: Allyn and Bacon. Groszyk Walter (1995). Implementation of the Government Performance and Results Act of 1993. Hall A. D. III (1962). A Methodology for Systems Engineeering. Van Nostrand, Princeton. Hall A. D. III (1969). ‘Three-Dimensional Morphology of System Engineering.’, IEEE Trans. Syst. Sci. Cybern. SSC 5(2): 156-160 Hansson Sven Ove. (1998) Decision Theory, an brief Introduction. Stockolm: Royal Institute of Technology Deptm. of Philosophy and History of Technology (KTH), 1998 Harsanyi J. C. (1962), ‘Measurement of Social Power, Opportunity Costs and the Theory of Two Persons Bargaining Games’, Behavioural Science, 7 (67-80), 1962. Hatry Harry P. et alii (1973). Practical Program Evaluation for State and Local Goverment Officials. Washington DC, Urban Institute. Hatry Harry P. et alii (1990). Monitoring the Outcomes of Economic Development Programs: A Manual. Washington DC, Urban Institute Press. Haveman Robert H. and Margolis Julius (1970). Public Expenditures and Policy Analysis. Chicago, Markham Rand McNally. Healey P., G. McDougall and M.J. Thomas, eds, (1982), Planning Theory: Prospects for the 1980s. Oxford: Pergamon Press, 1982. Healey Patsy (1990). ‘The City and the Environment: Problems and Perspectives of Urban Policy’. (Paper Presented at the European Conference "Environment and Urban Development, Bremen, 24-26 January). Healey Patsy (1992). ‘Planning Through Debate. The Communicative Turn in Planning Theory’, Town Planning Review 63(2). Heilbroner R.L. (1985). The Nature and Logic of Capitalism. New York, Norton. Heilbroner R.L. (1993). 21 st Century Capitalism. New York, Norton. Heilbroner R. - Milberg W (1995). The Crisis of Vision in Modern Economic Thought. USA, Cambridge University Press. Held David and Mathias Koenig-Archibugi (2003). Taming Globalization. Frontiers of Governance. Cambridge, Polity. Held D.and Koenig-Archibugi M. (2005). Global Governance and Public Accountability. USA, Blackwell Publishing. Henderson Hazel (1995). Paradigms in Progress Life Beyond Economics. USA, Berrett-Koehler. Henderson Hazel (1995). “Beyond GNP “. In: Paradigms in Progress Life Beyond Economics. USA, Berrett-Koehler, 1995. Henderson Hazel (1999). Beyond Globalization. Shaping a Sustainable Global Economy, Kumarian Press. Henderson Hazel (1999) ”Globalization : The Current Dilemmas”. In : Henderson Hazel Beyond Globalization etc. Henderson Hazel (1999) ‘From Economics to Systems Thinking’. In : Henderson Hazel Beyond Globalization etc. Henderson Hazel and Ikeda Daisaku (2002). Planetary Citizenship. Tokyo, Middleway. Hicks J. (1979). Causality in economics. Oxford, Basil Blackwell. Hirschman Albert O. (1970) Exit, Voice and Loyalty: Responses to Decline in Firms, Organisations and States.. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press. Hirschman Albert O. (1977). The Passion and the Interests. Princeton N.J.: Princeton University Press, Bibliographical References to the Volume II 97

Hirschman Albert O. (1986), Rival Views of Market Society and Other Recent Essays. New York: Viking. Hirschman Albert O. (1991), The Rhetoric of Reaction: Perversity, Futility, Jeopardy. Cambridge, Mass.: Belknap Press. Hodgson Geoffrey M..(1988), Economics and Institutions. A Manifesto for a Modern Institutional Economics , Polity Press, Hodgson Geoffrey M. (2004). ‘Can Economics Start From Individual Alone? In: Edward Fullbrook , ed. A Guide to What's Is Wrong with Economics, F. Edward. London, Anthem Press: 57-67. Hodgson Geoffrey M. ‘Can Economics Start from the Individual Alone’ in Edward Fullbrook ed., 2005. Hook Sidney, Ed. (1967). Human Values and Economic Policy - A Symposium. New York, New York University Press. Hout, W (1993) Capitalism and the Third World: Development, dependence and the world system, Hants, Edward Elgar Hudson W.D. (1969). ‘The Is-Ought Question’. A Collection of Papers on the Central Problem in Moral Philosophy. London: Macmillan, 1969. Hume David, (1739), Treatise of the Human Nature . Hunt E. K. (1990). Social Economics: A Socialist Perspective . In : Social Economics: Retrospect and Prospect. A. M. Lutz. London, Kluwer. 1990 Hutchison T.W. (1964). 'Positive' Economics and Policy Objectives. London, George Allen & Unwin Ltd. Hylland A. and Elster, J. (1986). Foundations of Social Choice Theory. Cambridge, Cambridge University Press. Isard W. et al. (1969), General Theory: Social, Political, Economic, and Regional with Particular Reference to Decision-Making Analysis, MIT Press, Cambridge Mass. James W. (1907), Pragmatism: A New Name for Some Old Ways of Thinking, Jencks C. (1992). The Post-Modern Reader. London, Academy Editions. Jenkins, W.I. (1978) The Case of Non-decisions Jessop Bob (1982). The Capitalist State: Marxist Theories and Methods. Oxford, Blackwell. Jessop Bob (1990). “Regulation Theories in Retrospect and Prospect.” In: Economy and Society 19(2): 153-216. Jessop Bob (1990). State Theory: Putting the Capitalist State in Its Place. Cambridge, Polity. Jessop Bob (1993). ‘From the Keynesian Welfare to the Schumpeterian Workfare State’. In: R. Burrows and B. Loader eds, Towards a Post-Fordist Welfare State?. London, Routledge. Jessop Bob, Ed. (2000). Regulation Theory and the Crisis of Capitalism. Series No. 6. Cheltenham, UK, Edward Elgar. Jessop Bob (2007). State Power: A Strategic- Relational Approach. Cambridge, Polity. Jessop Bob (2014). Towards A Cultural Political Economy . Putting Culture in its Place in Political Economy. Cheltenam, E.Elgar. Jessop Bob (2016). The State. Past, Present, Future. Cambridge, Polity. Jenkins W.I. (1978). The Case of Non-decisions. Decision-Making: Approaches and Analysis: a Reader. e. A.G.McGrew and M.J.Wilson. Manchester, Manchester University Press. Jenkins W.I. (1978). Policy Analysis: A Political and Organisational Perspective. London, Robertson. Jessop W. M. and J. K. Friend (1969). Local Government and Strategic Choice: An Operational Research Approach to the Process of Public Planning. London, Tavistock. Joas H. (1993) Pragmatism and Social Theory. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. Johansen, L. (1977/1978), Lectures on macroeconomic planning: Vol. 1. General Aspects; Vol.2 Centralization, Decentralization, Planning under uncertainty. Amsterdam: North-Holland. Johansen L. (1979). “The Bargaining Society.” Kyklos 32. Jones S.G. Ocampo J.A. & Stiglitz E.Joseph, Ed. (2010). Time for a Visible Hands: Lessons from the 2008 World Financial Crisis. Oxford, Oxford University Press. Kahler M.(2005) ‘Defining Accountability Up: the Global Economic Multilaterals’. In: Held D.et alii, Global Governance and Public Accountability.(see) 98 Bibliographical References to the Volume II

Kahneman, D & Tversky, A (2013) Prospect Theory: An Analysis of Decision under Risk. A Handbook of the Fundamentals of Financial Decision-Making. Kalecki M (1986). Selected Essays on Economic Planning. New York, University of Cambridge Kaufmann A. (1968). Le tecniche decisionali: introduzione alla praxeologia.[Decisional techniques. Introduction to Praxiology.]. Milano, Il Saggiatore Keeney, R.L. and Raiffa, H (1976) Decisions With Multiple Objectives Kemp L. Roger, Ed. (1993). Strategic Planning for Local Government: A Handbook for Officials and Citizen. Jefferson, N-C, Mc. Farland. Kindleberger Charles,(2000), Manias,Panics and Crashes, 2000 Kettl Donald F., Ed. (1994). Reinventing Government? Appraising The National Performances Review. Washington DC, Center for Public Management, Brookings Institution. Kettl Donald F. and DiJulio John J., Eds. (1995). Inside the Reinvention Machine:Appraising Govermental Reform. Washington DC, Brookings Institution. Kindler J. and Kiss I. (1984). Future Methodology Based on Post Assumption. Rethinking the Process of Operational Research and Systems Analysis. R. Tomlinson and I. Kiss. Oxford, Pergamon. Klappholz, K (1964) Value Judgements and Economics, British Journal for the Philosophy of Science, 15 reprinted in Hausman, 1984; pp: 267-92 Kleinknecht, A and Mandel, E (1983) Historical Capitalism with Capitalist Civilization. London: Verso Kleinknecht, A., Mandel, E and Wallerstein, I. (1992) New Findings in Long Wave Research. Macmillan, London Koenig-Archibugi M. (2005), ‘Transnational Corporations and Public Accountability’. In: : Held D.and Koenig-Archibugi M. Global Governance and Public Accountability.(see). Kol J. and de Wolff, P. (1993). ‘Tinbergen's Work: Change and Continuity.’ De Economist 141(no.1): 1-28.[Includes a bibliographic catalog of the works of J.Tinbergen] (Reprint, by ‘Erasmus Centre for Economic Integration Studies’, University of Rotterdam). Koopmans, T.C. (1963) On the Concept of Optimal Economic Growth, Pontificia Accademia Scientiarium Koteen Jack (1997). Strategic management in public and nonprofit organizations : managing public concerns in an era of limits, 2nd ed. Westport, Conn., Praeger Kristol I. (1981). Rationalism in Economics. The Crisis in Economic Theory. D. Bell and I. Kristol. New York, Basic Books. Korten David C. (1999). The Post- Corporate World , Liffe After Capitalism. USA, Kumarian Press, Berrett - Koehler. Kotarbinski T. (1965). Praxiology: An Introduction to the Science of Efficient Action. Oxford, Pergamon Press. Kuhn, A 81963) The study of scoiety-A unified approach, Richard D. Irwin, Inc., The Dorsey Press, Inc. Lange O. (1960). ‘Fundamentals of Economic Planning’. In O.Lange ed. Essays on Economic Planning. Calcutta, Indian Statistical Institute/Statistical Publishing Society. Lasswell Harold D. and Lerner, D., Ed. (1951). The Policy Sciences: Recent Developments in Scope and Method. Stanford, Stanford University Press. Lawrence J.R., Ed. (1966). Operational Research & the Social Sciences. London, Tavistock Publications. Lee C. (1973). Models in planning: an introduction to the use of quantitative models in planning,. Oxford, Pergamon. Lee R.D.Jr. and Johnson R.W. (1977). Public Budgeting Systems. Baltimore, University Park Press. Leontief W., (1976a) ‘National Economic Planning: Methods and Problems,’ in: Leontief W. and H. Stein (eds) The Economic System in an Age of Discontinuity: Long-range Planning or Market Reliance, New York Univ.Press. (Republished. in Essays in Economics, Vol. 2, Theories, Facts and Policies, Blackwell, Oxford, 1977. Bibliographical References to the Volume II 99

Leontief Wassily (1976b). ‘An Information System for Policy Decision in a Modern Economy’. In: Forging America's Future, [Strategies for National Growth Development.. Washington, DC, Report of ‘The Advisory Committee on National Growth Policy Process’. Vols.3]. Leontief W. (1987) ‘The Ins and Outs of Input-Output Analysis’ in Mechanical Engineering (1987). Lerner A.P. (1951). Economics of employment, McGraw-Hill company. Levitt Steven D. e Dubner Stephen J. (2005). Freakonomics il calcolo dell'incalcolabile. Milano, Sperling and Kupfer Editori Lewis C.I. (1946). An Analysis of Knowledge and Valuation, Open Court Lichfield N. et al., (1975a), Evaluation in the Planning Process. Oxford: Pergamon Press. Lichfield N. (1975b), "A Comparison of the Planning Balance Sheet with the Goals Achivement Matrix Method of Evaluation." In: Evaluation in the Planning Process, edited by Lichfield N. et alii, Kettle P. and Whitebread M.,. Oxford: Pergamon Press. Lichfield N. and Darin-Drabkin H. (1980), Land Policy in Planning. London: Allen & Unwin. Lichfield N. (1990), ‘Plan Evaluation Methodology: Comprehending the Conclusions’ In: Evaluation Methods for Urban and Regional Plans, edited by D. Shefer and H. Voogd. London: Pion. Lichfield N. (1996) Community Impact Evaluation. London: Univ. College of London Press,. Lichfield N. et al., ed. (1998), Evaluation in Planning: Facing the Challenge of Complexity. Dordrecht, Holland: Kluwer Academic Press. Lieberman Bernhardt (1971). Social Choice. New York, Gordon and Breach Science Publishers. Lilienfeld R. (1978), The rise of Systems Theory: An Ideological Analysis, Wiley, New York. Lindblom Charles E. and David Baybrooke. (1963), A Strategy of Decision: Policy Evaluation as a Social Process, Free Press, 1963. Lindblom Charles E. (1965) The Intelligence of Democracy. New York: Free Press, 1965. Lindblom Charles E. (1968), The Policy Making Process. Englewood Cliffs, N.J.: Prentice Hall, 1968. Litterick, David (2002) The Billionaire who broke the Bank of England, The Telegraph, 13th September. Long F. ‘Ragnar Frisch: Econometrics and the Political Economy of Planning’ American Journal of Economics and Sociology 38 (1978): pp.141-53. Luce R. D. and Raiffa H. (1957). Games and Decisions. New York, Wiley. Lutz A. Mark, Ed. (1990). Social Economics: Retrospect and Prospect. London, Kluwer Academic. Malm Allan T. (1975). Strategic Planning Systems: A Framework for Analysis and Design. Lund, Studentlitteratur. Mannheim Karl (1950). Freedom, Power & Democratic Planning. London, Routledge & Kegan Paul. Mandel, Ernest (1975). Der Spaetkapitalismus. Frankfurt, Suhrkam. Mandelbaum S.J. (1995). Open Moral Communities. Berkley, University of California Press. Mandelbaum S.J. and L. Mazza and R. W. Burchell., Eds. (1996). Exploration in Planning Theory. Piscataway, NJ , Transaction Publisher. March J.G. and Simon, H. (1958), Organizations. New York: Wiley. March J.G. and J. P. Olsen. (1984) ‘The New Institutionalism: Organizational Factors in Political Life.’ In American Political Science Review (1984). March J.G. (1988) Decisions and Organizations. Oxford: Basil Blackwell March J.G. and Olsen, J.P. (1989), Rediscovering Institutions: The Organizational Basis of Politics. New York: Free Press. March J.G.,(1999).The Pursuit of Organizational Intelligence, Oxford, Blackwell: March J. G.and Mie Augier (2008) ‘Realism and Comprehensioning Economics: a Footnote to an Exchange between Olive E. Williamson and Herbert A.Simon’, In: Journal of Economic Behviour and Orgnization.66 (2008) 95-105. Marcuse Herbert (1968). La fine dell' utopia. [tr.it.:The end of Utopie], Bari, Laterza. Marcuse Herbert (1966). Ragione e rivoluzione. Hegel e il sorgere della "teoria sociale". [Reason and and Revolution. Hegel and the arising ìsocial theory’] Bologna, il Mulino. 100 Bibliographical References to the Volume II

Martelli Paolo (1983). La logica della scelta collettiva. Milano, Il Saggiatore. Marschak J. (1974), Economic Information, Decision and Prediction. Dordrecht: Reidel Marvin K. E. and Rouse, A. M. (1970). The Status of PPB in Federal Agencies: A Comparative Perspective. Public Expenditures and Policy analysis. Haveman R.H. and Margolis J. Chicago, Rand McNally. Mazza L. (1995). Ordine e cambiamento, regole e strategia. [Order and Change. Rules and strategy] Paper to the seminar ‘The city and its sciences’, Perugia.(Italy) Mazza L. (1998). Designers of the future: certainty, flexibility and time in land use planning. (Conference, 2-4 April 1998, Oxford Brookes University, Oxford, School of Planning). McClelland D.C. et alii (1953). The Achievement Motive. New York, Appleton-Century-Crofts. McClelland D.C. (1961). The Achieving Society. New Jersey, Van Nostrand, Princeton. McLoughlin J.B. (1969) Urban and Regional Planning: A System Approach. London: Faber and Faber. McLoughlin J.B. and Thornley, J. (1973). Some Problems in Structure Planning: a Literature Review. London, Ces (Centre for Environmental Studies). McLaughlin Kate et al., Eds. (2002). New Public Management: Current Trends and Future Prospects. London, Routledge. Meade George H. (1934 (posthumous), Mind, Self and Society. Chicago, University of Chicago Press. pp. xxxvii–xxxviii ; 328. Meade James E. (1968) The Theory of Indicative Planning. Manchester: Manchester University Press, 1968. Meade James E. Agathopia: The Economics of Partnership. Aberdeen: Aberdeen University Press, 1989. Meade James E. Liberty, Equality and Efficiency. London: Macmillan, 1993. Menger Karl (1871) Principles of Economics,Vienna. Mercer James L. (1991). Strategic Planning for Public Managers. New York, Quorum Books. Meyerson Martin and Banfield, Edward C. (1955) Politics, Planning, and the Public Interest: The Case of Public Housing in Chicago. New York: Free Press, 1955. Meyerson Martin. (1956) ‘Building the Middle-Range Bridge to Comprehensive Planning’, Journal of the American Institute of Planners XXII (1956). Michalos Alex C. (1978). Foundations of Decision-Making. Ottawa, Canadian Association for Pub. in Philosophy. Dept. of Philosphy of Carleton University. Michalos A.C. (1995). A Pragmatic Aprooach To Buisness Ethics. Thausand Oaks, Sage Publications. Mihm J. Cristopher (1995-96). ‘GPRA and the New Dialogue’. The Public Manager 24(4): 15-18.

Mill J. Stuart (1994). ‘On the definition and method of political economy’. In: The Philosophy of Economics. An Anthology. Editor D. M. Hausman. Cambridge, Cambridge University Press: 52-68. Millikan F. Max (1969). National Economic Planning. New York, National Bureau of Economic Research. Ministère de l’Economie des Finances et de L’Industrie (2005), Guide pratique de la dèclination des programmes. Le budgets opérationnels de programme Minsky, Human , (1986), Stabilizing an unstable economy, 1986 Mishan Edward J. (1976), Cost-Benefit Analysis: An Introduction. New York: Praeger. Mishan Edward J. (1981), Introduction to Normative Economics. New York: Oxford University Press. Moore Mark H. (1995). Creating Public Value. Strategic Management in Government. Cambridge Massachusetts, Harvard University Press. Morris Charles (1956). Varieties of Human Value. Chicago, University of Chicago Press. Moskow, M.H. (1978) Strategic Planning in Business and Government Mueller Dennis C. (1989). Public Choice II. Cambridge, Cambridge University Press. Mushkin Selma J. and Willcox Marjorie (1968). An Operative PPS System: A Collaborative Undertaking in the States. Washington, George Washington University. Bibliographical References to the Volume II 101

Mushkin Selma J. and Cotton John F. (1969). Sharing Federal Funds for State and Local Needs; Grants-in-aid and PPB Systems. New York, Praeger Publishers. Myrdal G. (1933) The Political Element in the Development of Economic Theory. [English Edition, London: Routledge, 1953]. Myrdal Gunnar (1944). An American Dilemma: the Negro Problem and Modern Democracy. New York, Harper & Brothers. Myrdal Gunnar (1951). The Trend Towards Economic Planning. The Manchester School of Economic and Social Studies. First published: January 1951 Myrdal Gunnar (1958). Value in Social Theory; a Selection of Essays on Methodology.ed. Paul Streeten, NewYork, Harper and Brothers Myrdal Gunnar (1968). Asian Drama; An Inquiry into the Poverty of Nations. New York, Twentieth Century Fund. Myrdal Gunnar (1973). Against the Stream: Critical Essays on Economics. New York, Pantheon Books. Myrdal G. (1969). Objectivity in Social Research. Gerald Duckworth. London 1970. Myrdal G. (1972). ‘How Scientific are the Social Sciences?’ Cahiers de l’ISEA, Serie H.S. 14. Myrdal Gunnar (1970). The Challenge of World Poverty; a World Anti-Poverty Program in Outline. New York, Pantheon Books. Nagel Ernest (1961) The Structure of Science, Problems in the Logic of Scientific Explanation (2a edit. Hacket, 1979). Nagel Ernest (1967). Preference, Evaluation, and Reflective Choice. Human Values and Economic Policy. A Symposium. H. Sidney. New York, New York University Press. Nanz P. and Steffek J.(2005) ”Global Governance, Participation and the Public Sphere”. In : Held D.and Koenig-Archibugi M. Global Governance and Public Accountability. Newcomer E. K., Ed. (1997). Using Performance Measurement to Improve Public and Nonprofit Programs. San Francisco, Jossey-Bass Publisher. Newcomer E. K. and Wholey S. J. (1989). Improving Government Performance: Evaluation Strategies for Strengthening Public Agencies and Programs. San Francisco, Jossey-Bass. Notturno, Mark A. (2000) Science and the Open Society: The Future of Karl Popper’s Philosophy. NPR, Al Gore (1993). From Red Tape to Results: Creating a Government that Works Better and Costs Less; (Report of the National Performance Review). New York, NPR. NPR, (1994). Mission-Driven, Results-Oriented Budgeting (Accompanying Report of the NPR). Washington DC, NPR. NPR, (1996a). Reaching Public Goals: Managing Government for Results: Resource Guide. Washington DC, NPR. NPR, (1996b). Reinvention's Next Steps: Governing in a Balanced Budget World. (A Spech by Vice President Al Gore and Supporting Backround Papers). Washington DC, NPR. NPR, Bill Clinton & Al Gore) (1997a). Blair House Papers. Washington DC, NPR. NPR, and F. B. Consortium (1997b). Serving the American Public: best Practices in Customer Driven Strategic Planning. Washington DC, NPR. OMB 2004 (Office of Management and Budgeting, USA) Ozbekhan H. and G. E. Talbert, Ed. (1969). Business and Government Long-Range Planning: Impacts Problems Opportunities. Providence, R.I., Institute of management Sciences. Paris Chris, Eds, 1982) Critical Readings in planning theory. Pergamon, Oxford Parsons T. & Shils E. A. (1951). Toward a General Theory of Action. Cambridge Mass., Harvard University Press Parsons T., R. F. Bales & E. A. Shils, (1953), Working Papers in the Theory of Action, The Free Press of Glencoe, Ill. Parsons T. & N. J. Smelser (1957), Economy and Society, A Study in Integration of Economic and Social Theory, Routledge and Kegan Paul, London, 1957. Parsons T., ed. (1961). Theories of Society. Glencoe, The Free Press, Glencoe Ill. Patton C. V. and Sawicki, D. S. (1986). Basic Methods of Policy Analysis and Planning. Englewood Cliffs, N. J., Prentice-Hall. Peirce C.S., Reasoning and the Logic of Things. The Cambridge Conferences Lectures of 1898 102 Bibliographical References to the Volume II

Perloff Harvey S. (1957), Education for Planning: City, State, and Regional. Baltimore: John Hopkins University Press. Perloff Harvey S. (1969a). The Quality of the Urban Environment: Essays on "New Ressources" in an Urban Age. Baltimore, John Hopkins Press. Perloff Harvey S. (1969b). A Framework for Dealing with Urban Environment. The Quality of the Urban Environment. Essay on "New Resources" in an Urban Age. H. S. Perloff. Washington D.C., Resources for the Future Inc. Peterson Lorna (1985). Strategic and Lorn-lange Planning for Public Administrators: a selective Bibliography. Monticello, III. Phelps, Edward (199) Seven Schools of Macroeconomic Thought, Oxford University Press Piaget J.and Garcia R.(or.1971) Understanding Causality. Northon, New York, 1974 Pigou Arthur Cecil, (1912) The Economics of Welfare Piketty Thomas (1997). L'economie des inegalites. Paris, La Decouverte. Piketty Thomas (2013). Le capital au XXIe siecle. Paris, Seuil. Popper Karl R. (1945). The open society and his enemies [vol.1 The spell of Plato; vol 2 The high tide of profecy: Hegel, Marx and the aftermath.]. Popper Karl R. (1959). The logic of scientific discovery. London, Hutchinson. Popper Karl R. (1972). Objective knowledge - An evolutionary approach (orig. 1942). Oxford, Clarendon Press. Popper Karl R. (1974). Unended Quest An Intellectual Autobiography. London and New York, Routledge Classics. Quade Edward S. (1975). Analysis for Public Decisions. New York, American Elsevier. Quade E.S. and Boucher, W. I. (1968). Systems Analysis and Policy Planning, Applications in Defense. New York, American Elsevier. Raiffa Howard (1988), Bell David, and Tversky Amos, Decision making. descriptive, normative, and prescriptive interections. Cambridge. Cambridge University Press. Reinhart, Carmen M. & Rogoff, Kenneth S. (2008) This Time is Different: A Panoramic View of Eight Centuries of Financial Folly Rivlin A. M. et alii (1970). ‘The Planning, Programming and Budgeting System in the Department of Health, Education and Welfare: Some Lessons form Experience’. In: Public Expenditures and Policy analysis. Chicago, Rand McNally: (chap. 21). Rivlin A. M. (1971). Systematic Thinking for Social Action. Washington DC, Brookings Institution. Rivlin A. M. (1973). ‘Measuring Performance in Education’. In:The Measurement of Economic and Social Performance, New York, Columbia University Press. Rivlin A. M. (1974). ‘Social Experiments: their Uses and Limitations.’ In: Monthly Labour Review.1974. Rizzo M.J. (1978). Praxeology and Econometrics: a critique of positivist economics. New Directions in Austrian methodology. L.M.Spadaro. Kansas City, Sheed Andrews & McMeel. Robbins Lionel (1994). ‘The nature and significance of economic science’. In; D. M. Hausman ed. The Philosophy of Economics. An Anthology.. Cambridge, Cambridge University Press. Robinson Ira M., (1972) Decision-making in Urban Planning: An Introduction to New Methodologies, Beverly Hill (CA) Sage. Robson W. A. (1976). Welfare State and Welfare Society. London, Allen and Unwin. Roemer J. (1993). ‘A pragmatic theory of responsability for the egalitarian planner’. Phil.&Publ.Affairs 10, 146. Roemer J. (1996). Theories of distributive Justice. Cambridge, MA, Harvard University Press. Ruffolo G. (1967), La grande impresa nella società moderna. [The great corporation in the modern society], Laterza, Bari. Ruffolo G. (2008). Il capitalismo ha i secoli contati. [The capitalism cannot be survive but for centuries] Torino, Einaudi. Sabattini Gianfranco (2009). Welfare State nascita, evoluzione e crisi. Prospettive di riforma [Birth, evolution and crisis.Perspectiv of reform]. Milano, Franco Angeli. Sanderson, S (1955) Civilizations and World Systems, London, Sage Bibliographical References to the Volume II 103

Sassen Saskia (1998). Globalisation and its Discontents. Essays on the new mobility of people and money. New York, The New Press. Schumpeter J.A. (1911). Theorie der Wirtschaftlichen Entwicklung (1st ed. 1911, english ed. , 3th ed. 1934, Oxford University Press.. Schumpeter J.A. (1959). History of economic analysis. New York, Oxford University Press. Schumpeter J.A. (1942). Capitalism, Socialism, and Democracy. London, Allen & Unwin. Scholte J. A. (2005) ‘Civil Society and Democratically Accountable Global Governance’. In : Held D. and Koenig-Archibugi M. Global Governance and Public Accountability.(see). Shackle G.L.S. (1962). Economics for pleasure, University press of Cambridge. Shackle G.L.S. (1973), Epistemics and Economics: A Critiques of Economic Doctrines, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge. Shaller, Hermann I. (1976), Unified planning and budgeting in a free society, Oakview Book Press, Adelphi, Md., Usa. Seidel-Kwem Brunhilde (1983). Strategische Planung in Oeffentlichen Verwaltungen. Berlin, Duncker-Humboldt. Sen A.K. (1982). Choice, Welfare and Measurement. Oxford, Basil Blackwell. Sen A.K. (1986). Foundations of Social Choice Theory. Epilogue in Foundations of Social Choice Theory. Cambridge, Cambridge University Press. Sen Amartya (1999). Developpement as Freedom [tr.francaise Un novueau modele economique Odile Jacob 2003]. Paris, Alfreed Knopf. Sen Amartya (2009). The Idea of Justice [tr.fr.L'idee de justiceFlammarion 2012]. Londres, Penguin Books. Shannon, T (1989) An introduction to the World System Perspective, Oxford, Westview Press Shils, Edward A. & Finch, Henry (1949) The Methodology of the Social Sciences Simon Herbert A. (1941). Administrative Behavior. London, Macmillan. Simon Herbert. A. (1957). Models of Man. Social and Rational. New York, Wiley & Sons Inc. Simon Herbert. A. (1960). The New Science of Management Decision. New York, Harper & Row. Simon Herbert. A. (1962). ‘The Architecture of Complexity.’ In: Proceedings of the American Philosophical Society (106). Simon Herbert. A. (1969). The Sciences of the Artificial. Cambridge, Mass., MIT Press. Simon Herbert. A. (1983). Reason in Human Affairs. Stanford, Stanford U.P. Sinden J. A. and A. C. Worrell (1979). Unpriced Values: Decisions Without Market Prices. New York, Wiley. Sinden J. A. and Worrell A. C. (1979). ‘Estimation of Social Values’ (chap ex liber). Unpriced Values. Decisions Without Market Prices. Sinden J. A. and and W. A. C. New York, Wiley: (Chap. 17.) Slaugter Anne-Marie (2005) ‘Disaggregated Sovereignty :Towards the Public Accountability of Global Government Networks’. In : Held D. et alii Global Governance and Public Accountability. Smith, Adam (1759) The Theory of Moral Sentiments. Smith Adam (1776) An Inquiry into Nature and Causes of the Welth of Nations Soros George. (1998), The Crisis of Global Capitalism. Open Society Endangered. London: Little, Brown and Company Sprigge, Sylvia (1941) History as the Story of Liberty, Tim Allen & Unwin, London Steiss A. and Catanese A. J. (1970). Systemic Planning: Theory and Applications. Lexington, Massachussetts, Lexington Books. Steiner H. (1979). Conflict in Urban Transportation. Lexington, Mass., Heath Lexington Books. Stiglitz E.Joseph and B.C.Greenwald (2014). Creating a Learning Strategy: A New Approach to Growth, Development and Social Progress. New York, Columbia University Press. Stiglitz E.Joseph (1996). Whither Socialism. Cambridge Mass., MIT Press. Stiglitz E.Joseph (2010). The 'Stiglitz Report' : Reforming the International Monetary and Financial Systems in the Wake of the Global Crisis, New Press. New York, New Press. Stiglitz E.Joseph (2010) ‘http://ineteconomics.org/stiglitz-new-paradigm’, Financial Time, 2010]. Stiglitz E.Joseph (2012). The price of Inequality: How Today's Divided Society Engenders Our Future. New York, Norton &co., New York 104 Bibliographical References to the Volume II

Taylor Frederick W. (1911). The Principles of Scientific Management. New York, Harper & Bros. Taylor Bernard and Hawkins, K., Ed. (1972). A Handbook of Strategic Planning. London, Longman. Theil H. (1961). Economic Forecasts and Policy. Amsterdam, North-Holland. Theil H. (1963). Decision Rules and Simulation Techniques in Development Programming. Vatican City, Pontificiae Academiae Scientiarum. Seminar Proceedings. Theil, H. et al. (1964). Optimal Decision Rules for Government and Industry. Amsterdam, North- Holland. Tinbergen Jan (1952). On the Theory of Economic Policy. Amsterdam, North-Holland. Tinbergen Jan et alii(1954).with P. J. Verdoorn and H. J. Witteveen. Centralization and Decentralization in Economic Policy Amsterdam, North-Holland Publishing Company. Tinbergen Jan (1956a). Economic Policy: Principles and Design. Amsterdam, North-Holland. Tinbergen Jan (1956b). The Design of Development. Rotterdam, Netherlands Economic University. Tinbergen Jan (1959a). ‘La planification de la politique economique’ Revue Internationale des Sciences Sociales (3): 365-376. Tinbergen Jan (1959b). ‘La valutazione oggettiva delle mansioni e il mercato del lavoro’ [ the Job Evaluation and the Labor Market] Politica Sindacale (Anno II - N. 1. Febbraio): 9-19. Tinbergen Jan (1961a). “Do Communist and Free Economies Show a Converging Pattern?” Soviet Studies XII(4): 333-341. Tinbergen Jan (1961b). ‘The Relevance of Theoretical Criteria in the Selection of Investment Plans’. In: J Tinbergen ed. Investment Criteria and Economic Growth. New York, Asia Publishing House. Tinbergen Jan (1962). Mathematical Models of Economic Growth. New York, McGraw-Hill. Tinbergen Jan (1963). The Economic Framework of Regional Planning. Vatican City, Pontificiae Academiae Scientiarum.(Abstract from the Proceedings) Tinbergen Jan (1963). Project Appraisal: A Traditional Approach. Calcutta, Statistical Publishing Society. U.P.: 3-41. Tinbergen Jan (1964b). ‘Optimal Planning’. In: Central Planning. New Haven, Yale University Press. Tinbergen Jan (1966a). ‘Some Rafinements of the Semi-Input-Output Method.’ Pakistan Development Review (VI). Tinbergen Jan (1966b). Development Planning. New York, McGraw Hill. Tinbergen Jan (1968). ‘Wanted: A World Development Plan.’ In: International Organization’ (22). Tinbergen Jan (1969). Gunnar Myrdal on Planning Models. Bangkok, UN Asian Institute for Economic Development and Planning. Tinbergen Jan (1969b). ‘International Planning of Peaceful Economic Development’. Eds. R. Jungk and J. Galtung. Mankind 2000. Oslo/ London, Universitetsforlaget/ Allen and Unwin. Tinbergen Jan (1970). “A positive and a normative theory of income distribution.”, The Review of Income and Wealth (Series 16, Number 3): 221-234. Tinbergen Jan (1970). The Use of Models: Experience and Prospects. Stockholm, Les Prix Nobel en 1969: 244-252. Tinbergen, J. (1971a), Two Approaches to the Future: Planning Vs. Forecasting, [mimeo]. Tinbergen, J. (1971b), Comment faut-il étudier l’avenir?, p.1-2 Tomlinson Rolfe and Kiss Istvàn, Ed. (1984). Rethinking the Process of Operational Research and Systems Analysis. Oxford, Pergamon. Tregoe B.B. and Zimmerman, J. W. (1980). Top Management Strategy: What it is How to Make it Work. New York, Simon and Schuster. UN Centre for Housing Building and Planning (1974). The Integration of Economic and Physical Planning. Draft Report of a Meeting held in, New York, Sept. 1973. UNRISD (1970). Studies in the Methodology of Social Planning. Geneva, Unrisd. UNRISD (1973). Regional Disaggregation of National Policies and Plans. Paris and The Hague, Mouton. Bibliographical References to the Volume II 105

UNRISD (1975). Report on a Unified Approach to Development Analysis and Planning. 24th Session of UN Commission for Social Development, 6-24 Jan., 1975. UNRISD (1980). The Quest for a Unified Approach to Development. UNRISD (2003). ‘Recherches pour le changement social: Rapport du 40éme anniversaire de L'UNRISD.’ UNRISD, p.141. US-DOE (1996a and 1996b) Department of Energy, USA US-NASA (1996). National Aeronautics and Space Agency, USA US Department of Navy (n.d) Vercellone Carlo, Ed. (2003). Sommes-nous sortis du capitalisme industriel? Paris, La Dispute/SNEDIT. Verma Niraj (1998). Similarities, Connections, and Systems. Lanham (Maryland), Lexington Books. von Hayek F. A. (1954). Capitalism and the Historians. Chicago, The University of Chicago Press. von Mises L. (1933), Grundprobleme der Nationaloekonomie Untersuchungen Über Verfahren, Augaben Und Inhalt Der Wirtschafts Und Gesellschaftslehre. Wien, 1933.(English transl.: Epistemological Problems of Economics, 1960) (Last edition. by New York University Press,1978) von Mises L. (1960), Epistemological Problems of Economics. Princeton: Van Nostrand, 1960. von Mises L.(1957), Theory and History. An interpretation of social and Economic Evolution , Yale University Press. (Last reprint 2007 by ‘L.von Mises Institute’, Alabama 2007). von Mises L. (1962), The Ultimate Foundation of Economic Science. An Essay on Method. Van Nostrand, (Princeton, etc, 1962). von Mises L. (1951). Socialism. New Haven, Conn., Yale University Press. von Mises L. (1949). Human Action. New Haven, Yale University Press Wallerstein, I (1976) The Modern World System, (Capitalist Agriculture, etc) Wallerstein, I (Mercantilism) etc. New York, Academic Press, , etc Wallerstein, I (1996) The Age of Transition: Trajectory of the World System, 1945-2025. London, Zed Press Wallerstein, I. (1979) The Capitalist World-Economy, Cambridge Univ. Press Wallerstein, I (1982) World-Systems Analysis: Theory and Methodology. Beverly Hills: Sage Wallerstein Immanuel (2000). The essential Wallerstein, New Press. Wallerstein and Hopkins, The Age of Transition: Trajectory of the World-System, 1945-2025. London: Zed Press, 1996. Warfield J. N. (1976), Societal Systems: Planning, Policy and Complexity. New York: Wiley, 1976 Webber M. M et alii, ed.(1964) Explorations into Urban Structure. Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania Press, 1964. Webber M. M. , (1964) ‘The Urban Place and the Non-Place Urban Realm.’ In: Explorations into Urban Structure, etc. edited by M.M. Webber et alii. Philadelphia, University of Pennsylvania Press. Webber M. M. (1968)’The Post-City Age.’ In Daedalus, Fall: 1091-1110. Webber M. M,.(1973) ‘Dilemmas of a General Theory of Planning.’, Policy Sciences 4. Webber M. M. (1978) ‘A Difference Paradigm for Planning.’ In: Planning Theory in the 1980's a Search for Future Directions, edited by R. W. Burchell et al. New Jersey: Rutgers University. Weber Max (1975), ‘Subjectivity and determinism’, in: A.Giddens, ed., Positivism and Sociology, London: Heinemann, 1975. Weber Max. (1949), The Methodology of the Social Science. Edited by E.A.Shils and H.A.Finch (eds). Glencoe: The Free Press. Weber Max. (1864-1920). ‘Objectivity and understanding in economics’, in Hausman D.M. Editor, The Philosophy of Economics. An Anthology, 1996 (chapter 2). 106 Bibliographical References to the Volume III

Weiss Carol H. (1972). Design of the Evaluation. Evaluation Research. Method of Assessing Program Effectiveness. C. H. Weiss. Englewood Cliffs, N.J., Prentice-Hall. Weiss Carol H. (1992). Organizations for Policy Analysis. London, Sage. Wholey Joseph S., Hatry Harry P., and Newcomer Kathrine E. editor. (1994), Handbook of Practical Program Evaluation, Jossey-Bass Publisher, San Francisco. Wilbur C. and R.Harrison. (1978). ‘The Methodological Basis of Institutional Economics.’ Journal of Economic Issues, no. 12, March: 61-90. Williams Colin C. and Windebank, J. (1998). Informal Employment in Advanced Economies: Implications for Work and Welfare. London, Rougledge. Zauberman A. (1967). Aspects of Planometrics. London, University of London, The Athlone Press. Zurn M.(2005), ‘Global Governance and Legitimacy Problems’. In : Held D. and Koenig- Archibugi M., Global Governance and Public Accountability.

Bibliographical References to the printed Volume III

Bibliographical References to the Chapter 1 (Vol. III) Aberg, C.J (1967) “Forecasts, uncertainty and decision-making”, The Swedish Journal of Economics Ackoff R. L. and Emery F. E. (1972). On Purposeful Systems. Chicago, Aldine-Atherton. Ackoff R L. and Gharadjedaghi J., (1986), A Prologue to National Development Planning. New York: Greenwood Press. Ahmed Y.J., El Serafy, S. et al. (1989). Environmental Accounting for Sustainable Development. Washington DC: UNEP-World Bank. Alonso W. (1971). ‘Beyond the Inter-Disciplinary Approach to Planning’, Journal of the American Institute of Planners, n. 37. Archibugi F. (1957). ‘Pianificazione economica e contrattazione collettiva’ (Economic Planning and Collective Bargaining) in Studi economici (rivista della Facoltà di Economia dell’Università di Napoli). Archibugi F. (1971). Un Quadro contabile per la pianificazione nazionale, [An accounting frame for the national planning] in: V. Cao-Pinna, ed., Econometria e Pianificazione [Econometrics and Planning], Etas-Kompass, Milano. Archibugi, F. (1972), Un Quadro contabile per la pianificazione nazionale [An accounting frame for the national planning] (Rapporto metodologico generale del ‘Progetto Quadro’ 1971–75) in 3 volumes. Ministero del Bilancio e della Programmazione Economica, Roma, 1973.[Re- edition, rivised and correpted as ‘Reports’ of the Planning Studies Centre, Rome: 1992]. Archibugi, F. (1973a). ‘The Quality of Life’ in a Method of Integrated Planning. Results of an Italian Research Project, ‘Progetto Quadro’ (presented to the UN-ECE Seminar on ‘Factors and Conditions of Long-Term Growth, Stockholm, Dec. 1973. Roma, 1973. [Republ. as ‘progress report’ in: ‘Socio-economic planning sciences, international journal’, vol 8, n. 6, 1974]. Archibugi, F. (1973b). La ‘struttura di programma’, base operativa sistematica della programmazione economica, [The ‘program structure’, operational systemic basis of the economic programming], Ministero del Bilancio e della Programmazione economica, Roma. Archibugi, Franco. (1974a). Use of systems of models in Planning, Planning Accounting Frame— seminar promoted by EC of the UN-ECE- Moscow. Archibugi F. (1974b). A System of Models for the National Long-Term Planning Process, UN- ECE Seminar on ‘The Use of Systems of Models in Planning’, Moscow, 2–11 Dec 1974 (Revised version: The Configuration of a System of Models as an Instrument for the Comprehensive Management of the Economy, Paper for the ‘XII International Input-Output Conference’, Seville, 1993). Archibugi, F. (2004). Planning Theory: Reconstruction or Requiem? European Planning Studies. Archibugi F. (2005). Compendio di programmazione strategica per le amministrazioni pubbliche, [Compendium of Strategic Planning for the Public Administrations]. Firenze: Alinea Editrice. Bibliographical References to the Volume III 107

Archibugi F. (2008). Planning Theory: from the Political Debate to the Methodological Reconstruction, Berlin: Springer. Frisch, R. (1957a). The First Condition for Getting a firm grasp on the problem of economic planning is to begin by ridding one’s mind of the monetary way of thinking. In Memorandum of DE-OU, Oslo. Frisch, R. (1957b). Oslo Decision Models,etc. Memorandum, Institute of Economics, Univ.of Oslo. Frisch, R. (1958). ‘Generalities on Planning’, In: ‘L’Industria’, ottobre-dicembre. Frisch, R. (1959). A Generalized Form of the REFI interflow Table published in a Volume in honour of Michael Kalecki— Memorandum DE-OU, 1964. Frisch, R. (1961a). ‘Economic Planning and the Growth Problem in Developing Countries’, in: Stasoekonomisk Tidsskrift, 2/3, 1961. Repub. in: Frisch, R. (1976) F.Lang ed. Frisch, R. (1961b). The Oslo Channel Model and Corresponding General Mathematical Programming Problem, Italian Accademia dei Lincei. Frisch, R. (1961c). The Oslo REFI Interflow Table, in Bulletin of the Institut Internationale de Statistique. Frisch, R. (1961d). ‘Numerical Determination of a Quadratic Preference Function for use in Macroeconomic Programming’. In: ‘Giornale degli Economisti e Annali di Economia’, Vol. 20 (February 1961). [Repub. in: Olav] Bjerkholt, ed. Foundations of Modern Econometrics. Etc. (see) 1995, Vol. II, pp. 35–75]. Frisch R. (1962). ‘Preface to the Oslo Channel Model: A Survey of Types of Economic Forecasting and Programming. In: R. C. Geary, ed., Europe’s Future in Figures. Amsterdam, North- Holland.[republished. in: F. Long ed., Economic Planning Studies, Reidel, Dordrecht (see), 1976, (pp. 87–127). Frisch, R. (1963a). ‘An Implementation System for Optimal National Economic Planning without Detailed Quantity Fixation from a Central Authority, Part 1, Prolegomena’, Memorandum 21, DE-UO, Sept 1963. Second preliminary printing. [Republished. in: Economic Planning Studies, F. Long ed (see) (1976) pp. 129–174]. Frisch, R. (1963b). Selection and Implementation. The Econometrics of the future. In Pontificiaa Accademia Scientiarum, ‘Semaine d’étude sur le rôle de l’analyse econometrique dans la formulation de plans de developpements, Rome 7–13 October 1963, Vatican City, 1965. Johansen, L. (1977/1978). Lectures on macroeconomic planning: Vol. 1. General Aspects; Vol. 2 Centralization, Decentralization, Planning under uncertainty. Amsterdam: North-Holland. Leontief, W. (1976a). ‘National Economic Planning: Methods and Problems,’ in: Leontief W. and H. Stein (eds) The Economic System in an Age of Discontinuity: Long-range Planning or Market Reliance, New York Univ. Press. (Republished. in Essays in Economics, Vol. 2, Theories, Facts and Policies, Blackwell, Oxford, 1977. Leontief, W. (1976b). ‘An Information System for Policy Decision in a Modern Economy’, in Forging America’s Future, Strategies for National Growth Development (Report of ‘The Advisory Committee on National Growth Policy Process’), Vol. 3, Washington DC. Leontief, W. (1977). The future of the World Economy, Oxford University Press. Planning Studies Centre (1975(sec. edizione 1992)). Un Quadro contabileper la programmazione nazionale e la politica economica strategica. Roma, Centro Piani.

Bibliographical References to the Chapter 2 (Vol. III) Frisch, R. (1957a). The First Condition for Getting a firm grasp on the problem of economic planning is to begin by ridding one’s mind of the monetary way of thinking. In Memorandum of DE-OU, Oslo. Frisch, R. (1957b). Oslo Decision Models,etc. Memorandum, Institute of Economics, Univ.of Oslo. Frisch R. (1962). Preface to the Oslo Channel Model: A Survey of Types of Economic Forecasting and Programming. In: R. C. Geary, ed., Europe’s Future in Figures. Amsterdam, North- Holland.[republished. in: F. Long ed., Economic Planning Studies, Reidel, Dordrecht (see), 1976, (pp. 87–127).

108 Bibliographical References to the Volume III

Bibliographical References to the Chapter 3 (Vol. III) Bremer S. A. (1987). The Globus Model. Berlin, Globus Research Group. Bremer S. A., Evaluating Globus, In Bremer S.A., Ed. (1987), The Globus Model. Berlin, Globus Research Group. Cusack Thomas R. Government Budget Processes In Bremer S.A., Ed. (1987), The Globus Model. Berlin, Globus Research Group. Deutsch W. Karl, GLOBUS – The Rise of A New Field of Political Sciences. In Bremer S.A., Ed. (1987), The Globus Model. Berlin, Globus Research Group. Held David and Mathias Koenig-Archibugi, Ed. (2005). Global Governance and Public Accountability. Malden (MA-Usa), Oxford (UK),Carlton(Victoria /Australia), Blackwell Publishing. Frisch Ragnar (1962). Preface to the Oslo Channel Model: A Survey of Types of Economic Forecasting and Programming. Europe's Future in Figures. R. C. Geary. Amsterdam, North- Holland. Leontief Wassily (1976). National Economic Planning: Methods and Problems. Essays in Economics, vol.2, Theories, Facts and Policies. Oxford, Blackwell. Kahler Miles Defining Accountability Up: the Global Economic Multilaterals, In Held D. and M.K. Archibugi etc. (2005). McLaughlin Kate et al., S. P. Osborne, et al., Eds. (2002). New Public Management: Current Trends and Future Prospects. London, Routledge. Moore Mark H. (1995). Creating Public Value. Strategic Management in Government. Cambridge Massachusetts, Harvard University Press. Scholte Jan Aart, (2005), Civil Society and Democratically Accountable Global Governance. In Held D. and M.K. Archibugi, Ed. (2005) etc. Slaughter Anne-Marie, Disaggregated Sovereignity: Towards the Public Accountability of Global Governments Networks, In Held David and Mathias Koenig-Archibugi, Ed. (2005) etc. Zürn Michael, (2005), Global Governance and Legitimacy Problems, In Held David and Mathias Koenig-Archibugi, Ed. (2005) etc.

Bibliographical References to the Chapter 4 (Vol. III) Archibugi, Franco. (1988). La ‘Scienza della Pianificazione’, Elementi per una ricerca transdisciplinare. Archibugi, Franco. (1992a). The Disciplinary Implications of Environmental Planning and Evaluation. Archibugi, Franco. (1992b). Verso la programmazione della spesa pubblica per l’ambiente. Archibugi, Franco. (1992c). Un quadro contrabile per la programmazione nazionale. Archibugi, Franco. (1993). Introduction to Planology. The Paradigm Shift in Social Sciences, Planning Studies Centre, Rome. Archibugi, F. (2000). The Associative Economy-Insights beyond the Welfare State and into Post Capitalism, London, Palgrave Macmillan. Archibugi, F. (2004). Planning Theory: Reconstruction or Requiem? European Planning Studies. Archibugi F. (2005). Compendio di programmazione strategica per le amministrazioni pubbliche, [Compendium of Strategic Planning for the Public Administrations]. Firenze: Alinea Editrice. Archibugi F. (2008). Planning Theory: from the Political Debate to the Methodological Reconstruction, Berlin: Springer. Bremer S. A. (1987). The Globus Model. Berlin, Globus Research Group. Caplan, Arthur L. (1978). The sociobiology debate: Readings on ethical and scientific issues, Harper Row. Cherniak, Christopher. (1986). Minimal Rationality. Drucker, Peter F. (1993). Post Capitalist Society, New York, Harper Collins. Frisch Ragnar (1957). Oslo Decision Models. Oslo, University of Oslo Institute of Economics. Frisch Ragnar (1957). Generalities on Planning. Oslo, DE-UO Memorandum: 26. Frisch Ragnar (1965). General outlook on a method of advanced and democratic macroeconomic planning. Mathematical Optimization in Economics. Bruno de Finetti. Roma, Edizioni Cremonese. Bibliographical References to the Volume III 109

Held David and Mathias Koenig-Archibugi, Ed. (2005). Global Governance and Public Accountability. Malden (MA-Usa), Oxford (UK),Carlton(Victoria /Australia), Blackwell Publishing. Leontief, W. (1977). The future of the World Economy, Oxford University Press. McLaughlin Kate et al., S. P. Osborne, et al., Eds. (2002). New Public Management: Current Trends and Future Prospects. London, Routledge. Myrdal, G. (1958). Value in Social Theory, London, Routledge. Popper, Karl. (1939). The Poverty of Historicism. Popper, Karl. (1972). Objective Knowledge. An Evolutionary Approach, Oxford, Oxford University Press. Popper, Karl. (1974). Unended Quest, An Intellectual Autobiography, La Salle, Open Publishing Company. Tinbergen Jan (1964). Central Planning. New Haven, Yale University Press. UNECOSOC. (1972). Deliberations. UNRISD. (1971). UNRISD. (1972). Wolfe, M. (1980), UNRISD.

Bibliographical References to the Conclusive Considerations Archibugi, Franco. (1988). La ‘Scienza della Pianificazione’, Elementi per una ricerca transdisciplinare. Archibugi, Franco. (1992a). The Disciplinary Implications of Environmental Planning and Evaluation. Archibugi, Franco. (1992b). Verso la programmazione della spesa pubblica per l’ambiente. Archibugi, Franco. (1992c). Un quadro contrabile per la programmazioneazionale. Archibugi, Franco. (1993). Introduction to Planology. The Paradigm Shift inSocial Sciences, Planning Studies Centre, Rome. Archibugi, F. (2000). The Associative Economy-Insights beyond the Welfare Stateand into Post Capitalism, London, Palgrave Macmillan. Archibugi, F. (2004). Planning Theory: Reconstruction or Requiem? European Planning Studies. Archibugi F. (2005). Compendio di programmazione strategica per le amministrazioni pubbliche, [Compendium of Strategic Planning for the Public Administrations]. Firenze: Alinea Editrice.Archibugi F. (2008). Planning Theory: from the Political Debate to the Methodological Reconstruction, Berlin: Springer. Caplan, Arthur L. (1978). The sociobiology debate: Readings on ethical and scientificissues, Harper Row. Cherniak Christopher, Minimal rationality, 1986, Mit, Cambridge, Mass.Drucker, Peter F. (1993). Post Capitalist Society, New York, Harper Collins. Leontief, W. (1977). The future of the World Economy, Oxford University Press. Myrdal Gunnar. (or.1933) The Political Element in the Development of Economic Theory. [(Italian Tr., Firenze 1943, English Edition, London: Routledge, 1953]. Myrdal, G. (1958). Value in Social Theory, London, Routledge. Popper, Karl. (1939). The Poverty of Historicism. Popper, Karl. (1972). Objective Knowledge. An Evolutionary Approach, Oxford, Oxford University Press. Popper, Karl. (1974). Unended Quest, An Intellectual Autobiography, La Salle,Open Publishing Company. UNECOSOC. (1972). Deliberations. UNRISD. (1971). UNRISD. (1972). Wolfe, M. (1980), UNRISD.

110 Bibliographical References to the Volume III

General Bibliographical References to the whole Vol. III Aberg, C.J (1967) “Forecasts, uncertainty and decision-making”, The Swedish Journal of Economics Acocella N. et alii (2016). Rediscovering Economic Policy a Discipline. Cambridge, Cambridge University Press. Ackoff R. L. and Emery F. E. (1972). On Purposeful Systems. Chicago, Aldine-Atherton. Ackoff R L. and Gharadjedaghi J., (1986), A Prologue to National Development Planning. New York: Greenwood Press. Ahmad Y.J. et alii. (1990). Environmental Accounting for Sustainable Development. Washington D.C., World Bank. Albretch Louis and J. Mandelbaum Seymour (2005) Net Network Society, A New Context for Planning?, London, Routledge. Alonso W. (1971), ‘Beyond the Inter-Disciplinary Approach to Planning’, Journal of the American Institute of Planners, n. 37., 1971. Archibugi Daniele et alii, Ed. (1998). Re-imagining Political Community. Studies in Cosmopolitan Democracy. Cambridge, Polity Press. Archibugi Daniele and Lundvall Bengt-Ake eds., Ed. (2001). The Globalising Learning Economy. Oxford, Oxford University Press. Archibugi Daniele ed., Ed. (2003). Debating Cosmopolitics. London, Verso. Archibugi Daniele.and A Filippetti, Ed. (2015). The Handbook of Global Science, Tecnology and Innovation. Oxford, Wiley Blackwell. Archibugi F. (1957) ‘Pianificazione economica e contrattazione collettiva’, (Economic Planning and Collective Bargaining) in Studi economici, (rivista della Facoltà di Economia dell’Università di Napoli), 1957. Archibugi F. (1971), Un Quadro contabile per la pianificazione nazionale, [An accounting frame for the national planning] in: V. Cao-Pinna, ed., Econometria e Pianificazione [Econometrics and Planning], Etas-Kompass, Milano, 1971 Archibugi, F. (1972), Un Quadro contabile per la pianificazione nazionale [An accounting frame for the national planning] (Rapporto metodologico generale del ‘Progetto Quadro’ 1971-75) in 3 volumes. Ministero del Bilancio e della Programmazione Economica, Roma, 1973.[Re- edition, rivised and correpted as ‘Reports’ of the Planning Studies Centre, Rome: 1992] Archibugi, F. (1973a), ‘The Quality of Life’ in a Method of Integrated Planning. Results of an Italian Research Project, ‘Progetto Quadro’(presented to the UN-ECE Seminar on ‘Factors and Conditions of Long-Term Growth, Stockholm, Dec. 1973. Roma, 1973.[Republ. as ‘progress report’ in: ‘Socio-economic planning sciences, international journal’, vol 8, n.6, 1974] Archibugi, F. (1973b), La ‘struttura di programma’, base operativa sistematica della programmazione economica, [The ‘program structure’, operational systemic basis of the economic programming], Ministero del Bilancio e della Programmazione economica, Roma, 1973. Archibugi, Franco (1974a) Use of systems of models in Planning, Planning Accounting Frame – seminar promoted by EC of the UN-ECE- Moscow. Archibugi F, (1974b), A System of Models for the National Long-Term Planning Process, UN- ECE Seminar on ‘The Use of Systems of Models in Planning’, Moscow, 2-11 Dec 1974 (Revised version: The Configuration of a System of Models as an Instrument for the Comprehensive Management of the Economy, Paper for the ‘XII International Input-Output Conference’, Seville, 1993). Archibugi, Franco (1988) La ‘Scienza della Pianificazione’, Elementi per una ricerca transdisciplinare. Archibugi, Franco (1992a) The Disciplinary Implications of Environmental Planning and Evaluation. Archibugi, Franco (1992b) Verso la programmazione della spesa pubblica per l’ambiente. Archibugi, Franco (1992c) Un quadro contrabile per la programmazione nazionale Archibugi Franco and Nijkamp Peter eds, Eds. (1989). Economy and Ecology: Towards Sustainable Development. Dordecht, Kluwer. Bibliographical References to the Volume III 111

Archibugi, F. (1992), ‘The resetting of planning studies’, in: A. Kuklinski, ed., Society, Science, Government, Warsaw: KBN. Archibugi, Franco (1993) Introduction to Planology. The Paradigm Shift in Social Sciences, Planning Studies Centre, Rome. Archibugi Franco, Ed. (2004). The Performance-based Management: its Training Implications in the Public Sector. Rome, Planning Studies Centre. Archibugi, F. (2000a) Introduction to the Planology: Towards a new scientific paradigm in the Social Sciences. Planning Studies Centre, Rome. New edition Archibugi, F (2000b) The Associative Economy-Insights beyond the Welfare State and into Post Capitalism, London, Palgrave Macmillan Archibugi, F (2004) Planning Theory: Reconstruction or Requiem? European Planning Studies. Archibugi F. (2005) Compendio di programmazione strategica per le amministrazioni pubbliche, [Compendium of Strategic Planning for the Public Administrations]. Firenze: Alinea Editrice, 2005. Archibugi F. (2008) Planning Theory: from the Political Debate to the Methodological Reconstruction, Berlin: Springer. Ayres R. U. (1972). A Materials-Processes-Product Model. Environmental Quality Analysis. A. V. Knesse and B. T. Bower. Baltimore, Resources for the Future. Bjerkholt Olav. (1974), "The Integration of Fiscal Budgeting and Income Policy." In Use of Systems of Models in Planning, edited by Un-Ece, 40-61. New York: Un-Ece, 1974. Bjerkholt Olav (1998) ‘Interection between model builders and policy makers in the Norwegian tradition’, Economic Modeling 15(3): 317-339. Bjerkholt Olav & Heinz Kurz (2006) ‘Introduction: the History of Input-Output Analysis, Leontief 's Path and Alternatives Tracks’. Economic System Research 18, (4): p. 331-333. Blinder, A.S & Solow, R.M (1974) “Analytical foundations of fiscal policy” in Blinder et alii (eds.) The Economics of Public Finance (Brookings Institutions) Block F.L. (1990). Postindustrial Posibilities: A Critique of Economic Discourse. Berkeley, University of California Press. Blaug, Mark (1980 & 1992) The Methodology of Economics, or How economists explain, Cambridge U.P. Bremer S. A. (1987). The Globus Model. Berlin, Globus Research Group. Brown M, d. P. M., Ferrara B,, Ed. (1978). Regional-National Econometric Modeling with an application to the italian economy. London, Pion Limited. Caplan, Arthur L., (1978) The sociobiology debate: Readings on ethical and scientific issues, Harper Row. Chamberlain Neil W. (1965). Private and Public Planning. New York, McGraw-Hill. Cherniak, Christopher (1986), Minimal Rationality Crotty, J.R. (1973) “Specifications error in macro-economic models: the influence of policy goals”, American Economic Review. de Finetti Bruno (1969). La teoria dei giochi. Un matematico e l'economia. B. De Finetti. Milano, Franco Angeli: 122-126. Dahrendorf R. (1984). The Voluntary Sector in a Changing Economic Climate. London. Dahrendorf R. et alii (1995). Report on Wealth Creation and Social Cohesion in a Free Society. London, Commission on Wealth Creation & Social Cohesion. Dahrendorf R. (1997). After 1989: Morals, Revolution, and Civil Society. New York, St. Martin's Press in association with St. Antony' College, Oxford. Dantzig, George B. (1957), The Shortest route problem Drucker, Peter.F. (1993) Post Capitalist Society, New York, Harper Collins Duchin F. (1986). Analyzing Structural Change in the Economy. New Orleans, ASSA Meetings. Duchin F. (1987). ‘Modelling the Impact of Technological Change.’, In Mechanical Engeneering Duke M. K. et alii (1977). Environmental Quality Assessment in Multiobjective Planning. Columbus, Ohio, Battelle. Duncan, O. D. (1973). Developing Social Indicators. Tucson, Department of Sociology, Univ. of Arizona. Fisher, W.H (1987) Tuning Input/Output Analysis to Technology 112 Bibliographical References to the Volume III

Flyberg, Bent (2001) Making Social Science Matter. Why social inquiry fails and how it can succeed again, Cambridge, Cambridge University Press. Foley, Duncan, (2006), Adam’s Fallacy, A Guide to Economic Theology, (Harvard University Press) Fox, K. A. (1985), Social System Accounts, Linking Social and Economic Indicators through Tangible Behavior, Dordrecht: Reidel. Friedman Milton (1953). Essays in positive economics. Chicago, The University of Chicago press. Frisch, R. (1949) Price-wage-tax-subsidy policies as instruments in maintaining optimal employment in United Nations Memorandum. Frisch, Ragnar, (1956a) Main features of the Oslo Median Model. In Memoranda of the DE-OU, Oslo Firsch, Ragnar (1956b) Supplementary remarks on the Oslo Median Model in Memoranda of the DE-OU, Oslo Frisch, R (1957a) The First Condition for Getting a firm grasp on the problem of economic planning is to begin by ridding one’s mind of the monetary way of thinking, in Memorandum of DE-OU, Oslo. Frisch, R.(1957) Oslo Decision Models,etc.Memorandum, Institute of Economics, Univ.of Oslo Frisch, R. (1958), ‘Generalities on Planning’, In: ‘L’Industria’, ottobre-dicembre 1958 Frisch, R. (1959) A Generalized Form of the REFI interflow Table published in a Volume in honour of Michael Kalecki – Memorandum DE-OU, 1964. Frisch, R.(1961a), ‘Economic Planning and the Growth Problem in Developing Countries’, in: Stasoekonomisk Tidsskrift, 2/3, 1961. Repub. in: Frisch, R. (1976) F.Lang ed. Frisch, R (1961b) The Oslo Channel Model and Corresponding General Mathematical Programming Problem, Italian Accademia dei Lincei. Frisch, R. (1961c), The Oslo REFI Interflow Table, in Bulletin of the Institut Internationale de Statistique. Frisch, R. (1961d), Numerical Determination of a Quadratic Preference Function for use in Macroeconomic Programming’. In: ‘Giornale degli Economisti e Annali di Economia’, Vol.20 (February 1961). [Repub. in: Olav Bjerkholt, ed. Foundations of Modern Econometrics. Etc. (see) 1995, Vol.II, p.35-75] Frisch R. (1962). ‘Preface to the Oslo Channel Model: A Survey of Types of Economic Forecasting and Programming. In: R. C. Geary, ed., Europe’s Future in Figures. Amsterdam, North-Holland.[republished. in: F. Long ed., Economic Planning Studies, Reidel, Dordrecht (see), 1976, (pp.87-127). Frisch, R. (1963a), ‘An Implementation System for Optimal National Economic Planning without Detailed Quantity Fixation from a Central Authority, Part 1, Prolegomena’, Memorandum 21, DE-UO, Sept 1963. Second preliminary printing. [Republished. in: Economic Planning Studies, F.Long ed (see) (1976) pp. 129-174] Frisch, R. (1963b) Selection and Implementation. The Econometrics of the future. In Pontificiaa Accademia Scientiarum, ‘Semaine d’étude sur le rôle de l’analyse econometrique dans la formulation de plans de developpements, Rome 7-13 October 1963, Vatican City, 1965. Frisch, R., (1965), ‘General Outlook on a method of advanced and democratic macroeconomic planning’, (paper presented at CIME Study Week, L’Aquila , 29 Agosto-7 Settembre 1965). In: de Finetti ed., Mathematical Optimization in Economics , Roma: Cremonese Edizioni 1966. Frisch, R.(1969a), From Utopian Theory to Practical Applications: The Case of Econometrics, in: Nobel Memorial Lecture, in: (Nobel Lectures, Economic Sciences, 1969-1980, Assar Lindbeck ed.) Singapore, World Scientific, 1992 [Repub. also in: Frisch R., F.Long, ed.1976, pp.1-39]. Frisch, R (1969b) Socioeconomic Planning Sciences, Springer Frisch, R. (1976), Economic Planning Studies, Selected and Introduced by Frank Long, Reidel, Dordrecht, 1976. Geary R. C. (1962). Europe's Future in Figures. Amsterdam, North-Holland. Gharajedaghi, Jamshid & Ackoff, R.L. A prologue to national development planning, 1986 Greffe Xavier et alii., J. Lallement, et al., Eds. (2002). Dictionnaire des grandes oeuvres Bibliographical References to the Volume III 113

economiques. Paris, Dalloz. Habermas J. (1990). la technique et la science comme <>,Gallimard. Hahn F. and Hollis, M., Ed. (1979). Philosophy and Economic Theory. New York, Oxford University Press. Hatanaka, Nichio (1960) The Workability of Input-Output Analysis, Fachverlag für Wirtschaftstheorie and Oekonometrie, Ludwigshafen a. Rh. Heal, G. M. (1973). The Theory of Economic Planning. Amsterdam: North Holland. Heesterman, A.R.G (1967) Input-Output. An Iterative Approach to Planning Held David and Mathias Koenig-Archibugi (2003). Taming Globalization. Frontiers of Governance. Cambridge, Polity. Held David and Mathias Koenig-Archibugi (2004). American Power In the 21st Century, Polity Press. Held David and Mathias Koenig-Archibugi, Ed. (2005). Global Governance and Public Accountability. Malden (MA-Usa), Oxford (UK),Carlton(Victoria /Australia), Blackwell Publishing. Henderson Hazel (1995). “Beyond GNP “. In: Paradigms in Progress Life Beyond Economics. USA, Berrett-Koehler, 1995. Henderson Hazel (1995). “The Indicators Crisis “. In: Paradigms in Progress Life Beyond Economics. USA, Berrett-Koehler, 1995. Hieronymi Otto and M. Lo Cascio (1916), A New Social Market Economy for the 21st Century, Emilio Fontela: Economist and Global Researcher,Aracne, Roma. Holden Barry (2000). Global Democracy. Key Debates. London, Routledge. Holland S. (1987). The global economy :from meso to macroeconomics. London, Weidenfeld and Nicolson. Holland S. (1987). The market economy :from micro to mesoeconomics. London, Weidenfeld and Nicolson. Isard, Walter, (1969) General Theory. Joas Hans, (1993). Pragmatism and Social Theory. The University of Chicago Press. Johansen, L. (1965). Public Economics. Amsterdam: North-Holland. Johansen, L. (1977/1978), Lectures on macroeconomic planning: Vol. 1. General Aspects; Vol.2 Centralization, Decentralization, Planning under uncertainty. Amsterdam: North-Holland. Keynes John Maynard (1936). The General Theory of Employment, Interest and Money. London, UK, Macmillan. Kornai J. (1967). Mathematical Programming in Structural Decisions. Amsterdam, North Holland. Kotarbinsky, Tadeusz. (1965) Praxeology: An Introduction to the Science of Efficient Action Krutilla J. V. et alii (1972a). Natural Environments Studies in Theoretical & Applied Analysis. Baltimore, Resources for the Future. Kruttila J. V. et alii (1972b). Observations on the Economics of Irreplaceable Assets. Environmental Quality Analysis. A. V. Kneese and B. T. Bower. Baltimore, Resources for the Future. Lambert M. Taylor A. Epistein M. Holland S. (1974). Annals of public and co-operative economy. Liege. Lawson Tony (2003). Reorienting economics. London, Routledge. Leontief W., (1951)‘Input-Output Economics’, in Scientific American. Leontief, W., (1964), ‘Modern Techniques for Economic Planning and Projection’, in: Essays in Economics, Vol. 1, Theories and Theorizing, Blackwell, Oxford, 1966 Leontief, W., (1976a) ‘National Economic Planning: Methods and Problems,’ in: Leontief W. and H. Stein (eds) The Economic System in an Age of Discontinuity: Long-range Planning or Market Reliance, New York Univ.Press. (Republished. in Essays in Economics, Vol. 2, Theories, Facts and Policies, Blackwell, Oxford, 1977. Leontief, W.(1976b), ‘An Information System for Policy Decision in a Modern Economy’, in Forging America’s Future, Strategies for National Growth Development (Report of ‘The Advisory Committee on National Growth Policy Process’), Vol. 3, Washington DC, 1976. Leontief, W (1977) The future of the World Economy, Oxford University Press Leontief W. (1987)."The Ins and Outs of Input-Output Analysis."in Mechanical Engineering 114 Bibliographical References to the Volume III

(1987) Lowe Adolph (1965). On Economic Knowledge: Toward a Science of Political Economics. New York, Harper & Row Mandel Ernest (1978). The Second Slump: A Marxist Analysis of Recession in the Seventies. London, NLB. Marcuse Herbert (1973). Counterrevolution and Revolt. Copryright, Arnoldo Mondadori. Marjolin, Robert (1962) La Programmation Europeenne. McLaughlin Kate et al., S. P. Osborne, et al., Eds. (2002). New Public Management: Current Trends and Future Prospects. London, Routledge. Millikan F. Max (1969). National Economic Planning. New York, National Bureau of Economic Research. Moore Mark H. (1995). Creating Public Value. Strategic Management in Government. Cambridge Massachusetts, Harvard University Press. Myrdal, G. (1958) Value in Social Theory, London, Routledge. Nelson, Robert H.(2006) Economics as religion, from Samuelson to Chicago and Beyond,, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania University Press Nemcinov, Vassily Sergevich Valore sociale e prezzo pianificato (Ital. transl.1977) Nove, Alec (1961) The Soviet Economy, London. Novozhilov, Viktor (1970) Problems of Cost Benefit Analysis in Optimal Planning Ormerod, Paul (1997), The Death of Economics , John Wiley & Sons Peston, M. H (1972) “The correlation between targets and instruments”, Economica Piketty Thomas (2013). Le capital au XXIe siecle. Paris, Seuil Popper, Karl (1939) The Poverty of Historicism Popper, Karl (1972) Objective Knowledge. An Evolutionary Approach, Oxford, Oxford University Press Popper, Karl (1974) Unended Quest, An Intellectual Autobiography, La Salle, Open Publishing Company. Reynolds G. L. (1951). The Structure of Labor Markets: Wages and Labor Mobility in Theory and Practice. New York, Harper & Brothers. Stiglitz E (2006). Maching Globalization Work. Torino, Giulio Einaudi Stone Richard (1961). Input-Output and National Accounts. Paris, OECD. Stone Richard (1967). The Use of Social Accounting Matrices in Building Planning Models (mimeo). Cambridge, University of Cambridge. Stone, Richard (1970) A Comparison of the SNA and the MPS Stone Richard (1973a). “A System of Social Matrices.” Review of Income and Wealth(2). Stone Richard (1973b). “Transition and Admission Models in Social Demography”. Social Science Research 2(2). Stone Richard (1973c). Towards a System of Social and Demographic Statistics. New York, UNSO. Stone R. (1974a) What Is Wrong with the National Accounts? (Mimeo). Cambridge. Stone R. (1974b), ‘Random Walks through the Social Sciences: Input-Output and Markov Models in Social Research’. Paper presented at the VI International Conference on Input-Output Techniques, Vienna, 22-26 April 1974. Stone R. (1975), ‘Non Market Activities’, in: Stone R. ed Towards a System of Social and Demographic Statistics.(Report to UNSO) (see 1975). Sunkara Bhaskar, (2019, Manifesto Socialista per il XXI secolo, The case for radical politics in an era of extreme inequality, Basic Books, New York, 2019. Theil H. (1986), Principles of Econometrics. Amsterdam: North-Holland, 1986. Tinbergen, J. (1952). On the Theory of Economic Policy. Amsterdam: North-Holland. Tinbergen, J. (1954). Centralization and Decentralization in Economic Policy, Amsterdam: North- Holland. Tinbergen, J. (1956). Economic Policy: Principles and Design. Amsterdam: North-Holland Tinbergen Jan (1962). Mathematical Models of Economic Growth. New York, McGraw-Hill. Tinbergen, J. (1964), Central Planning, Yale Univ. Press, New Haven, 1964. Tinbergen Jan (1966). Development Planning. New York, McGraw Hill. Bibliographical References to the Volume III 115

Tinbergen, J. (1969), The use of models: experience and prospects, ((Nobel Memorial Lecture, in Nobel Lectures, Economic Sciences, 1969-1980, Assar Lindbeck ed.,) Singapore, World Scientific, 1992 Tinbergen, J. (1971a), Two Approaches to the Future: Planning Vs. Forecasting, [mimeo]. Tinbergen, J. (1971b), Comment faut-il étudier l’avenir?, p.1-2 UNECOSOC (1972) Deliberations UNRISD (1970). Studies in the Methodology of Social Planning. Geneva, UNRISD. UNRISD (1971) UNRISD (1972) UNRISD (1973). Regional Disaggregation of National Policies and Plans. Paris and The Hague, Mouton. UNRISD (1975). Report on a Unified Approach to Development Analysis and Planning. 24th Session of UN Commission for Social Development, 6-24 Jan., 1975. UNRISD (1980). The Quest for a Unified Approach to Development. UNRISD (2003). ‘Recherches pour le changement social: Rapport du 40éme anniversaire de L'UNRISD.’ UNRISD, p.141. UNSO (1975) System of Socio-Demographic Statistics (SSDS) von Mises, Ludwig. (see Bibliography of Vol. I) Veblen Thornstein (1934). Essays In Our Changing Order. New York, Leon Ardzrooni. Verma Niraj (1998). Similarities, Connections, and Systems. Lanham (Maryland), Lexington Books. Warsh David (2006). KNOWLEDGE and the WEALTH of NATIONS a Story of Economic Discovery. New York London, NORTON. Weber Max (1968). Economy and Society, 3 vols. New York, Bedminster.[one of multiple editions). Williams Colin C. and Windebank, J. (1998). Informal Employment in Advanced Economies: Implications for Work and Welfare. London, Rougledge. Wolfe,M.(1980),UNRISD. 116 117

A new General Index of Key-Concepts to the whole Trilogy

Volume I

Chapter 1 Scientificity of Social Sciences, 89 Deterministic error, 89-91 Anti-positivism, 91-92 Impass of praxeologicl approach, 93 Methodological comparison between social and natural sciences, 94 Implications of such difference, 98 Incorrect emulation by the social sciences in respect of natural ones,100-102 Recommended explicit-making of values,102-105 Myrdal as first founder of Planning Approach, 105-106

Chapter 2 Theories and Facts Relationship, 115-118 Transversality of Social Sciences, 118-120 The sciences ‘crucial logical point’, 120-124 A ‘redirection’ of the Economics, according Myrdal, 124-125 The obsolete received disciplinarity in Economics, 126 The Vienna Circle and the ‘epistemological overturning’, 132 The Labyrinth of german sociology (Weber, Mannheim, ‘Frankfurt’, and Popper) and beyond Myrdal, 133 Socioeconomic pragmatism and the reinventing of strategical planning,136

Chapter 3 Econometrics & planning relationship, 147 Econometrics or ‘playometrics’?, 149 Econometric analysis only as a function of planning, 152 Frisch’s internal critique of the Western planning systems, 153-155 A ‘return’ to Frisch?, 155-157 Ethical vision of econometrics approach, 158 ‘Egoistic ghost’ versus Economics, according Frisch, 158 A seafaring metaphor for planning, 162-164 Quantification of concepts and reality modelling, 177 A diriment edge: the decisional modeling, 164 A short excursus of Frischian scientific and ethical philosophy, 166-171 A useful historical-schematic reconstruction of economics (according to Frisch), 175-176 Wassily Leontief on the econometrics, 180 Another of Frisch’s implicit ‘break-throughs’...: the ‘demise’ of Economics? 181- 182 The forecast course of this Trilogy, 182 118 General Index of the Key-Concepts

Chapter 4 The basic logical setting, 199 Planning; proper & improper use, 200 Policy decision and technical analysis, 201 Real and monetary Economics, 202 Plan structuring & plan processing, 203 Objectives conflict and strategy’s meaning, 204 The ‘optimal plan framework’ approach to planning, 205 The ‘stages’ of Planning process, 206 Again about the distinction between ‘selection problem’ and ‘implementation problem’, 207 Plan ‘structuring’ as a preliminary stage of the planning process, 208 Conflict among objectives, 209 The quanti-qualitative assessment indicators, 210 The human factor assessment in planning process, 211 The Pareto optimality and its limitations, 212 New phases for the planning work, 213

Chapter 5 The Programming approach: Frischian requirements and approach,219 The Programming approach implications. 221 The saving rate of growth,223 The rate of growthquestion (GNP) ,224 The ‘balance growth’ question, 225 The steps towards a ‘true’ Programming approach,227 The ‘ad hoc instrument’ approach, 228 The ‘feasible instrument’ approach, 229 The half-logical inconsistency question, 230 The ‘half logic’ inconsistencies, 231 The optimalization approach, 231 The political preference approach, 233

Chapter 6 A new season of cooperation between politicians and econometricians, 237 The Political (constitutional & institutional) Preference of the socio- collective bargaining, 238-239 Radical division between any Frischian ‘selection’ and ‘implementation’ phase in Planning processes, 240 The ‘fixed targets’ method, 241 Multiple preference system?, 241 The construction of the political preference function, 244 The formalization of the political preference, 249-250

General Index of the Key-Concepts 119

Chapter 7 Programming approach impact on Socio-economic modeling, 257 Quantitative macro-economic modeling description, 257 ‘Decisional’ versus ‘Descriptive’ parameters, 261 From typological catalogue of the descriptive models to the political preference formalization, 262 Insufficient verification of the macro-economic variables, 262 The disaggregation of phenomena and the ‘pyramidation’ problem, 266 The sub-division problem of plans, 267 The multi-level plans coordination ‘criteria’ and the ‘pyramidation’ problem in decisional structure, 268 The ‘pyramidation’ question: further examinations, 269 The dynamic of planning and the timing coordination, 270 The linearity or non – linearity in selection models, 272 The choice of variables in the selection process, 272 The structure of the economy and the formulation of the political preference in decision models, 273 Deteministic relations and bounds in decisional modeling , 275 The ‘definitional’ relations , 276 The ‘technical’ relations, 277 The ‘behavioural’ relations, 278 The political equations and the constraints,279 The ‘definitional’ constraints, 279 The ‘capacity’ constraints, 280 The ‘external’ constraints, 281 The ‘formalization’ constraints, 282 Political and humanitarian constraints (as preferences), 283 Mathematical gadgets for the decisional models, 288 Leif Johansen s contribution to decisional model theorizing,287

Chapter 8 Programming approach and the implementation of ‘Central Planning’ at Government level (according Tinbergen), 301 Concepts of ‘project’, ‘design’ and ‘program’, 302 Planning as connatural approach of the economic vision of the social welfare, 302 Planning Actvities and their phases, (accoding Jan Tinbergen), 303 Planning Actors and their tasks, 304 Activities in each of the phases, 306 Procedures in Planning, 309 About Planning Time-Table. 311 Organization in Planning, 313 Methods and Modeling in Planning (according Tinbergen), 314 ‘Reaction’ equations, 315 ‘Definition’ equations, 316 From un-planned to planned policy (Tinbergen experience), 317 Optimal Planning, as in Tinbergen, 322 120 General Index of the Key-Concepts

Chapter 9 Leontief ‘internal’ criticism of economic theory, 343 Implicit economic theorizing mistake, 344 The fallible logic of Implicit theorizing, 345 Implicit solutions versus explicit solutions 347 The historical references of the leontiefian criticism (Jean Robinson, Richard Kahn, John Hicks, J. Maynard Keynes), 349 Mathematics and Economics: benefit and risks, 352 The abuse of statistical ‘indirect inference’, 354 The poor outcome of economic theorizing (Leontief), 355 The ‘futile use’ of modeling, 355 Academic responsibilities in self-referencing approach and in its practice, 357-358 Steady flow of new data (including the entire range of programming pespective flows), 359 The ‘meta-economic’ or ‘unified’ approach, 359 Casual ‘empiricism versus analytical system, 360 Classification systems of ‘uniform coordination’ toward ‘analytical systems’, 362 Planning Accounting Framework,(PAF) as central monitor of the planning process,( in the Leontief vision), 362-364

Volume II

Chapter 1 Economics founded on a mistaken epistemological basis, 15 The activity basis of decision models (acc. L. von Mises), 16 Epistemology without Praxeology, 16 The starting point of the praxeological thought, 17 The voluntarism and the epistemology, as basis of decision models, 17 Critique of the Logical Positivism, 18 Causality and teleology, 18-19 Finality as fundamental categories of Praxeology,19 Programming versus Forecasting (Tinbergen), 22-26 Leontief, amusing logician, 24 Frisch denigrating the forecasting, 25-26 The ‘Utopistic’ requirement ‘in the ‘puzzle ‘ of implementation, 26 The legacy by B. de Finetti, 27 Risk of Oversimplification and Economic Misleading, 28 Risk of the abuse of mathematic language and algoritm reduction, 30 Can theory ‘model’ reality?Is it the model real? (acc. Daniel Bell), 30-32 ‘Four bridges to reality’, (according Daniel Bell), 32-33 Economics is not a model of reality, 33 Economics as ‘analytic abstraction’, 33 Economics as an inexistent ‘positive’ reality, 34 Economics as pursued in ‘positive’ rather than a ‘purposeful’ reality, 34 General Index of the Key-Concepts 121

An ‘interpretative’ economic theory (according Daniel Bell), 35 (anticipating the Programming approach), 35-37 A pragmatic realism, way out from the impasse, 37-39

Chapter 2 The confuse origin of the methodological debate on the ‘decision theory’ on descriptive (positive) versus normative dichotomy (from Hume to Myrdal, according. M.Blaug), 43 How one cannot deduce ought from is, (acc. N.Senior , J.Stuart Mill, till D.Hume), (Source M.Blaug, & foll.), 44-45 ‘Value-free judgements’ and ‘scientific’ proposition, in the ‘logical confusion’, 45-46 Methodological judgements versus value judgements (acc.Ernest Nagel), 46-48 The Max Weber’s bypass of controversial terms (acc. M.Blaug), 49-50 The bypass last trial, by Myrdal, 50-53 Descriptive and normative approach in most modern ‘Decision Theory’, 54-57 A new trichotomy in the modern ‘Decision Theory’,(acc. E.Bell, H.Raiffa & A.Tversky), 57-62

Chapter 3 The Programming and the knowledge/action nexus, 69-71 ‘Positive’ knowledge and ‘programming’ knowledge, 70 The damage done by the ‘positivist’ approach, 71-72 The unexpected, but significant, contribution by physical planning (territorial, environmental, infrastructural, urban,etc), 73 A look on the ‘progress period’ Limits and carelessness in the community of the‘planning theorists’(in the sixties of the past century), 74-75 A list of Authors (in and out of the group) of the ‘planning theorists’, deserving of more attention and study, 75-77 Limits and carelessness in the community of the‘planning theorists’, 77-79 Steps toward a better methodologic approach, 82 Toward a methodology of the rational planning (Andreas Faludi’s original contribution and more defined needs for a unified approach to planning), 83 Some previews of planning methodological definitions: the concept of ‘effectiveness’, 85-89 The achievement of an advanced vision of consequences: from decision to plan. (The Frisch’s ‘piramidation’ question), 90-91 Further steps toward a new Methodology of Planning, 95

122 General Index of the Key-Concepts

Chapter 4 More ‘realism’ within the economic ‘neo-classical School’ (according W.Isard), 115-116 In search of the ‘concept of more realism’,116-117 Some new sets of ‘ postulates’ that are hopefully more realistic and useful for the projection of behaviour,116 The ‘relaxation’ of assumptions and the multiplication of ‘casuistics’, 117 Extension of the objective-function to ‘non-economic commodities’, 119-120 Borrowing the ‘social acts’, (Acc. Talcott Parson) 120 Introduction of the variable ‘attitudes’,121 A list of thirteen ‘non-economic commodities’ (deduced by W.Isard), 121 The ‘non–economic commodities’ (acc. Walter Isard), 121-123 Isard’s ‘General Theory’ and the planning accounting Frame (PAF) for the decision-making planning processes,123-125 Isard’s ‘General Theory’, midway between a still ‘positivist’ methodological and the Programming approach instruments, 125-127

Chapter 5 Neglected interrelations between Programming approach and the administrative sciences 131 Organisation, posed on an alternate plane, - the pragmatic or action plane -; incompatible with that of the common concept of ‘science’ The last. attempts to answer to the epistemological question: ‘How to do?’ instead of the question: ‘What is it?’,131-132 Organisational science as a ‘result-based’ science, 133-134 A science of how to achieve results, a science of effectiveness, results, in effect, are also the benefits, the the outcome of a public organisation, 134 System analysis and system engineering have noticeably influenced management and organisational sciences, and have been the roots of the Programming approach., 134-135 System theory is based on the implicit assumption that all systemic relations are fundamentally harmonious, so long as the system itself remains in a state of equilibrium with its environment., 135-139 The five points reported with which John Friedmann try to summarise (on the basis of expositors and partisan of the System theory) in its positivistic imprint, are non completely satisfying a methodology based still based on pre-concepts of’ natural’ and not ‘optional’ and ‘intentional’ deerminations, like that of a Programming approach, 139-140 Imprecision and relativity of the ‘bounded rationality concept’,142-143

General Index of the Key-Concepts 123

Chapter 6. Have we achieved in modern economic science some certainty about its use, in order to arrive at results in managing targeted objectives in the development of human communities in question?, 153 More specifically, have we achieved enough certainty to overcome the welfare crises that emerge, in these communities, in avoiding a decline in the welfare level of the communities in question?,153-159 Dealing with the crisis of economic theory, should not be attributed to the economic theory in question, to its abstract and erroneous assumptions and its inability to evaluate and repair damages? Or should it be attributed to the specific nature of the global system, of a ‘capitalist’ nature, which is particularly susceptible to crises due to its innate instability and the prevailing level of uncontrolled speculations that it both inspires and to which it is subject ?153-155 About the capacity of Economics to provide appropriate means and instruments for the management of economic crises, 156-157 The approach, that has always been used by Economics – that defined ‘positivist’ or ‘determinist’ – was not, in the past, and it would will be not, in the future, able to find the right and adequate way to obtain positive answers to the above questions,156-157. George Soros, as important contribution to the criticism to the traditional theoretical approach of the Economics, filtered through his theory of reflexivity, 160 From the ‘Logical positivism’(Popper) to a ‘Theory of reflexivity, 160 From reflexive concept of truth, to the ‘interactive vision of reality’,173-174 The ‘feasibility of plans’ as a pivot around which to rebuild the Programming approach and the methodology of planning, 176 The ‘feasibility of plans’ as a pivot around which to rebuild the Programming approach and the methodology of planning,169-172 About the concept of fallibility related to that of recognized reflexivity, 171 The Interactive vision of reality, 173-174 Two Soros’s types of falliblity: a)one ‘more moderate, more substantiated by an official version which take the concept of reflexivity and justify a critical way to think to an open society’; and b and another, ‘more radical, a version ideosyncratical that guided me effectively in the life, 171 The Feasibilité of the Plans, 172-173 A reflexive concept of the truth, with an interactive vision of reality, 174 The program’s feasibility and its relationship with the ‘Logical positivismus’ (Popper), 174-176 From the ‘Fallibility’ to the ‘Feasibility’,176-177 A radical criticism to the Economics, as studied and practised, 180 The criticism to the Global Capitalism without Public Planning, and criticism of the ‘Market Fundamentalism’ which support it, 181

124 General Index of the Key-Concepts

Chapter 7 Insufficiency of the only methodological criticism, 193-194 A new political decisional system consistent with the ‘strategic’ approach, and in same time with‘systemic’ (spatial- and multi-structurally),194-196 Incapacity of the national and international current economic policies; and irresponsability of governments in ‘navigating in the fog’ (i.e. really without any system of democratic control),196 Implementation of a system of Planning in any kind of political Community, of any level (local, regional,natonal, over-national, planetary) according different priorities, but following a methodology standard elaborated by a body within the UNO, as consultant of the national or regional operators, 198 About the role of thr PAF, 198 Without adequate and permanently updated cognitive structures, permanently monitored, through the PAF, there are not valid recipes, In fact, in such conditions (‘navigate in the fog’ becomes very dangerous; because we don’t know the consequences of our actions, which are uncertain and un- known in their effects,198-199 We want operate in that sense we must address ourself only to the political will and to the consensus, democratically understood, 198 Revision of the waste created by the beaurocratic trend, public apparatus and the formation of parasitic niches, 200-201 The decisional use of the disaggregated models demand more detailed actions, case by case, conform to every situation subject to the analysis, and covered by and intense programming analysis, 201 This situation, in less capitalist countries in which Capitalism had different impacts, suggest the abandoning of any further research of recipes and policies based on ‘macro-economic models, that are totally incapable of measuring the structural changes of the economy in their aggregated traditional phenomena, in monetary values, at medium and long term, 201. The income policy from an endogenous concept to an exogenous concept: The designing of income, according the Programming approach, a firm connexion with the principles of better knowledge of the‘’job evaluation’ of the same kind in which it was obtained in the industrially advanced in the company agreements, 201-202 In the society of tomorrow, one should use and obtain the techniqal analysis of jobs for every kind of work performed in every political community, (national or other) through a system of organization of programs and work that is always conforming not to tradition and traditional competence, but to ability of a management, ever more finalized toward a technical analysis and programs of an ‘engineering type’ to implement, 202 It would find a better connection with the political, institutional and democratic powers of Governments, seizing back from the more privileged categories of operators, the control the effect and consequence of different (alternative) measures or actions, or decisions made as strictly as possible by important institutions, in a satisfying procedure of negotiations and free agreements, 207-208 General Index of the Key-Concepts 125

Nor is it to be forgotten that the building of that ‘Framework’ (PAF) was proceeded – with the Programming approach, through a permanent and innovative elaboration, that did not have a clear success, because it was obliging to produce a huge quantity of statistical data, mostly non-existent and mostly to reach with enquiries, polls, and other ad-hoc surveys, in the field of social preferences,, 207 In sum, the Framework of Frisch, its building, its management, are not only an academic product destined to be published in a university paper, but overall a political engagement, clear and firm, of a planning process in the governmental decision-making method, in and with full awareness of the members of the policy rulers (members of Governments and of other institutional bodies) regarding their intentional consequence of effects, once ascertained the feasibility of its choices and the availability of the means; and the cooperation of technicians, economists operational researchers, planners etc., to operate according the requests of the decision-makers, and not only to give ‘advice’ to them because external to the decision programming process, 207 The PAF of Frisch, now produced from the Governments, and discussed and negotiated with the social parties (at national or mutinational scale) go by itself, beyond the aggregate behaviours and flows of revealed phenomenon of traditional economic accounting (GNP), adapted and used (and greatly estimated) across the globe. But scholars throughout the world ask if it has been ‘reformed’ in the sense of being more rich and tied to the detailed exploration of all aspects of human and social needs in real terms, 207-208 What we can intend, then, by ‘new paradigm’? 209-212 New efforts for rediscovering operational theorems of economic policy (based on Frisch’s and Tinbergen’s methodology), (trough Lucas, to the counter debating of a british-italian group of econometricians), 212-213

Chapter 8 Public and Private Performance, a new economic language, is the new complementary methodology that will accompany the ‘economic evaluation’ and its monitoring, in the programming, 227-228 The distinction subject, the paradigm’ ,of the new Economics, is to be guided by Programming approach, 228 Unpriced values’ question, 228-230 Because of the structural evolution of the human society in the stage that several people have called ‘post-industrial society’, and the evermore forceful entry among the human needs and preferences of goods and services (mainly in the ‘public domain’) not reckonable in ‘market’ terms, just defined ‘un-priced’, - to leave out these goods in the political choices of several a planning process, the quantitative aspect of such goods creates already by itself a inadmissible negligence and a inacceptable deficit of vision by the part of institutional decision-takers and a great contradiction and fall in the dialogue, and real understanding, between different political programmes., 230 126 General Index of the Key-Concepts

Performance measuring and monitoring as main factors of implemetation in the Programming approach, 231-234 Other directions in the social accounting progress,(a proposal by Karl Fox), 230- 231 The ‘performance’ is therefore the ultimate proof of any human activity and it is assumed, that this was present in every moment of the history of man, across centuries and within all civilizations in which any sort of performance took place, as a major factor of progress and change in both individual and collective lives, 232 A new paradigm, for Economics’s redirection (of which Gunnar Myrdal was talking) was that of a ‘logic’ which would present itself , already at a level strictly ‘non economic’, but which would also incorporate, the human, social, juridical, political implications as a whole, 233 If the Programming approach - to the partisan description of which, is dedicated this Trilogy - will not progress in the conscience and the knowledge of the scholars, under the impulsion of a systematic and strategic initiative of the planners, managers, policy-makers and decisions-takers, the supported evaluation of the un-priced values will not take place, 233 This Trilogy can be ‘decorated’ in its last Chapter with what could be called a return to strategic planning, 234 What I intend when I say ‘return to the strategic planning’, take the form of a pressure, from several directions and parts, in favor of a cleaner and cleaner demarcation of strategic planning in respect of traditional “management sciences”, 234-235 “Policy science’’ what it means, 235-237

Chapter 9 The USA’s ‘GPRA’ federal law (or GPR’ ‘Strategic plan’), 247-249 The starting ‘universal’ Glossary of the GPRA, 249-252 As Nomenclature. a)Strategic Goal or Strategic Objective ‘ b) Performance Goal c) Performance Measures d) Target e) Outcome f) Output g) Efficiency measure h)Program assessment i)Performance budget Importance and feasibility of the GPRA, 252-253 The public support to the reform of GPRA, 253 The succesful federal ‘Performance Budgeting’(Usa), 254-255 What is a ‘ performance budget’?, 256 Which data must be included in the performance budget?,255 What is the relationship between the Performance Budget and the Strategic Plan?, 256-257 General Index of the Key-Concepts 127

Improving the evaluation within the ‘Performance Budgeting’ (by mean of the PART), 257-258 The unhappy case of the British and French experience, and the short-lived European difficulties, 258-261 The American Reinventing Government and its Globalisation, 262 Strategic Planning process: general principles: Phases or Cycles, 263 The increase role of the United Nations and its role in the performance and educational tasks at world possible levels, 263 Uncertainty in the planning process,265 Flexibility in the planning process, 267 Iteration in the planning process, 268 Planning and evaluation, 268 Conditions and general limits of strategic evaluation, 269

Volume III

Chapter 1 The PAF as a ‘reference frame’: what is it?, 9 Frisch’s ‘plan-frame’ will be referred to as the ‘Planning Accounting Frame’ (PAF), emphasizing its quantitative aspect and nature, 9 The PAF and its Models, 11 Temporal flexibility of the PAF, 11 The flexibility of the PAF, according to Johansen, 13 The permanent PAF monitoring (ex ante) with actual ‘reality’ (ex post), 15 The necessary threshold of disaggregation, 16-19 Distinguishing between the problem of configuring the PAF optimal Selection and the problem of implementing such configuration, 21 Phenomena to be included and defined quantitatively in the PAF, 23 The ‘basic’ socio-economic phenomena of the PAF, 24-26 1. Goods (commodities and material services). Classified by a variety of categories: agricultural products, industrial products, commercial services, infrastructure, community services and so on. 2. Energy, classified according to sources, such as coal, oil, electricity (hydraulic or thermal, nuclear power), and so on. 3. Transport, classified by categories, such as railways, roads, boats, airplanes and so on. 4. Education, research and innovation. 5. Investment projects, distinct from the current activities. 6. Supporting or basic activities, in investments or in current expenditure. 7. Time horizon, with distinctions between short, medium and long term. 8. Relevance, primary and secondary. From the point of view of which objectives? 9. The regional aspects of interflows and planning. The spatial point of view. All decisions of the local government versus the national executive. Industry localization problems. 10. The price problem. 128 General Index of the Key-Concepts

11.Private finance and credit. 12.Public finance and money., The numerical quantification of the economic interflows matrix, 26 - (the second step) the introduction of techniques and behavioural relations (this was done for the input-output technical coefficients, the demand for consumer goods and imports, the distribution of government purchases of goods and services, etc.),27 - (the third step) the collection of the results concerning point 1, as well as of the definitional equations, in order to achieve a set of standard equations connecting the variables (the standard equations in the Oslo model are considered as layers, one on top of the other: essential equations (kernel), accessory equations and equations of financial balance. This helps very much in putting order in the model The essential equations and the accessory equations of the model form a system of 36 equations for 86 variables; therefore, with 50 degree of freedom). The methods for the controlling that the coefficient of a system so big be correctly calculated, were a problem in itself, 27 - (the fourth step) an other step is the solution of the system of standard equations, in order to bring it to a basic form, create a basic form (this means the selection of those 50 variables to be considered as basic variables and, therefore, express the other variables in terms of the basic variables), 28 - (fifth step) (concerning a more explicit consideration of the prices and wages variables), which consists – as Frisch says – ‘from a methodological point of view’, on the development of:..., 28 -(a sixth step) is to use the model (with or without variable prices and wages) for a study that Frisch call ‘fixed target programming’. We are already aware, that Frisch call considers such as a faulty way of programming, 29 Investment Framework, what is it?, 30 Prices as one of ‘Implementation’s instruments of the PAF, 32 The expansion of the information system of the PAF into the whole of the ‘Non economic’ and ‘Economic’ (and Non monetary) ambit, 35 Towards an in-depth discussion on the use of models for planning, 37

Chapter 2 The spatial dimension of the PAF (and of the model): from ‘descriptivism’ to the ‘normativeness’, 43 A systemic vision of the spatial interdependence, 44 The structure of the interregional flows of goods, energy and transport, 45 The spatial framework Nomenclaure, 46 The spatial framework Categories, 46 12 flows categories between spatial Centres, 47 The optimal selection The possible simplification in terms of monetary values and the decisional model for a ‘Single region’ The possible simplification in terms of monetary values and the decisional model for a ‘Single region’of flows between ‘Centres’, 48 The ‘pyramidation’ problem in the decisional structure and in the systemic space, 50 General Index of the Key-Concepts 129

The possible simplification in terms of monetary values and the decisional model for a ‘Single region, 53 Single region interflow table, 55

Chapter 3 A ‘System of Models’ illustration, 57 The building of a ‘System of models’ for planning, 58 The ‘System of Models’ and alternative (future) Scenarios as proposed here, 60 The articulation of the System of Models, 62 The Central Model (IOM), 64 (The Model of Technology) (TEC), 64 The Import-Export Model (IM-EX), 64 The final Use of Resources Models, 65 The primary production of Factors Models, 65 Final demand and social indicators,65 Regional and institutional articulation, 66 Optimization and Sub-Optimization. Mobile and Fixed Objectives, 66 The Labour Model, 67 The Territory and Environment Model (TEM). 67 Final Use versus Primary Avalaibility, 67 The utilization of the System of Models and their Quantification, 68 The utilization of ‘Transitional Tables’, 69 The Building and the Utilization/Quantification of Models of Final Use of Resources, 69 The relative prices system, 69 The Evaluation of the Socio-demographic Factor, 70 The Evaluation of the Territory (or Environment) Supply, 71 The Evaluation of the Labour Supply, 71 Various inter-actions in the utilization of the Models, 72 General characteristics and limits of the System of Models described, 73 The Income Distribution System, 73 The Financial Flows System, 74 Further limits and warnings about the PAF, 75

Chapter 4 Structural aspects and administrative aspects in planning, 104 Different operational conditioning for structural and administrative actions, 105 ‘Political preference : from the theory to political practice’, 104 Effects to be known for the political and practical choices, 104 The best way of taking account of the system’s complexity, 108 Agreements in the dark or agreements in the awareness, 107-109 Partisan preferences and partial settlements, 111 Compromise among different political parties ‘preferences’, 112 Why the optimal solution on the administrative plane is different from the structural plane (according to Frisch), 114 General advertising and the principal organization, 115 130 General Index of the Key-Concepts

The various phases in the building of the PAF and the Plan’s documents, 115 The collecting of projects, 116 The ‘Technical Description Notes’, 116 The ‘planning chart’, 118 The ‘top level goals’, 119-122 The basic equations and the optimal solution, 122 Critical surveying of the PAF, 124 Institutional procedures (Government, Parliament and other normative performances), 125 Planning and its details, 125-127 Again about the PAF ‘implementation’, 127 The Monitoring of the PAF as ‘standing watch’, 128 Current Reporting, 130 Rapid processing of incoming information, 130-131 The counter-measures, 131 Monitoring and Cybernetics, 131-132 Monitoring and cyclical process in the management of the PAF (according to Johansen), 132-134 Some general conclusions on the problems concerning the political and practical use of the PAF, 136-138